CN110471582A - The user interface that equipment for controlling or presenting on electronic equipment uses - Google Patents

Abstract

Entitled " the user interface that the equipment for controlling or presenting on electronic equipment uses of the present invention." in some embodiments, electronic equipment display device uses measurement instruction.In some embodiments, electronic equipment setting, configuration and/or facilities and equipments operating limit.In some embodiments, to the access of certain application programs during electronic equipment is limited in certain periods.In some embodiments, electronic equipment inhibits the miscellaneous function of those application programs when application program operating limit associated with certain application programs or restrictive condition are reached.In some embodiments, electronic equipment by the license that another electronic equipment provides to manage limitation to be optionally arranged.

Description

The user interface that equipment for controlling or presenting on electronic equipment uses

The application be on December 20th, 2018, entitled " for controlling or presenting electronic equipment the applying date The divisional application of the Chinese patent application 201811591484.6 of the user interface that equipment uses ".

Technical field

Control is related generally to herein or the electronic equipment of the information used about equipment and the use with such equipment is presented Family interaction.

Background technique

In recent years, the interaction of user and electronic equipment significantly increases.These equipment can be such as computer, plate electricity The equipment of brain, television set, multimedia equipment, mobile device or the like.

In some cases, user wishes to check that related its controls it to the information of such equipment used and/or hope Use to such equipment.User can be improved to the usage experience of equipment by enhancing these interactions, and reduce user's interaction time, this It is particularly important in the case where input equipment is through battery powered situation.

Summary of the invention

Some embodiments described in the disclosure are related to one or more electronics of instruction of the display device using measurement One or more operations related to the above that equipment and electronic equipment optionally execute.Some realities described in the disclosure The one or more electronic equipments and electronic equipment that the scheme of applying is related to setting, configuration and/or facilities and equipments operating limit are optional One or more operations related to the above that ground executes.When some embodiments described in the disclosure are related to being limited in specific Between the one or more electronic equipments and electronic equipment of the access of application-specific are optionally executed during section with it is upper State related one or more operations.Some embodiments described in the disclosure are related to associated with application-specific Application program operating limit or restrictive condition inhibit one or more electronics of the miscellaneous function of those application programs when being reached One or more operations related to the above that equipment and electronic equipment optionally execute.Some realities described in the disclosure The scheme of applying be related to optionally by another electronic equipment provide license come manage limitation setting one or more electronic equipments, And one or more operations related to the above that electronic equipment optionally executes.It is provided in the drawings and specific embodiments Comprehensive description to embodiment, it should be understood that summary of the invention provided above does not limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.

Detailed description of the invention

The various embodiments in order to better understand, it should refer to following specific embodiment party in conjunction with the following drawings Formula, in the accompanying drawings, similar drawing reference numeral indicate corresponding part in all the appended drawings.

Figure 1A is to show the block diagram of the portable multifunction device with touch-sensitive display according to some embodiments.

Figure 1B is the block diagram for showing the example components for event handling according to some embodiments.

Fig. 2 shows the portable multifunction devices with touch screen according to some embodiments.

Fig. 3 is the block diagram according to the exemplary multifunctional equipment with display and touch sensitive surface of some embodiments.

Fig. 4 A shows the exemplary use of the application menu on the portable multifunction device according to some embodiments Family interface.

Fig. 4 B is shown according to the multifunctional equipments with the touch sensitive surface separated with display of some embodiments Exemplary user interface.

Fig. 5 A shows the personal electronic equipments according to some embodiments.

Fig. 5 B is to show the block diagram of the personal electronic equipments according to some embodiments.

Fig. 5 C to Fig. 5 D shows the personal electric for having touch-sensitive display and intensity sensor according to some embodiments The example components of equipment.

Fig. 5 E to Fig. 5 H shows the example components and user interface of the personal electronic equipments according to some embodiments.

Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 UU, which is shown, to be presented according to the electronic equipment of some embodiments of the disclosure using measurement instruction Exemplary approach.

Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S is the method shown according to a kind of presentation of some embodiments of the disclosure using measurement instruction Flow chart.

Fig. 8 A to Fig. 8 NNN show be arranged on an electronic device according to some embodiments of the disclosure, configure and/or Implement the exemplary approach of operating limit.

Fig. 9 A to Fig. 9 K is a kind of setting for showing some embodiments according to the disclosure, configuration and/or implements to use The flow chart of the method for the limit.

Figure 10 A to Figure 10 AAA, which is shown, is limited in specific time according to the electronic equipment of some embodiments of the disclosure To the exemplary approach of the access of application-specific during section.

Figure 11 A to Figure 11 I is during showing and being limited in special time period according to one kind of some embodiments of the disclosure To the flow chart of the method for the access of application-specific.

Figure 12 A to Figure 12 BB show according to the electronic equipments of some embodiments of the disclosure with application-specific Associated application program operating limit inhibits the exemplary approach of the miscellaneous function of those application programs when being reached.

Figure 13 A to Figure 13 H be show according to some embodiments of the disclosure it is a kind of with application-specific phase Associated application program operating limit inhibits the flow chart of the method for the miscellaneous function of those application programs when being reached.

Figure 14 A to Figure 14 T is shown according to the electronic equipment of some embodiments of the disclosure optionally by another electricity What sub- equipment provided permits to manage the exemplary approach of limitation setting.

Figure 15 A to Figure 15 G is to show one kind according to some embodiments of the disclosure optionally by another electronics What equipment provided permits to manage the flow chart of the method for limitation setting.

Specific embodiment

It is described below and elaborates illustrative methods, parameter etc..It should be appreciated, however, that such description is not intended to limit The scope of the present disclosure, but provided as the description to exemplary implementation scheme.

The information and/or control for needing electronic equipment to provide effective method and interface to use for rendering about equipment Equipment uses.Such technology can reduce using such equipment and/or wish to control its recognizing to the user used of such equipment Know burden.In addition, such technology can reduce the processor power and battery function being otherwise wasted in redundant subscribers input Rate.

Although being described below using term " first ", " second " etc. and describing various elements, these elements not Ying Shoushu The limitation of language.These terms are only intended to distinguish an element with another element.For example, first touches and can be named as the Two touches and similarly the second touch can be named as the first touch, without departing from the range of the various embodiments.The Both one touch and the second touch are to touch, but they are not same touches.

Term used in the description to the various embodiments is intended merely to description particular implementation side herein The purpose of case, and be not intended to be limiting.Such as in the description and the appended claims in the various embodiments Used "one" is intended to also include plural form with "the" singular like that, indicates unless the context clearly. It will be further understood that term "and/or" used herein refer to and cover in associated listed project one Any and all possible combinations of a or multiple projects.It will be further understood that term " includes " (" includes ", " including ", " comprises " and/or " comprising ") it specifies to exist when using in the present specification and be stated Feature, integer, step, operations, elements, and/or components, but it is not excluded that in the presence of or add other one or more features, whole Number, step, operation, component, assembly unit and/or its grouping.

Based on context, term " if " be optionally interpreted to mean " and when ... when ", " ... when " or " ring Should be in determination " or " in response to detecting ".Similarly, based on context, phrase " if it is determined that ... " or " if detected [condition or event stated] " is optionally interpreted to refer to " when in determination ... " or " in response to determination ... " or " In When detecting [condition or event stated] " or " in response to detecting [condition or event stated] ".

This document describes electronic equipments, the embodiment party of the user interface of such equipment and the correlated process using such equipment Case.In some embodiments, which is also portable comprising other function such as PDA and/or music player functionality Communication equipment, such as mobile phone.The exemplary implementation scheme of portable multifunction device includes but is not limited to come from Apple Inc. (Cupertino, California)Equipment, iPodEquipment andEquipment.Optionally make With other portable electronic devices, such as electricity on knee with touch sensitive surface (for example, touch-screen display and/or touch tablet) Brain or tablet computer.It is to be further understood that in some embodiments, which is not portable communication device, but have There is the desktop computer of touch sensitive surface (for example, touch-screen display and/or touch tablet).

In the following discussion, a kind of electronic equipment including display and touch sensitive surface is described.However, should manage Solution, the electronic equipment optionally include other one or more physical user-interface devices, such as physical keyboard, mouse and/or Control stick.

The equipment usually supports various application programs, such as one or more of following: drawing application program, presentation are answered Application program, disk editor application program, spreadsheet applications, game are created with program, word-processing application, website Application program, telephony application, videoconference application, email application, instant message application program, body-building Support application program, photo management application program, digital camera applications program, digital video camcorder application program, webpage clear Look at application program, digital music player application and/or video frequency player application program.

The physical user-interface device that the various application programs executed in equipment optionally use at least one general, it is all Such as touch sensitive surface.One or more functions of touch sensitive surface and the corresponding informance being displayed in equipment are optionally for difference Application program is adjusted and/or changes, and/or is adjusted and/or changes in corresponding application programs.In this way, equipment shares Physical structure (such as touch sensitive surface) supports various answer optionally with intuitive for a user and clear user interface Use program.

The embodiment that attention is drawn to the portable device with touch-sensitive display.Figure 1A is shown according to one The block diagram of the portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 of a little embodiments.Touch-sensitive display 112 has When be called for convenience " touch screen ", and sometimes referred to as or be called " touch-sensitive display system ".Equipment 100 includes depositing Reservoir 102 (it optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), Memory Controller 122, one or more It is processing unit (CPU) 120, peripheral device interface 118, RF circuit 108, voicefrequency circuit 110, loudspeaker 111, microphone 113, defeated Enter/export (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control apparatus 116 and outside port 124.Equipment 100 optionally includes one Or multiple optical sensors 164.Equipment 100 is optionally included for detection device 100 (for example, touch sensitive surface, such as equipment 100 touch-sensitive display system 112) on contact intensity one or more contact strength sensors 165.Equipment 100 is appointed Selection of land includes for generating one or more tactile output generators 167 of tactile output on the appliance 100 (for example, touch-sensitive Tactile output is generated in the touch-sensitive display system 112 of surface such as equipment 100 or the touch tablet 355 of equipment 300).These portions Part is communicated optionally by one or more communication bus or signal wire 103.

As used in the present specification and claims, " intensity " of the contact on term touch sensitive surface refers to touching The power or pressure (power of per unit area) of contact (for example, finger contact) on sensitive surfaces, or refer to connecing on touch sensitive surface The power of touching or the substitute (surrogate) of pressure.The intensity of contact has value range, which includes at least four different Be worth and more typically include up to a hundred different values (for example, at least 256).The intensity of contact optionally uses various methods Combination with various sensors or sensor determines (or measurement).For example, below touch sensitive surface or adjacent to touch sensitive surface One or more force snesors optionally for measurement touch sensitive surface on difference at power.In some specific implementations, Power measured value from multiple force sensors is combined (for example, weighted average) to determine estimated contact force.Similarly, it touches Pressure of the pressure-sensitive top of pen optionally for determining stylus on touch sensitive surface.Alternatively, it is detected on touch sensitive surface The size of contact area and/or its variation, contact near touch sensitive surface capacitor and/or its variation and/or contact attached The power for the contact that the resistance of close touch sensitive surface and/or its variation are optionally used as on touch sensitive surface or the substitute of pressure. In some specific implementations, the substitute measurement of contact force or pressure, which is directly used in, determines whether to already exceed intensity threshold (example Such as, intensity threshold is described with corresponding to the unit of substitute measurement).In some specific implementations, contact force or pressure are replaced The power or pressure of estimation are converted into for object measurement, and the power or pressure estimated are used to determine whether to be more than intensity threshold (for example, intensity threshold is the pressure threshold measured with the unit of pressure).The intensity of contact is used to input as user Attribute, so that user be allowed to access original in the smaller equipment of user's limited area on the spot inaccessible additional set Standby function, the smaller equipment can indicate and/or receive user's input for showing (for example, on the touch sensitive display) (for example, via touch-sensitive display, touch sensitive surface or physical control/machinery control, such as knob or button).

As used in the specification and claims, term " tactile output ", which refers to, to utilize user's by user The equipment that sense of touch detects is opposite relative to physical displacement, the component (for example, touch sensitive surface) of equipment of the previous position of equipment In the displacement relative to the mass center of equipment of physical displacement or component of another component (for example, shell) of equipment.For example, In The component and user of equipment or equipment connect to sensitive surface (for example, other parts of finger, palm or user's hand) is touched In the case where touching, the tactile output generated by physical displacement will be construed to sense of touch by user, which corresponds to equipment or set The variation of the physical features of standby component perceived.For example, the movement of touch sensitive surface (for example, touch-sensitive display or Trackpad) " pressing click " or " unclamp and click " to physical actuation button is optionally construed to by user.In some cases, user will Feel sense of touch, such as " click is pressed " or " unclamp and click ", even if being physically pressed (example by the movement of user Such as, be shifted) physical actuation button associated with touch sensitive surface when not moving.For another example, though touch sensitive surface light When slippery is unchanged, the movement of touch sensitive surface also optionally can be explained by user or be sensed as touch sensitive surface " roughness ".Though Individuation sensory perception by user is limited such explanation of touch by right user, but is known many sense organs of touch Feel is that most users are shared.Therefore, when tactile output is described as the specific sensory perception corresponding to user (for example, " pressing Lower click ", " unclamp click ", " roughness ") when, unless otherwise stated, otherwise tactile output generated correspond to equipment or The physical displacement of its component, the physical displacement will generate the sensory perception of typical (or common) user.

It should be appreciated that equipment 100 is only an example of portable multifunction device, and equipment 100 optionally has There are components more more or fewer than shown component, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally there is this The different configurations of a little components or arrangement.Various parts shown in Figure 1A are with the combination of both hardware, software or hardware and software It realizes, including one or more signal processings and/or specific integrated circuit.

Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory, and also optionally includes nonvolatile memory, Such as one or more disk storage equipments, flash memory device or other non-volatile solid state memory equipment.Memory Controller 122 optionally controls the other component access memory 102 of equipment 100.

Peripheral device interface 118 can be used for the input peripheral of equipment and output peripheral equipment being couple to CPU 120 With memory 102.One or more of operations of processor 120 execute the various software programs stored in memory 102 And/or instruction set is to execute the various functions of equipment 100 and handle data.In some embodiments, peripheral device interface 118, CPU 120 and Memory Controller 122 are optionally implemented on one single chip such as chip 104.In some other realities It applies in scheme, they are optionally realized on independent chip.

RF (radio frequency) circuit 108 sends and receivees the RF signal of also referred to as electromagnetic signal.RF circuit 108 turns electric signal It is changed to electromagnetic signal/by electromagnetic signal and is converted to electric signal, and via electromagnetic signal and communication network and other communication equipments It is communicated.RF circuit 108 optionally includes the well known circuit for executing these functions, including but not limited to aerial system System, RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, tuner, one or more oscillators, digital signal processor, encoding and decoding core Piece group, subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory etc..RF circuit 108 comes and network and other optionally by wireless communication Equipment is communicated, these networks are that such as internet (also referred to as WWW (WWW)), Intranet and/or wireless network are (all Such as, cellular phone network, WLAN (LAN) and/or Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) (MAN)).RF circuit 108 is optionally included for detecting The well known circuit of the field near-field communication (NFC), is such as detected by short-haul connections radio unit.Wireless communication is optional Ground uses any one of a variety of communication standards, agreement and technology, including but not limited to global system for mobile communications (GSM), increasing Strong type data GSM environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), High Speed Uplink Packet access (HSUPA), evolution, clear data (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, double unit HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field Communicate (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), CDMA (CDMA), time division multiple acess (TDMA), bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) is (for example, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over internet protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, email protocol (for example, interconnection Network information access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant message (for example, scalable message processing and exist association Discuss (XMPP), for instant message and in the presence of Session initiation Protocol (SIMPLE), instant message and the presence service using extension (IMPS)), and/or short message service (SMS), or include in this document submission date also it is untapped go out communication protocol Any other communication protocol appropriate.

Voicefrequency circuit 110, loudspeaker 111 and microphone 113 provide the audio interface between user and equipment 100.Audio Circuit 110 receives audio data from peripheral device interface 118, audio data is converted to electric signal, and electric signal transmission is arrived Loudspeaker 111.Loudspeaker 111 converts electrical signals to the audible sound wave of the mankind.Voicefrequency circuit 110 is also received by microphone 113 electric signals converted from sound wave.Voicefrequency circuit 110 converts electrical signals to audio data, and audio data is transferred to Peripheral device interface 118 is for handling.Audio data is optionally retrieved from and/or is transmitted to by peripheral device interface 118 and deposited Reservoir 102 and/or RF circuit 108.In some embodiments, voicefrequency circuit 110 further includes earphone jack (for example, in Fig. 2 212).Earphone jack provides the interface between voicefrequency circuit 110 and removable audio input/output peripheral equipment, this is removable The earphone or have output (for example, single head-receiver or ears ear that the audio input removed/output peripheral equipment such as only exports Machine) and input both (for example, microphone) headset.

I/O subsystem 106 is by such as touch screen 112 of the input/output peripheral equipment in equipment 100 and other input controls Equipment 116 is couple to peripheral device interface 118.I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor control Device 158 processed, intensity sensor controller 159, tactile feedback controller 161 and one for other inputs or control equipment Or multiple input controllers 160.The one or more input controller 160 from other input control apparatus 116 receive electric signal/ Other input control apparatus 116 are sent by electric signal.Other input control apparatus 116 optionally include physical button (for example, Push button, rocker buttons etc.), dial, slide switch, control stick, click type rotating disk etc..In some optionally embodiments In, input controller 160 is optionally coupled to any one of the following terms any one of (or be not coupled to the following terms): Keyboard, infrared port, USB port and sensing equipment such as mouse.One or more of buttons are (for example, in Fig. 2 208) increase/reduction button of the volume control for loudspeaker 111 and/or microphone 113 is optionally included.It is one or Multiple buttons, which optionally include, pushes button (for example, 206 in Fig. 2).

Pushing button is quickly pressed optionally to be detached from the locking of touch screen 112 or optionally begin to use on touch screen Gesture is come the process that is unlocked to equipment, entitled " the Unlocking a Device such as submitted on December 23rd, 2005 By Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image " (is set by executing gesture on unlock image to unlock It is standby) U.S. Patent application 11/322,549 (that is, United States Patent (USP) No.7,657,849) described in, the U.S. Patent application evidence This, which is incorporated by reference, is incorporated herein.Long-pressing, which pushes button (such as 206), optionally makes equipment 100 be switched on or shut down.One Or the function of multiple buttons is optionally customizable by a user.Touch screen 112 is for realizing virtual push button or soft button and one A or multiple soft keyboards.

Touch-sensitive display 112 provides the input interface and output interface between equipment and user.Display controller 156 is from touching It touches 112 reception electric signal of screen and/or electric signal is sent to touch screen 112.Touch screen 112 shows visual output to user.Depending on Feel that output optionally includes figure, text, icon, video and any combination of them (being referred to as " figure ").In some realities It applies in scheme, the visual output of some visual outputs or whole is optionally corresponding with user interface object.

Touch screen 112 has the touch sensitive surface for receiving input from the user based on tactile and/or tactile contact, sensing Device or sensor group.Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (with any associated module in memory 102 and/or refer to Enable collection together) contact (and any movement or interruption of the contact) on detection touch screen 112, and by detected contact The user interface object on touch screen 112 is converted to and is displayed on (for example, one or more soft keys, icon, webpage or figure Picture) interaction.In an exemplary embodiment, the contact point between touch screen 112 and user corresponds to the finger of user.

Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer displays) technology or LED (light emitting diode) technology, but other display technologies are used in other embodiments.Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally using in the currently known or later a variety of touch-sensing technologies that will be developed any technology and other connect Nearly sensor array contacts and its appoints to detect for determining the other elements of the one or more points contacted with touch screen 112 What is mobile or interrupts, and a variety of touch-sensing technologies are including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared ray and surface Technology of acoustic wave.In an exemplary embodiment, using projection-type mutual capacitance detection technology, such as Apple Inc. is being come from (Cupertino, California's)And iPodUsed in technology.

Touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is optionally similar to described in following United States Patent (USP) The touch-sensitive Trackpad of multiple spot: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.) and/or 6,677, 932 (Westerman et al.) and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each patent is accordingly in full with the side of reference Formula is incorporated to.However, touch screen 112 shows the visual output from equipment 100, and touch-sensitive touch tablet does not provide visual output.

In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive display of touch screen 112 is as described in following patent application: (1) being filed in Entitled " Multipoint Touch Surface Controller " (multipoint touch surface controller) on May 2nd, 2006 U.S. Patent application 11/381,313；Entitled " the Multipoint Touchscreen " submitted on May 6th, (2) 2004 The U.S. Patent application No.10/840,862 of (multi-point touch panel)；Entitled " the Gestures that on July 30th, (3) 2004 submits The U.S. Patent application of For Touch Sensitive Input Devices " (gesture for touch sensitive input devices) No.10/903,964；Entitled " the Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input submitted on January 31st, (4) 2005 The U.S. Patent application No.11/048,264 of Devices " (gesture for touch sensitive input devices)；On January 18th, (5) 2005 Entitled " the Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input submitted The U.S. Patent application No.11/038 of Devices " (the pattern-based graphic user interface for touch sensitive input devices), 590；Entitled " the Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch submitted on September 16th, (6) 2005 The U.S. Patent application of Screen User Interface " (being placed on the virtual input device on touch-screen user interface) No.11/228,758；Entitled " the Operation Of A Computer With A submitted on September 16th, (7) 2005 The U.S. Patent application No.11/228 of Touch Screen Interface " (operation of the computer with touch screen interface), 700；Entitled " the Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen submitted on September 16th, (8) 2005 The U.S. Patent application No.11/228,737 of Virtual Keyboard " (virtual key of activation touch screen dummy keyboard)；And (Multifunctional hand-held is set entitled " the Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device " submitted on March 3rd, (9) 2006 It is standby) U.S. Patent application No.11/367,749.All these applications, which are incorporated by reference, to be incorporated herein.

Touch screen 112 is optionally with the video resolution for being more than 100dpi.In some embodiments, touch screen has The video resolution of about 160dpi.User is optionally come using any suitable object or additives such as stylus, finger etc. It is contacted with touch screen 112.It in some embodiments, is mainly to pass through contact and gesture based on finger by user-interface design Carry out work, since the contact area of finger on the touchscreen is larger, this may be accurate not as good as the input based on stylus.One In a little embodiments, equipment converts accurate pointer/cursor position or order for the rough input based on finger to be used to hold The desired movement of row user.

In some embodiments, in addition to a touch, equipment 100 optionally includes specific for activating or deactivating The Trackpad (not shown) of function.In some embodiments, Trackpad is the touch sensitive regions of equipment, different from touch screen, should Touch sensitive regions do not show visual output.Touch tablet is optionally the touch sensitive surface separated with touch screen 112, or by touch screen The extension of the touch sensitive surface of formation.

Equipment 100 further includes the electric system 162 for powering for various parts.Electric system 162 optionally includes electricity Power management system, one or more power supply (for example, battery, alternating current (AC)), recharging system, power failure detection circuit, Power converter or inverter, power supply status indicator (for example, light emitting diode (LED)) and with the electricity in portable device Power generates, managees, and distributes any other associated component.

Equipment 100 optionally further includes one or more optical sensors 164.Figure 1A, which is shown, is couple to I/O subsystem The optical sensor of optical sensor controller 158 in 106.Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.Optical sensor 164 receive from environment by one or Multiple lens and the light projected, and convert light to indicate the data of image.In conjunction with (the also referred to as camera mould of image-forming module 143 Block), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still image or video.In some embodiments, optical sensor is located at equipment It is opposite facing with the touch-screen display 112 on equipment front on 100 rear portion, so that touch-screen display can be used as being used for The view finder of still image and/or video image acquisition.In some embodiments, optical sensor is located at the front of equipment On, so that the figure of the user is optionally obtained while checking other video conference participants on touch-screen display in user Picture, to be used for video conference.In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by user (for example, passing through Lens and sensor in slewing shell) so that single optical sensor 164 be used together with touch-screen display with In video conference and both still image and/or video image acquisition.

Equipment 100 optionally further includes one or more contact strength sensors 165.Figure 1A, which is shown, is couple to I/O The contact strength sensor of intensity sensor controller 159 in system 106.Contact strength sensor 165 optionally includes one A or multiple piezoresistive strain instrument, capacitive force transducer, electrical force snesor, piezoelectric force transducer, optics force snesor, capacitor Formula touch sensitive surface or other intensity sensors are (for example, the sensing of the power (or pressure) for measuring the contact on touch sensitive surface Device).Contact strength sensor 165 receives contact strength information (for example, surrogate of pressure information or pressure information) from environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact strength sensor and touch sensitive surface (for example, touch-sensitive display system 112) juxtaposition Arrangement is neighbouring.In some embodiments, at least one contact strength sensor is located on the rear portion of equipment 100, and is located at Touch-screen display 112 on the front of equipment 100 is opposite facing.

Equipment 100 optionally further includes one or more proximity sensors 166.Figure 1A, which is shown, to be couple to peripheral equipment and connects The proximity sensor 166 of mouth 118.Alternatively, proximity sensor 166 is optionally couple to the input control in I/O subsystem 106 Device 160.Proximity sensor 166 executes optionally as described in following U.S. Patent application: 11/241,839, it is entitled "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"；No.11/240,788, entitled " Proximity Detector In Handheld Device " (proximity detector in handheld device)；No.11/620,702, it is entitled " Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output " (use ambient light Sensor enhances proximity sensor output)；No.11/586,862, entitled " Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices " (automated tos respond to and senses the use in portable device Family activity)；And No.11/638,251, entitled " Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals " (method and system automatically configured for peripheral equipment), these U.S. are special Benefit application is incorporated by reference accordingly to be incorporated herein.In some embodiments, when multifunctional equipment is placed in the ear of user When (for example, when user is carrying out call) near piece, proximity sensor closes and disables touch screen 112.

Equipment 100 optionally further includes one or more tactile output generators 167.Figure 1A, which is shown, is couple to I/O The tactile output generator of tactile feedback controller 161 in system 106.Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one Or multiple electroacoustic equipments, such as loudspeaker or other acoustic components；And/or the electromechanical equipment of linear movement is converted the energy into, Such as motor, solenoid, electroactive polymerizer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator or other tactiles export generating unit (example Such as, the component of the tactile output in equipment is converted the electrical signal to).Contact strength sensor 165 connects from haptic feedback module 133 It receives touch feedback and generates instruction, and generate can be exported by the tactile that the user of equipment 100 feels on the appliance 100.In In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator and touch sensitive surface (for example, touch-sensitive display system 112) juxtaposition are arranged Column are neighbouring, and optionally by vertically (for example, to the surface inside/outside of equipment 100) or laterally (for example, with set In the standby 100 identical plane in surface rearwardly and a forwardly) mobile touch sensitive surface exports to generate tactile.In some embodiments In, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the rear portion of equipment 100, with the touching on the front of equipment 100 It is opposite to touch panel type display 112.

Equipment 100 optionally further includes one or more accelerometers 168.Figure 1A, which is shown, is couple to peripheral device interface 118 accelerometer 168.Alternatively, accelerometer 168 is optionally couple to the input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 executes optionally as described in following U.S. Patent Publication: U.S. Patent Publication 20050190059, Entitled " Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices " and U.S. Patent Publication 20060017692, entitled " Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer ", the two U.S. Patent Publications are complete Text is herein incorporated by reference.In some embodiments, based on to from the received data of one or more accelerometers Analysis to show information on touch-screen display with longitudinal view or transverse views.Equipment 100 is optionally in addition to accelerometer It further include magnetometer (not shown) and GPS (or GLONASS or other Global Navigation Systems) receiver (not shown) except 168, For obtaining the information about the position of equipment 100 and orientation (for example, vertical or horizontal).

In some embodiments, the software component being stored in memory 102 includes operating system 126, communication module (or instruction set) 128, contact/motion module (or instruction set) 130, figure module (or instruction set) 132, text input module (or instruction set) 134, global positioning system (GPS) module (or instruction set) 135 and application program (or instruction set) 136.This Outside, in some embodiments, memory 102 (Figure 1A) or 370 (Fig. 3) store equipment/overall situation internal state 157, such as Figure 1A With shown in Fig. 3.Equipment/overall situation internal state 157 includes one or more of the following: applications active state refers to Show which application program (if any) is currently movable；Display state, indicate what application program, view or other Information occupies each region of touch-screen display 112；Sensor states, including each sensor and input control from equipment The information that equipment 116 obtains；And about the position of equipment and/or the location information of posture.

Operating system 126 is (for example, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS or embedded operation System such as VxWorks) include for control and manage general system task (for example, memory management, storage equipment control, Power management etc.) various software components and/or driver, and promote logical between various hardware componenies and software component Letter.

Communication module 128 promotes through one or more outside ports 124 to be communicated with other equipment, and also wraps It includes for handling by the various software components of 124 received data of RF circuit 108 and/or outside port.Outside port 124 (for example, universal serial bus (USB), firewire etc.) is suitable for being directly coupled to other equipment or indirectly via network (for example, mutually Networking, Wireless LAN etc.) coupling.In some embodiments, outside port be with(trade mark of Apple Inc.) equipment Go up spininess (for example, 30 needles) connector that used 30 needle connectors are same or similar and/or are compatible with.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detect with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive set The contact of standby (for example, touch tablet or physics click type rotating disk).Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components to be used for It executes and contacts the relevant various operations of detection, such as to determine that whether having occurred that contact (for example, detection finger down thing Part), determine contact strength (for example, contact power or pressure, or contact power or pressure substitute), determine whether there is The movement of contact simultaneously tracks the movement on touch sensitive surface (for example, detecting one or more finger drag events), and determines Whether contact has stopped (for example, detection digit up event or contact disconnect).Contact/motion module 130 is from touch-sensitive table Face receives contact data.Determine that the movement of contact point optionally includes the rate (magnitude) of determining contact point, speed (magnitude and side To) and/or acceleration (change in magnitude and/or direction), the movement of the contact point indicated by a series of contact data.These Operation be optionally applied to single-contact (for example, single abutment) or multiple spot and meanwhile contact (for example, " multiple point touching "/it is more A finger contact).In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect connecing on touch tablet Touching.

In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 determines operation using one group of one or more intensity threshold Whether (for example, determining that whether user " clicks " icon) is executed by user.In some embodiments, according to software parameter To determine at least one subset of intensity threshold (for example, intensity threshold is not by the activation threshold of specific physical actuation device Lai really Fixed, and can be conditioned in the case where not changing the physical hardware of equipment 100).For example, not changing Trackpad or touch In the case where panel type display hardware, mouse " click " threshold value of Trackpad or touch screen can be configured to the big of predefined threshold value Any one threshold value in range.In addition, being provided to the user of equipment for adjusting one group of intensity threshold in some specific implementations In one or more intensity thresholds (for example, by adjusting each intensity threshold and/or by using being to " intensity " parameter Irrespective of size click comes the multiple intensity thresholds of Primary regulation) software setting.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects the gesture input of user.Different gestures on touch sensitive surface have difference Contact mode (for example, the different motion of detected contact, timing and/or intensity).Therefore, special optionally by detection Determine contact mode and carrys out detection gesture.For example, detection finger Flick gesture includes detection finger down event, then pressed with finger Detection finger is lifted and (is lifted away from) at (for example, at the position of icon) the identical position (or substantially the same position) of lower event Event.As another example, it includes detection finger down event that finger is detected on touch sensitive surface and gently sweeps gesture, is then detected One or more finger drag events, and then detection finger lifts and (is lifted away from) event.

Figure module 132 includes for the various known of figure to be presented and shown on touch screen 112 or other displays Software component, including the visual impact for changing shown figure (for example, brightness, transparency, saturation degree, contrast Or other visual signatures) component.As used herein, term " figure " includes any object that can be displayed to user, non- It restrictively include text, webpage, icon (user interface object including soft key), digital picture, video, animation etc..

In some embodiments, figure module 132 stores the data for indicating figure ready for use.Each figure is optionally It is assigned corresponding code.Figure module 132 is used to specify one or more of figure to be shown from receptions such as application programs A code also receives coordinate data and other graphic attribute data together in the case of necessary, and then generates screen map As data, with output to display controller 156.

Haptic feedback module 133 includes the various software components for generating instruction, and the instruction is by tactile output generator 167 use, and the one or more positions so as to the interaction in response to user and equipment 100 on the appliance 100 generate tactile Output.

The text input module 134 for being optionally the component of figure module 132 is provided in various application program (examples Such as, contact person 137, Email 140, IM 141, browser 147 and any other application program for needing text input) in Input the soft keyboard of text.

GPS module 135 determines the position of equipment, and provides the information and (such as mention for using in various application programs Phone 138 is supplied for using in location-based during dialing；It is supplied to camera 143 and is used as picture/video metadata；And it mentions Supply provides the application of location based service, such as weather desktop small routine, local Yellow Page desktop small routine and map/navigation Desktop small routine).

Application program 136 is optionally included with lower module (or instruction set) or its subset or superset:

● contact module 137 (sometimes referred to as address list or contacts list)；

● phone module 138；

● video conference module 139；

● email client module 140；

● instant message (IM) module 141；

● body-building support module 142；

● for still image and/or the camera model 143 of video image；

● image management module 144；

● video player module；

● musical player module；

● browser module 147；

● calendaring module 148；

● desktop small routine module 149 optionally includes one or more of the following terms: weather desktop small routine 149-1, stock market desktop small routine 149-2, calculator desktop small routine 149-3, alarm clock desktop small routine 149-4, dictionary desktop The desktop small routine 149-6 of small routine 149-5 and other desktop small routines and user's creation for being obtained by user；

● it is used to form the desktop small routine builder module 150 of the desktop small routine 149-6 of user's creation；

● search module 151；

● video and musical player module 152 merge video player module and musical player module；

● notepad module 153；

● mapping module 154；And/or

● Online Video module 155.

The example for the other applications 136 being optionally stored in memory 102 includes other text processing application journeys Other picture editting's application programs, drawing application program, application program, the application program for supporting JAVA, encryption, number is presented in sequence Word rights management, speech recognition and speech reproduction.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132 and text input mould Block 134, contact module 137 is optionally for management address list or contacts list (for example, being stored in memory 102 or depositing In the application program internal state 192 of contact module 137 in reservoir 370), comprising: it is added to address list one or more Name；Name is deleted from address book；Telephone number, e-mail address, physical address or other information are associated with name；It will Image is associated with name；Name is sorted out and is classified；Telephone number or e-mail address are provided to initiate and/or promote Pass through phone 138, the communication of video conference module 139, Email 140 or IM 141；Etc..

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, voicefrequency circuit 110, loudspeaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132 and text input module 134, phone module 138 optionally for input with The electricity that the corresponding character string of telephone number, one or more telephone numbers in access contact module 137, modification have inputted Words number dials corresponding telephone number, conversates, and disconnecting or hang up when session is completed.As described above, channel radio Trust selection of land and uses any one of a variety of communication standards, agreement and technology.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, voicefrequency circuit 110, loudspeaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text input mould Block 134, contact module 137 and phone module 138, video conference module 139 include according to user instructions initiating, carry out and Terminate the executable instruction of the video conference between user and other one or more participants.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130,132 and of figure module Text input module 134, email client module 140 include creating, sending, receive and manage in response to user instruction The executable instruction of Email.In conjunction with image management module 144, email client module 140 to be very easy to wound Build and send the Email with the still image or video image shot by camera model 143.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130,132 and of figure module Text input module 134, instant message module 141 include the executable instruction for following operation: input and instant message pair Character that the character string answered, modification are previously entered, the corresponding instant message of transmission are (for example, using short message service (SMS) or more Media information service (MMS) agreement with for the instant message based on phone or using XMPP, SIMPLE or IMPS to be used for Instant message Internet-based), receive instant message and check the received instant message of institute.In some embodiments, The instant message transferred and/or received optionally includes figure, photo, audio file, video file and/or MMS and/or increasing Other attachmentes supported in strong messaging service (EMS).As used herein, " instant message " refers to the message (example based on phone Such as, the message sent using SMS or MMS) and message Internet-based (for example, sent using XMPP, SIMPLE or IMPS Both message).

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text This input module 134, GPS module 135, mapping module 154 and musical player module, body-building support module 142 include creation The executable instruction of body-building (for example, with time, distance and/or caloric burn target)；(movement is set with body-building sensor It is standby) it is communicated；Receive workout sensor data；Calibrate the sensor for monitoring body-building；Music is selected and played for body-building； And it shows, store and transmit workout data.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/fortune Dynamic model block 130, figure module 132 and image management module 144, camera model 143 include the executable finger for following operation It enables: capturing still image or video (including video flowing) and store them in memory 102, modify still image or view The feature of frequency, or still image or video are deleted from memory 102.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text input module 134 and camera model 143, image management module 144 includes for arranging, modifying (for example, editor) or otherwise grasp Control, tag, deleting, presenting (for example, in digital slide or photograph album) and storage still image and/or video image Executable instruction.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130,132 and of figure module Text input module 134, browser module 147 include (including searching for, link to, connecing to browse internet according to user instructions Receive and display webpage or part thereof, and link to the attachment and alternative document of webpage) executable instruction.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text This input module 134, email client module 140 and browser module 147, calendaring module 148 include being referred to according to user It enables to create, show, modify and store calendar and data associated with calendar (for example, calendar, backlog etc.) Executable instruction.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text input module 134 and browser module 147, desktop small routine module 149 are optionally to be downloaded by user and used Miniature applications (for example, weather desktop small routine 149-1, stock market desktop small routine 149-2, calculator desktop small routine 149- 3, alarm clock desktop small routine 149-4 and dictionary desktop small routine 149-5) or by user creation miniature applications (for example, user create The desktop small routine 149-6 built).In some embodiments, desktop small routine include HTML (hypertext markup language) file, CSS (cascading style sheets) file and JavaScript file.In some embodiments, desktop small routine includes XML (expansible Markup language) file and JavaScript file be (for example, Yahoo！Desktop small routine).

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text This input module 134 and browser module 147, desktop small routine builder module 150 are optionally used by a user in creation desktop Small routine (for example, user's specified portions of webpage are gone in desktop small routine).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132 and text input mould Block 134, search module 151 include the matching one or more searching bar for coming in searching storage 102 according to user instructions The text of part (for example, search term that one or more user specifies), music, sound, image, video and/or alternative document Executable instruction.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, voicefrequency circuit 110, Loudspeaker 111, RF circuit 108 and browser module 147, video and musical player module 152 include allow user download and Play back the music recorded stored with one or more file formats (such as MP3 or AAC file) and other audio files Executable instruction, and for showing, presenting or otherwise play back video (for example, on touch screen 112 or via outer Portion port 124 connect external display on) executable instruction.In some embodiments, equipment 100 optionally includes The function of MP3 player such as iPod (trade mark of Apple Inc.).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132 and text input mould Block 134, notepad module 153 create and manage the executable instruction of notepad, backlog etc. including according to user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, text This input module 134, GPS module 135 and browser module 147, mapping module 154 optionally for connecing according to user instructions It receives, display, modify and store map and data associated with map (for example, at or near steering direction and specific position Shop and the related data of other points of interest and other location-based data).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, figure module 132, voicefrequency circuit 110, Loudspeaker 111, RF circuit 108, text input module 134, email client module 140 and browser module 147, online Video module 155 includes the instruction for performing the following operation: allowing user to access, browsing, receives (for example, being passed by streaming It is defeated and/or downloading), playback (such as on the touchscreen or on the external display connected via outside port 124), send Email with the link to specific Online Video, and otherwise manage one or more file formats such as H.264 Online Video.In some embodiments, using instant message module 141 rather than email client module 140 send the link of specific Online Video.Other descriptions of Online Video application program can be that on June 20th, 2007 submits Entitled " Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface The U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/936,562 of for Playing Online Videos " and on December 31st, 2007 submit Entitled " Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface It is found in the U.S. Patent application 11/968,067 of for Playing Online Videos ", the content of the two patent applications It is incorporated by reference and is incorporated herein accordingly.

Above-mentioned each module and application program correspond to for executing above-mentioned one or more functions and in this patent Shen Please described in method (for example, computer implemented method as described herein and other information processing method) executable instruction Collection.These modules (for example, instruction set) need not realize with independent software program, process, or module, and therefore these modules Each subset is optionally combined in various embodiments or is otherwise rearranged.For example, video player module is appointed Selection of land and musical player module are combined into individual module (for example, video and musical player module 152 in Figure 1A).One In a little embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores the subgroup of above-mentioned module and data structure.In addition, memory 102 is optionally Store other module and data structure not described above.

In some embodiments, equipment 100 is that the operation of predefined one group of function in the equipment uniquely passes through Touch screen and/or touch tablet are performed equipment.By using touch screen and/or Trackpad as operating equipment 100 Main input control apparatus is physically entered control equipment (for example, pushing button, driver plate etc. optionally in reduction equipment 100 Deng) quantity.

Predefined one group of function is uniquely performed by touch screen and/or Trackpad and is optionally included in user circle Navigation between face.In some embodiments, touch tablet shows equipment 100 when being touched by user from equipment 100 Any user interface navigation is to main menu, home menu or root menu.In such embodiment, realized using touch tablet " menu button ".In some other embodiments, menu button is that physics pushes button or other are physically entered control and set It is standby, rather than touch tablet.

Figure 1B is the block diagram for showing the example components for event handling according to some embodiments.In some implementations In scheme, memory 102 (Figure 1A) or memory 370 (Fig. 3) include event classifier 170 (for example, in operating system 126) And corresponding application program 136-1 is (for example, any of aforementioned applications program 137 to 151,155,380 to 390 is applied Program).

Event classifier 170 receives event information and determination for application program 136-1 that event information is delivered to and answers With the application view 191 of program 136-1.Event classifier 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174.In some embodiments, application program 136-1 includes application program internal state 192, the application program internal state It is movable for indicating when application program or while being carrying out is displayed on current application program view on touch-sensitive display 112. In some embodiments, which (which) equipment/overall situation internal state 157 is used to determine using journey by event classifier 170 Sequence is currently movable, and application program internal state 192 is used to determination by event classifier 170 and delivers event information The application view 191 arrived.

In some embodiments, application program internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one of the following terms Or more persons: when application program 136-1 restores to execute, recoverys information to be used, instruction information are just being shown or are preparing handy In the user interface state information shown by application program 136-1, for allowing users to back to application program 136-1's The repetition for the prior actions that the state queue and user of previous state or view are taken/revocation queue.

Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripheral device interface 118.Event information includes about subevent (example Such as, user on touch-sensitive display 112 touches, a part as multi-touch gesture) information.Peripheral device interface 118 It is transmitted (to pass through from I/O subsystem 106 or sensor such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer 168 and/or microphone 113 Voicefrequency circuit 110) received information.Peripheral device interface 118 includes showing from touch-sensitive from the received information of I/O subsystem 106 Show the information of device 112 or touch sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends the request to peripheral equipment at predetermined intervals and connects Mouth 118.In response, 118 transmitting event information of peripheral device interface.In other embodiments, peripheral device interface 118 is only When there are significant events (for example, receiving the input higher than predetermined noise threshold and/or receiving is more than to predefine Duration input) when ability transmitting event information.

In some embodiments, event classifier 170 further includes hit view determination module 172 and/or life event Identifier determining module 173.

When touch-sensitive display 112 shows more than one view, hit view determination module 172 is provided for determining sub- thing The part software process where occurred in one or more views.View can be seen over the display by user Control and other elements are constituted.

The another aspect of user interface associated with application program is one group of view, otherwise referred to as applies journey herein Sequence view or user interface windows are wherein showing information and the gesture based on touch occur.Wherein detecting touch (corresponding application programs) application view optionally corresponds in the sequencing or view hierarchies structure of application program Sequencing is horizontal.For example, being optionally referred to as hit view in the floor level view for wherein detecting touch, and it is identified Event set to correctly enter is based in part on the hit view of initial touch optionally at least to determine, the initial touch is opened Primordium is in the gesture of touch.

It hits view determination module 172 and receives information relevant to the subevent of the gesture based on touch.Work as application program When with multiple views with hierarchical structure tissue, hit view determination module 172 will hit that view is identified as should be to sub- thing Minimum view in the hierarchical structure that part is handled.In most cases, hit view is to initiate subevent (for example, shape At the first subevent in the subevent sequence of event or potential event) in the floor level view wherein occurred.Once hit View be hit view determination module 172 identification, hit view just usually receive with its be identified as hit view it is targeted Same touch or the relevant all subevents of input source.

It is specific that life event identifier determining module 173 determines which or which view in view hierarchies structure should receive Subevent sequence.In some embodiments, life event identifier determining module 173 determines that only hit view should receive specific Subevent sequence.In other embodiments, life event identifier determining module 173 determines the physical location including subevent All views be the active view participated in, and it is thus determined that all views actively participated in should all receive specific subevent sequence Column.In other embodiments, it even if touch subevent is confined to region associated with a particular figure completely, is classified Higher view in structure will still maintain view for active participation.

Event information is assigned to event recognizer (for example, event recognizer 180) by event dispatcher module 174.It is wrapping In the embodiment for including life event identifier determining module 173, event information is delivered to by living by event dispatcher module 174 Dynamic 173 definite event identifier of event recognizer determining module.In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 exists Event information is stored in event queue, which is retrieved by corresponding event receiver 182.

In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event classifier 170.Alternatively, application program 136-1 packet Include event classifier 170.In yet another embodiment, event classifier 170 is standalone module, or is stored in memory A part of another module (such as, contact/motion module 130) in 102.

In some embodiments, application program 136-1 includes multiple button.onreleases 190 and one or more application Views 191, each of these all includes occurring in the corresponding views of the user interface of application program for handling The instruction of touch event.Each application view 191 of application program 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. In general, corresponding application programs view 191 includes multiple event recognizers 180.In other embodiments, event recognizer 180 In one or more event recognizers be standalone module a part, which is that such as user interface tool packet is not ( Show) or the application program 136-1 therefrom higher level of inheritance method and other attributes object.In some embodiments, Corresponding event processing routine 190 includes one or more of the following terms: data renovator 176, object renovator 177, GUI Renovator 178, and/or from the received event data 179 of event classifier 170.Button.onrelease 190 optionally with or adjust It is updated with data renovator 176, object renovator 177 or GUI renovator 178 using internal state 192.Alternatively, it applies One or more application views in Views 191 include one or more corresponding event processing routines 190.In addition, In some embodiments, one or more of data renovator 176, object renovator 177 and GUI renovator 178 include In corresponding application programs view 191.

Corresponding event recognizer 180 receives event information (for example, event data 179) from event classifier 170, and From event information identification events.Event recognizer 180 includes Event receiver 182 and event comparator 184.In some embodiment party In case, event recognizer 180 further include metadata 183 and event transmitting instruction 188 (its optionally include subevent delivering refers to Enable) at least one subset.

Event receiver 182 receives the event information from event classifier 170.Event information includes about subevent example As touched or touching mobile information.According to subevent, event information further includes additional information, the position of such as subevent.When When subevent is related to the movement touched, event information optionally further includes rate and the direction of subevent.In some embodiments In, event include equipment from an orientation rotate to another orientation (for example, rotate to horizontal orientation from machine-direction oriented, or vice versa ), and event information includes the corresponding informance of the current orientation (also referred to as equipment posture) about equipment.

Event information and predefined event or subevent definition are compared by event comparator 184, and being based on should Compare to determine event or subevent, or the state of determining or update event or subevent.In some embodiments, event Comparator 184 includes that event defines 186.Event defines 186 definition (for example, predefined subevent sequence) comprising event, Such as event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2) and other events.In some embodiments, the sub- thing in event (187) Part starts for example including touch, touch terminate, touch it is mobile, touch and cancel and multiple point touching.In one example, event 1 The definition of (187-1) is the double-click on shown object.For example, double-clicking includes the of predetermined duration on shown object The primary first time for touching (touch starts), predefining duration is lifted away from (touch terminates), is shown predefining on object Touch (touch starts) and predetermined duration is lifted away from (touch terminates) second of duration for the second time.In another example In, the definition of event 2 (187-2) is the dragging on shown object.For example, dragging includes predefining on shown object Movement and touch of the touch (or contact), touch of duration on touch-sensitive display 112 are lifted away from (touch terminates).One In a little embodiments, event further includes the information for one or more associated button.onreleases 190.

In some embodiments, it includes the definition to the event for respective user interfaces object that event, which defines 187,.In In some embodiments, event comparator 184 executes hit test to determine which user interface object is associated with subevent. For example, being shown on touch-sensitive display 112 in the application view of three user interface objects, when in touch-sensitive display 112 On when detecting touch, event comparator 184 executes hit test to determine which of these three user interface objects are used Family interface object is associated with touch (subevent).If each shown object is related to corresponding event processing routine 190 Connection, then event comparator determines which button.onrelease 190 should be activated using the result that the hit is tested.For example, The selection of event comparator 184 button.onrelease associated with the object of subevent and triggering hit test.

In some embodiments, the definition of corresponding event (187) further includes delay voltage, and the delay voltage postpones thing The delivering of part information, until having determined that subevent sequence exactly corresponds to or do not correspond to the event type of event recognizer.

It, should when the determining subevent sequence of corresponding event identifier 180 does not define any event in 186 with event to be matched 180 entry event of corresponding event identifier is impossible, event fails or event terminates state, ignores after this based on touch The subsequent subevent of gesture.In this case, for hit view keep other movable event recognizers (if there is Words) continue to track and handle the subevent of the gesture based on touch of lasting progress.

In some embodiments, corresponding event identifier 180 includes having how instruction event delivery system should be held Configurable attribute, label and/or the metadata of list 183 of the row to the subevent delivering of the event recognizer of active participation.In In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes indicating how event recognizer interacts or how to interact each other and is configurable Attribute, mark and/or list.In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes whether instruction subevent is delivered to view or journey Configurable attribute, mark and/or the list of different levels in sequence hierarchical structure.

In some embodiments, when one or more specific subevents of event are identified, corresponding event identifier 180 activation button.onreleases 190 associated with event.In some embodiments, corresponding event identifier 180 will be with thing The associated event information of part is delivered to button.onrelease 190.Activation button.onrelease 190 is different from sending subevent (and delaying to send) hits view to corresponding.In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 is dished out and the event phase that is identified Associated label, and button.onrelease 190 associated with the label obtains the label and executes predefined process.

In some embodiments, event delivery instruction 188 includes delivering the event information about subevent without activating The subevent delivery instructions of button.onrelease.On the contrary, event information is delivered to and subevent sequence by subevent delivery instructions Associated button.onrelease or the view for being delivered to active participation.With subevent sequence or with the view phase of active participation Associated button.onrelease receives event information and executes predetermined process.

In some embodiments, data renovator 176 creates and updates the data used in application program 136-1. For example, data renovator 176 is updated telephone number used in contact module 137, or to video player Video file used in module is stored.In some embodiments, the creation of object renovator 177 and update are being applied Object used in program 136-1.For example, object renovator 177 creates new user interface object or more new user interface pair The position of elephant.GUI renovator 178 updates GUI.For example, GUI renovator 178 prepares display information, and display information is sent To figure module 132 to show on the touch sensitive display.

In some embodiments, button.onrelease 190 includes data renovator 176, object renovator 177 and GUI Renovator 178 or with the access authority to them.In some embodiments, data renovator 176, object renovator 177 and GUI renovator 178 is included in corresponding application programs 136-1 or the individual module of application view 191.At it In his embodiment, they are included in two or more software modules.

It should be appreciated that the above-mentioned discussion of the event handling about user's touch on touch-sensitive display is applied also for using defeated Enter user's input that equipment carrys out the other forms of operating multifunction equipment 100, not all user's input is all in touch screen Upper initiation.For example, optionally pressing or pinning the mouse movement to cooperate and mouse button down with single or multiple keyboards；Touching The contact controlled on plate is mobile, tap, dragging, rolling etc.；Stylus input；The movement of equipment；Spoken command；The eye detected Eyeball is mobile；Biological characteristic input；And/or any combination of them is optionally used as corresponding to the son for limiting the event to be identified The input of event.

Fig. 2 shows the portable multifunction devices 100 with touch screen 112 according to some embodiments.Touch screen One or more figures are optionally shown in user interface (UI) 200.In the present embodiment and other realities described below It applies in scheme, user can be by, for example, one or more finger 202 (being not drawn on scale in figure) or one or more Branch stylus 203 (being not drawn on scale in figure) makes gesture on figure to select one or more figures in these figures Shape.In some embodiments, when user is interrupted with the contact of one or more figures, will occur to one or more figures Selection.In some embodiments, gesture optionally includes one or many taps, one or many gently sweeps (from left to right, From right to left, the rolling for the finger up and/or down) and/or being in contact with equipment 100 is (from right to left, from left-hand It is right, up and/or down).In some specific implementations or in some cases, inadvertently it will not select to scheme with pattern contact Shape.For example, what is swept above application icon gently sweeps gesture and optionally will not when gesture corresponding with selection is tap Select corresponding application program.

Equipment 100 optionally further includes one or more physical buttons, such as " home " or menu button 204.Such as preceding institute It states, menu button 204 is optionally for any application navigate in one group of application being optionally performed on the appliance 100 136.Alternatively, in some embodiments, menu button is implemented as the soft key in the GUI being displayed on touch screen 112.

In some embodiments, equipment 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, for making device power-up/shutdown With pushing button 206, the one or more volume knobs 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot for locking device 210, earphone jack 212 and docking/charging external port 124.Push button 206 optionally for by depress the button and The button, which is maintained at depressed state, continues predefined time interval to carry out machine open/close to equipment；By depressing the button And the button is discharged before in the past in the predefined time interval and carrys out locking device；And/or equipment is unlocked or is initiated Unlocking process.In alternative embodiment, equipment 100 is also received by microphone 113 certain for activating or deactivating The voice of function inputs.Equipment 100 also optionally includes the one or more of the intensity for detecting the contact on touch screen 112 Contact strength sensor 165, and/or export and send out for one or more tactiles that the user for equipment 100 generates tactile output Raw device 167.

Fig. 3 is the block diagram according to the exemplary multifunctional equipment with display and touch sensitive surface of some embodiments. Equipment 300 needs not be portable.In some embodiments, equipment 300 is laptop computer, desktop computer, plate electricity Brain, multimedia player device, navigation equipment, educational facilities (such as children for learning toy), game system or control equipment (example Such as, household controller or industrial controller).Equipment 300 generally include one or more processing units (CPU) 310, one or Multiple networks or other communication interfaces 360, memory 370 and one or more communication bus for making these component connections 320.Communication bus 320 optionally include make system unit interconnect and control system component between communication circuit (sometimes Referred to as chipset).Equipment 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 with display 340, which is usually to touch Touch panel type display.I/O interface 330 also optionally include keyboard and/or mouse (or other sensing equipments) 350 and touch tablet 355, For generating the tactile output generator 357 of tactile output in equipment 300 (for example, being similar to above with reference to described in Figure 1A Tactile output generator 167), sensor 359 is (for example, optical sensor, acceleration transducer, proximity sensor, touch-sensitive sensor Device and/or contact strength sensor (similar to the contact strength sensor 165 above with reference to described in Figure 1A)).Memory 370 wraps High-speed random access memory is included, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices；And appoint Selection of land includes nonvolatile memory, such as one or more disk storage equipments, optical disc memory apparatus, flash memory device Or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices.Memory 370 optionally includes the one or more storages positioned far from CPU 310 Equipment.In some embodiments, memory 370 is stored and is deposited in the memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (Figure 1A) Program, the module of storage program, module and the data structure or its subset similar with data structure.In addition, memory 370 is optionally It is stored in appendage, module and the data structure being not present in the memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100.For example, setting Standby 300 memory 370 optionally stores graphics module 380, module 382, word processing module 384, website creation mould is presented Block 386, disk editor module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, and the memory of portable multifunction device 100 (Figure 1A) 102 do not store these modules optionally.

Each element in above-mentioned element in Fig. 3 is optionally stored in one or more of previously mentioned memory devices In a memory devices.Each module in above-mentioned module corresponds to the instruction set for executing above-mentioned function.Above-mentioned module or Program (for example, instruction set) need not be implemented as individual software program, process, or module, and therefore these modules is various Subset is optionally combined in various embodiments or otherwise rearranges.In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally store the subgroup of above-mentioned module and data structure.In addition, memory 370 optionally store it is not described above another Outer module and data structure.

It attention is drawn to the implementation for the user interface optionally realized on such as portable multifunction device 100 Scheme.

Fig. 4 A shows the example of the application menu on the portable multifunction device 100 according to some embodiments Property user interface.Similar user interface is optionally realized in equipment 300.In some embodiments, user interface 400 is wrapped Include following elements or its subset or superset:

● one or more signal strengths instruction of one or more wireless communication (such as cellular signal and Wi-Fi signal) Symbol 402；

● the time 404；

● bluetooth indicator 405；

● Battery Status Indicator 406；

● there is the pallet 408 of the icon of common application program, the icon such as:

The icon 416 for being marked as " phone " of zero phone module 138, the icon 416 optionally include missed call or The indicator 414 of the quantity of tone information；

The icon 418 for being marked as " mail " of zero email client module 140, the icon 418 optionally include The indicator 410 of the quantity of unread email；

The icon 420 for being marked as " browser " of zero browser module 147；And

Zero video and musical player module 152 (also referred to as iPod (trade mark of Apple Inc.) module 152) are marked It is denoted as the icon 422 of " iPod "；And

● the icon of other application, such as:

The icon 424 for being marked as " message " of zero IM module 141；

The icon 426 for being marked as " calendar " of zero calendaring module 148；

The icon 428 for being marked as " photo " of zero image management module 144；

The icon 430 for being marked as " camera " of zero camera model 143；

The icon 432 for being marked as " Online Video " of zero Online Video module 155；

The icon 434 for being marked as " stock market " of zero stock market desktop small routine 149-2；

The icon 436 for being marked as " map " of zero mapping module 154；

The icon 438 for being marked as " weather " of zero weather desktop small routine 149-1；

The icon 440 for being marked as " clock " of zero alarm clock desktop small routine 149-4；

The icon 442 for being marked as " body-building support " of zero body-building support module 142；

The icon 444 for being marked as " notepad " of zero notepad module 153；And

The icon 446 for being marked as " be arranged " of zero setting application program or module, icon offer to equipment 100 and its The access of the setting of various application programs 136.

It should be pointed out that icon label shown in Fig. 4 A is merely exemplary.For example, video and music player mould The icon 422 of block 152 is labeled " music " or " music player ".Other marks are optionally used for various application icons Label.In some embodiments, the label of corresponding application programs icon includes application corresponding with the corresponding application programs icon The title of program.In some embodiments, the label of application-specific icon is different from and the application-specific icon The title of corresponding application program.

Fig. 4 B is shown with the 451 (example of touch sensitive surface separated with display 450 (for example, touch-screen display 112) Such as, the plate or touch tablet 355 of Fig. 3) equipment (for example, equipment 300 of Fig. 3) on exemplary user interface.Equipment 300 is also One or more contact strength sensors of the intensity for detecting the contact on touch sensitive surface 451 are optionally included (for example, passing One or more sensors in sensor 359), and/or the one or more that tactile exports is generated for the user for equipment 300 Tactile output generator 357.

Although following by being provided with reference to the input on touch-screen display 112 (being wherein combined with touch sensitive surface and display) Some examples in example, but in some embodiments, the input on touch sensitive surface that equipment detection is separated with display, As shown in Figure 4 B.In some embodiments, touch sensitive surface (for example, 451 in Fig. 4 B) have with display (for example, 450) the corresponding main shaft (for example, 452 in Fig. 4 B) of main shaft (for example, 453 in Fig. 4 B) on.According to these embodiments, Equipment detection is in position corresponding with the corresponding position on display (for example, in figure 4b, 460 correspond to 468 and 462 pairs It should be in the contact with touch sensitive surface 451 of 470) place (for example, 460 in Fig. 4 B and 462).In this way, in touch sensitive surface (for example, figure 451 in 4B) it when being separated with the display of multifunctional equipment (450 in Fig. 4 B), is detected on touch sensitive surface by equipment User's input (for example, contact 460 and 462 and their movement) is used to manipulate the user interface on display by the equipment. It should be appreciated that similar method is optionally for other users interface as described herein.

In addition, though mostly in reference to finger input (for example, finger contact, singly refer to that Flick gesture, finger gently sweep gesture) To provide following example it should be appreciated that in some embodiments, one or more of these fingers input Finger input is by input (for example, input or stylus based on mouse input) substitution from another input equipment.For example, gently sweeping Gesture optionally clicks (for example, rather than contact) by mouse, be cursor later along the moving of the path gently swept (for example, and It is not the movement of contact) substitution.For another example, Flick gesture optionally by above the position that cursor is located at Flick gesture when mouse Click (for example, being off detection contact later instead of the detection to contact) substitution.Similarly, when being detected simultaneously by multiple use Family input when, it should be appreciated that multiple computer mouses be optionally used simultaneously or mouse and finger contact optionally by It uses simultaneously.

Fig. 5 A shows exemplary personal electronic equipments 500.Equipment 500 includes main body 502.In some embodiments, Equipment 500 may include relative to some or all of feature described in equipment 100 and 300 (for example, Figure 1A to Fig. 4 B) feature. In some embodiments, equipment 500 has the touch-sensitive display panel 504 of hereinafter referred to as touch screen 504.As touch screen 504 it is substituted or supplemented, equipment 500 have display and touch sensitive surface.As the case where equipment 100 and 300, in some realities It applies in scheme, touch screen 504 (or touch sensitive surface) is optionally included for detecting applied contact (for example, touch) intensity One or more intensity sensors.One or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or touch sensitive surface) can provide expression touching The output data for the intensity touched.The user interface of equipment 500 can make a response touch based on the intensity of touch, it means that The touch of varying strength can call the different user interface operation in equipment 500.

Example technique for detecting and handling touch intensity is seen in for example following related application: 2013 5 Entitled " Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying that the moon is submitted on the 8th The international patent application serial number of User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application " PCT/US2013/040061 is issued as WIPO patent publication No. WO/2013/169849；And on November 11st, 2013 submits Entitled " Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between The international patent application serial number PCT/US2013/ of Touch Input to Display Output Relationships " 069483, it is issued as WIPO patent publication No. WO/2014/105276, which is incorporated by reference simultaneously accordingly Enter.

In some embodiments, equipment 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508.506 He of input mechanism 508 can be physical form (if including).The example for being physically entered mechanism includes pushing button and Rotatable mechanism. In some embodiments, equipment 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms.Such attachment mechanism (if including) can permit Perhaps by equipment 500 and such as cap, glasses, earrings, necklace, shirt, jacket, bracelet, watchband, bangle, trousers, belt, shoes, The attachment such as wallet, knapsack.These attachment mechanisms allow user's wearable device 500.

Fig. 5 B shows exemplary personal electronic equipments 500.In some embodiments, equipment 500 may include with reference to figure Some or all of component described in 1A, Figure 1B and Fig. 3 component.Equipment 500 has bus 512, and the bus is by the part I/O 514 operatively couple with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518.The part I/O 514 may be connected to display Device 504, the display can have touch sensing element 522 and optionally have intensity sensor 524 (for example, contact strength senses Device).In addition, the part I/O 514 can be connect with communication unit 530, for using Wi-Fi, bluetooth, near-field communication (NFC), honeycomb And/or other wireless communication techniques receive application program and operating system data.Equipment 500 may include input mechanism 506 and/ Or 508.For example, input mechanism 506 is optionally rotatable input equipment or pressable input equipment and rotatable input Equipment.In some instances, input mechanism 508 is optionally button.

In some instances, input mechanism 508 is optionally microphone.Personal electronic equipments 500 optionally include various Sensor, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, orientation sensor 540 (for example, compass), gyroscope 536, movement pass Sensor 538 and/or combination thereof, all these equipment are operatively connected to the part I/O 514.

The memory 518 of personal electronic equipments 500 may include the one or more for storing computer executable instructions Non-transient computer readable storage medium, which works as is executed by one or more computer processors 516 When for example may make that computer processor executes technology described below, including process 700,900,1100 and 1300 (Fig. 7, Fig. 9, Figure 11 and Figure 13).Computer readable storage medium, which can be, can physically include or store computer executable instructions for referring to Enable execution system, device and equipment use or any medium in connection.In some instances, storage medium is Transient calculation Machine readable storage medium storing program for executing.In some instances, storage medium is non-transient computer readable storage medium.Non-transient computer can Reading storage medium may include but be not limited to magnetic memory apparatus, optical storage, and/or semiconductor storage.Such storage The example of device includes disk, the CD based on CD, DVD or Blue-Ray technology and persistence solid-state memory such as flash memory, consolidates State driver etc..Personal electronic equipments 500 are not limited to component and the configuration of Fig. 5 B, but may include other portions in various configurations Part or additional component.

As used herein, term " showing can indicate " refers to optionally in equipment 100,300 and/or 500 (Figure 1A, Fig. 3 and figure 5A to Fig. 5 B) display screen display user's interactive graphical user interface object.For example, image (for example, icon), button It is optionally respectively formed with text (for example, hyperlink) and shows and can indicate.

As used herein, term " focus selector " refers to the user interface for being used to indicate that user is just interacting therewith The input element of current portions.In some specific implementations for including cursor or other positions label, cursor serves as " focus selection Device ", so that when cursor is above particular user interface element (for example, button, window, sliding block or other users interface element) Detect input (for example, pressing on touch sensitive surface (for example, touch sensitive surface 451 in touch tablet 355 or Fig. 4 B in Fig. 3) Input) in the case where, which is conditioned according to detected input.It is including that can be realized and touch The directly interactive touch-screen display of the user interface element on panel type display is touched (for example, the touch-sensitive display system in Figure 1A The touch screen 112 united in 112 or Fig. 4 A) some specific implementations in, " focus choosing is served as in detected contact on the touchscreen Select device " so that working as on touch-screen display in particular user interface element (for example, button, window, sliding block or other users Interface element) position at detect input (for example, by contact carry out pressing input) when, the particular user interface element root It is conditioned according to detected input.In some specific implementations, focus is moved to user from a region of user interface Another region at interface, the movement of the contact in correspondence movement or touch-screen display without cursor is (for example, by making Focus is moved to another button from a button with Tab key or arrow key)；In these specific implementations, focus selector It is moved according to movement of the focus between the different zones of user interface.The specific shape that focus selector is taken is not considered Formula, focus selector be usually interacted with expected from the user of user interface from user's control to deliver (for example, pass through to The user of equipment indicative user interface it is expected the element interacted) user interface element (or on touch-screen display Contact).For example, when detecting pressing input on touch sensitive surface (for example, touch tablet or touch screen), focus selector (example Such as, cursor, contact or choice box) position above the corresponding button will indicate that user it is expected to activate the corresponding button (rather than to set The other users interface element shown on standby display).

As used in the specification and in the claims, " characteristic strength " of contact this term refers to one based on contact The feature of the contact of a or multiple intensity.In some embodiments, characteristic strength is based on multiple intensity samples.Characteristic strength is appointed Selection of land is based on (for example, after detecting contact, before detecting that contact is lifted away from, detecting relative to predefined event Before or after contact start is mobile, before detecting that contact terminates, before or after detecting that the intensity of contact increases And/or detect contact intensity reduce before or after) in the predetermined period (for example, 0.05 second, 0.1 Second, 0.2 second, 0.5 second, 1 second, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 10 seconds) during acquire predefined quantity intensity sample or one group of intensity sample. The characteristic strength of contact is optionally based on one or more of the following terms: maximum value, the intensity of contact of the intensity of contact Mean value, the average value of the intensity of contact, contact intensity preceding 10% at value, half maximum value of the intensity of contact, contact 90% maximum value of intensity etc..In some embodiments, the duration (example of contact is used when determining characteristic strength Such as, when characteristic strength is the average value of the intensity of contact in time).In some embodiments, by characteristic strength and one The one or more intensity thresholds of group are compared, to determine whether user has executed operation.For example, the group one or more intensity Threshold value optionally includes the first intensity threshold and the second intensity threshold.In this example, characteristic strength is less than first threshold Contact leads to the first operation, and characteristic strength is more than the first intensity threshold but is less than the contact of the second intensity threshold and leads to the second behaviour Make, and the contact that characteristic strength is more than second threshold causes third to operate.In some embodiments, using characteristic strength and one Comparison between a or multiple threshold values come determine whether to execute one or more operations (for example, be execute corresponding operating or Abandon executing corresponding operating) rather than the first operation or the second operation are executed for determining.

Fig. 5 C, which is shown, utilizes multiple contacts on multiple intensity sensor 524A-524D detection touch-sensitive display panel 504 552A-552E.Fig. 5 C further includes intensity map, shows the current strong of intensity sensor 524A-524D relative to volume unit Spend measured value.In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensor 524A and 524D are 9 volume units, and intensity The intensity measurements of sensor 524B and 524C are 7 volume units.In some specific implementations, integrated intensity is multiple strong The sum of the intensity measurements for spending sensor 524A-524D, are 32 volume units in this example.In some embodiments, Respective strengths, i.e. a part of integrated intensity are assigned in each contact.Fig. 5 D show based on it with 554 center of power away from Integrated intensity is distributed from and to contact 552A-552E.In this example, each contact in 552A, 552B and 552E is contacted Be assigned to the intensity of the contact of 8 volume units of integrated intensity, and contact in 552C and 552D it is each contact by Distribution is with the intensity of the contact of 4 volume units of integrated intensity.More generally say, in some specific implementations, each contact j Respective strengths Ij is all assigned according to predefined mathematical function Ij=A (Dj/ Σ Di), is a part of integrated intensity A, Wherein Dj is corresponding contact distance of the j away from power center, and Σ Di is all corresponding contacts (for example, i=1 is to the end) away from power The sum of the distance of the heart.The electronic equipment that can use similar or identical to equipment 100,300 or 500 is executed with reference to Fig. 5 C- figure Operation described in 5D.In some embodiments, one or more intensity of the characteristic strength of contact based on contact.In some realities It applies in scheme, intensity sensor is for determining single feature intensity (for example, the single feature intensity individually contacted).It should refer to Out, intensity map is not the part of shown user interface, and is included in Fig. 5 C- Fig. 5 D to help reader.

In some embodiments, identify a part of gesture for determining characteristic strength.For example, touch sensitive surface is optional Ground reception continuously gently sweeps contact, this is continuously gently swept contact from initial position transition and reaches end position, in the stop bits Place is set, contact strength increases.In this example, characteristic strength of the contact at end position is optionally based only upon continuously gently to sweep and connect A part of touching, rather than entirely gently sweep contact (for example, the only part for gently sweeping contact at end position).In some embodiment party In case, algorithm is smoothed to the intensity application for gently sweeping contact in the Optional for determining the characteristic strength of contact.For example, smoothing Algorithm optionally includes one of the following terms or a variety of: do not weight sliding average smoothing algorithm, triangle smoothing algorithm, Median filter smooths algorithm and/or exponential smoothing algorithm.In some cases, these smoothing algorithms, which eliminate, gently sweeps Narrow spike or recess in the intensity of contact, to realize the purpose for determining characteristic strength.

Detection intensity threshold value, light press intensity threshold, depth are optionally such as contacted relative to one or more intensity thresholds Intensity threshold and/or other one or more intensity thresholds are pressed to characterize the contact strength on touch sensitive surface.In some implementations In scheme, light press intensity threshold correspond to such intensity: under the intensity equipment will execute usually with click physics mouse Or the associated operation of button of touch tablet.In some embodiments, deep pressing intensity threshold corresponds to such intensity: In Equipment will execute the operation different from operation usually associated with the button for clicking physics mouse or Trackpad under the intensity.In In some embodiments, when detecting characteristic strength lower than light press intensity threshold (for example, and to be higher than Nominal contact detection strong Spend threshold value, the contact lower than Nominal contact detection intensity threshold value be no longer detected) contact when, equipment will touched according to contact Movement on sensitive surfaces carrys out moving focal point selector, associated with light press intensity threshold or deep pressing intensity threshold without executing Operation.In general, unless otherwise stated, otherwise these intensity thresholds are consistent between different groups of user interface attached drawing 's.

Contact characteristic intensity from the intensity lower than light press intensity threshold increase between light press intensity threshold and it is deep by Intensity between Compressive Strength threshold value is sometimes referred to as " light press " input.Contact characteristic intensity is from lower than deep pressing intensity threshold The intensity that intensity increases to above deep pressing intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as " deep pressing " input.Contact characteristic intensity is from lower than connecing The intensity of touching detection intensity threshold value increases to the intensity between contact detection intensity threshold value and light press intensity threshold sometimes Referred to as detect the contact on touch-surface.Contact characteristic intensity is reduced to low from the intensity for being higher than contact detection intensity threshold value Sometimes referred to as detect that contact is lifted away from from touch-surface in the intensity of contact detection intensity threshold value.In some embodiments, Contacting detection intensity threshold value is zero.In some embodiments, contact detection intensity threshold value is greater than zero.

Herein in some embodiments, in response to detecting gesture or response including corresponding pressing input One or more operations are executed in detecting using the corresponding pressing input of corresponding contact (or multiple contacts) execution, wherein extremely It is at least partly based on and detects that the intensity of the contact (or multiple contacts) increases to above pressing input intensity threshold value and detects Corresponding pressing input.In some embodiments, in response to detecting that it is strong that the intensity accordingly contacted increases to above pressing input Spend threshold value (for example, " downward stroke " of corresponding pressing input) Lai Zhihang corresponding operating.In some embodiments, pressing input Intensity including accordingly contacting increase to above pressing input intensity threshold value and the contact intensity be decreased subsequently to lower than by Press input intensity threshold value, and in response to detect the intensity accordingly contacted be decreased subsequently to lower than pressing input threshold value (for example, " up stroke " of corresponding pressing input) Lai Zhihang corresponding operating.

Fig. 5 E- Fig. 5 H shows the detection to gesture, and gesture includes and contacts 562 intensity from lower than the flicking in Fig. 5 E Compressive Strength threshold value is (for example, " IT_L") intensity increase to above the deep pressing intensity threshold in Fig. 5 H (for example, " IT_D") intensity Corresponding pressing input.Shown including the user interface of the application icon 572A-572D shown in predefined region 574 On 570, while with display highlighting 576 above 2 corresponding application icon 572B of application, benefit is detected on touch sensitive surface 560 The gesture executed with contact 562.In some embodiments, the detection gesture on touch-sensitive display 504.Intensity sensor detection The intensity of contact on touch sensitive surface 560.The equipment determines, contact 562 intensity pressing intensity threshold deeply (for example, “IT_D") more than reach peak value.562 are kept in contact on touch sensitive surface 560.In response to detecting gesture, and according in gesture Period intensity is increased to deep pressing intensity threshold (for example, " IT_D") more than contact 562, display recently for using 2 open text The expression 578A-578C (for example, thumbnail) that the scale of shelves reduces, as shown in Fig. 5 F- Fig. 5 H.In some embodiments, with One or more intensity thresholds are compared, and intensity is the characteristic strength of contact.It should be pointed out that not being for the intensity map of contact 562 The part of shown user interface, and be included in Fig. 5 E- Fig. 5 H to help reader.

In some embodiments, the display for indicating 578A-578C includes animation.For example, indicating that 578A is shown at the beginning Near application icon 572B, as illustrated in figure 5f.With the progress of animation, indicate that 578A is moved up, and in application icon 572B, which is nearby shown, indicates 578B, as shown in figure 5g.Then, indicate that 578A is moved up, 578B is upward towards expression 578A It is mobile, and expression 578C is shown near application icon 572B, as shown in Fig. 5 H.Indicate that 578A-578C forms icon Array above 572B.In some embodiments, animation is according to the strength development for contacting 562, as shown in Fig. 5 F- Fig. 5 G, Wherein indicate 578A-578C occur and with the intensity of contact 562 to deep pressing intensity threshold (for example, " ITD ") increase and to Upper movement.In some embodiments, intensity based on animation progress is the characteristic strength of contact.Can use be similar to or The electronic equipment for being equal to equipment 100,300 or 500 executes the operation with reference to described in Fig. 5 E- Fig. 5 H.

In some embodiments, equipment is lagged using intensity to avoid the accident input sometimes referred to as " shaken ", Middle equipment limits or selection has the lag intensity threshold of predefined relationship (for example, lag intensity with pressing input intensity threshold value Threshold value than the low X volume unit of pressing input intensity threshold value, or lag intensity threshold be pressing input intensity threshold value 75%, 90% or some rational proportion).Therefore, in some embodiments, pressing input includes that the intensity accordingly contacted increases to height It is decreased subsequently in the intensity of pressing input intensity threshold value and the contact lower than the lag for corresponding to pressing input intensity threshold value Intensity threshold, and in response to detecting that the intensity accordingly contacted is decreased subsequently to lower than lag intensity threshold (for example, accordingly pressing Press " up stroke " of input) Lai Zhihang corresponding operating.Similarly, in some embodiments, contact only is detected in equipment Intensity from be equal to or less than lag intensity threshold intensity increase to be equal to or higher than pressing input intensity threshold value intensity and Optionally contact strength is decreased subsequently to be equal to or less than just to detect that pressing inputs when the intensity of lag intensity, and in response to Detect pressing input (for example, according to environment, contact strength increases or contact strength reduces) Lai Zhihang corresponding operating.

In order to be easy to explain, optionally, trigger in response to detecting any situation in following various situations to sound Operation Ying Yuyu pressing input intensity threshold value associated pressing input or executed in response to including the gesture of pressing input Description: contact strength increase to above pressing input intensity threshold value, contact strength from lower than lag intensity threshold intensity increase It is big to be decreased below pressing input intensity threshold value to the intensity, the contact strength that are higher than pressing input intensity threshold value, and/or contact strong Degree is decreased below lag intensity threshold corresponding with pressing input intensity threshold value.In addition, describing the operations as in response to inspection The intensity for measuring contact is decreased below pressing input intensity threshold value in the example that executes, is optionally in response to detect contact Intensity be decreased below and correspond to and be less than the lag intensity threshold of pressing input intensity threshold value and execute operation.

As used herein, " mounted application program " refer to have been downloaded into electronic equipment (for example, equipment 100,300 and/ Or 500) on and be ready in equipment start (for example, becoming opening) software application.In some embodiments, under The application program of load becomes mounted application program, software package of the mounted application program from downloading using installation procedure Extraction procedure part simultaneously integrates the part of extraction and the operating system of computer system.

As used herein, term " application program of opening " or " application program in execution " refer to believes with hold mode Cease the software application journey of (for example, a part as equipment/overall situation internal state 157 and/or application program internal state 192) Sequence.Application program opening or in execution is any one of optionally following kind of application program:

● it is currently shown in just using the applications active on the display screen of the equipment of application program；

● background application (or background process), do not show currently but one or more processes of the application program just It is handled by one or more processors；And

● do not run but have be stored in memory (having volatile and non-volatile respectively) and can be used for extensive The pause of the status information of the execution of multiple application program or suspend mode application program.

As used herein, term " application program of closing " refers to the software application without hold mode information (for example, the status information for the application program closed is not stored in the memory of equipment).Therefore, closing application program includes Stop and/or remove the application program process of application program and removes the status information of application program from the memory of equipment. In general, it when in the first application program, opens the second application program and is not turned off the first application program.In display second When application program and shown the first application program stopping, the first application program becomes background application.

It attention is drawn in electronic equipment (such as portable multifunction device 100, equipment 300 or equipment 500) The embodiment of the user interface (" UI ") and associated process of upper realization.

User interface and associated process

Use measurement control panel user interface

User interacts with electronic equipment in a number of different manners, including checks about electronic equipment and/or electronic equipment The information used.In some embodiments, electronic equipment shows one associated with the operation at electronic equipment or more A measurement visually indicates, and thus user is allowed to check the information used about electronic equipment.Embodiment described below Provide the side that the instruction using measurement associated with the one or more operations of electronic equipment execution are used is presented in electronic equipment Formula.Enhancing and the interaction of equipment reduce time quantum needed for user executes operation, to reduce the electricity consumption of equipment and prolong The battery life of battery supply set is grown.It should be appreciated that people use equipment.When people uses equipment, this people is optionally The referred to as user of equipment.

Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 UU, which is shown, to be presented according to the electronic equipment of some embodiments of the disclosure using measurement instruction Exemplary approach.Embodiment in these attached drawings is for showing process described below, including reference Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S description Process.

Fig. 6 A shows the example devices 500 with touch screen 504, such as referring to described in Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Touch screen 504 optionally show one or more user interfaces including various contents.In the example shown in Fig. 6 A, touch screen 504 is aobvious Show that the limitation for checking the limit of the information used and setting electronic equipment 500 about electronic equipment 500 used is set Set user interface.In Fig. 6 A, limitation setting user interface show the instruction 602 that equipment uses and it is multiple used to equipment it is relevant Setting, the setting (for example, " equipment downtime " 604a) of such as limited use pattern, one or more application program or application The setting (for example, " limits of application " 604b) of the operating limit of programs categories no matter, which function currently to implement any make about Setting (for example, " allowing always " 604c), the content of electronic equipment 500 and the privacy settings (example being all allowed to always with limitation Such as, " content and privacy " 604d), need the setting of password (for example, " be modified and need password " to using setting to be modified 604e), which is stopped recording and operates the setting being just performed at electronic equipment (for example, " stopping recording using data " 604f), what deletion was stored executes the settings of the related data of various operations (for example, " deletion uses number with electronic equipment is used According to " 604g) and log on to the setting (for example, " logging on to iCloud " 604h) of user account based on cloud.As shown, The instruction 602 that equipment uses includes that electronic equipment has been used for accessing several application programs or application category (for example, news Using, game classification and mail applications) in each time quantum visually indicate.Instruction 602 further includes about total " when screen Between " operating limit also how many remaining instruction (for example, " also 3 hours surplus ").It is retouched in more detail below with reference to Fig. 8 A to Fig. 9 K State operating limit, including overall operating limit.Electronic equipment 500 also shows instruction that overall device uses (for example, " using 4 Hour ") and same day equipment use compared with averagely using daily (for example, " lower than average level 30 minutes ").

Fig. 6 B shows the setting user interface of the limitation when electronic equipment 500 logs on to user account based on cloud.Limit Set up the instruction 606 for setting the pet name that user interface includes electronic equipment 500 associated with user account and with as group or The instruction of the associated equipment of other users of a part of family account based on cloud is (for example, the iPhone of John Jr. The iPhone 608b of 608a and Jane).Family account based on cloud includes that multiple individuals associated with other electronic equipments are used Family account (such as " iPhone of John Jr. " and " iPhone of Jane ").In some embodiments, family is based on cloud Account includes " parent " user and " children " user, and enable parent user check and/or control it is related to children's equipment The various statistics and/or setting of connection.As shown here and, parent equipment described in more detail below with reference to Fig. 6 V to Fig. 6 W The use information about one or more children's equipment can be presented in (for example, such as electronic equipment 500).Parent's equipment can also Operating limit and the equipment downtime setting for controlling children's equipment, below with reference to described in Fig. 8 A to Figure 11 I.In Fig. 6 C to figure In 6D, it is related to user account based on cloud to show that user's (for example, utilizing contact 603) rolls limitation setting user interface Other multiple electronic equipments of connection are (for example, the Apple Watch of the iPad 610a of John, Apple TV 610b and John Instruction, " stopping recording using data " setting 604f and " delete and use data " setting 604g 610c)." my equipment " The other equipment listed in list with and the associated same user account of electronic equipment 500 it is associated.Below with reference to Fig. 6 TT To described in Fig. 6 UU, electronic equipment 500 can show usage amount associated with one or more associated devices individually or together Degree.

Fig. 6 E is shown including using desktop small routine 612a, calendar desktop small routine 612b and weather desktop small routine The desktop small routine user interface of 612c.It the use of desktop small routine 612a include the instruction 602 that equipment uses, including each application It the instruction of program and classification (for example, news application, mail applications and game classification) used and may be selected more to show Showing for use information can indicate 614.

Fig. 6 F, which shows user's (for example, using contact 603) selection and shows, can indicate 614.Show and can indicate in response to selection 614, it is unfolded with display additional information, as shown in Figure 6 G using desktop small routine 612a.The use desktop small routine 612a of expansion The instruction 616 that uses including same day overall device, the equipment on the same day use and use 618 deviate from how many relative to day par devices Instruction, on the diagram 620 that uses of instruction application program or application category equipment over time and electronic equipment The instruction (for example, news application limit 622a and game class extremity 622b) of the operating limit of setting.Figure 620 includes the same day Interior hourly column indicates that the equipment within this hour uses, which application the part with color coding is used to indicate Program (for example, news application or mail applications) or application category (for example, game classification) are used in per hour.Such as Shown in Fig. 6 G, the instruction for the operating limit (for example, news application operating limit 622a) being exceeded includes the application program (for example, news application) has been used the instruction how many more than operating limit.Equally, the operating limit (example not being reached also Such as, game classification 622b) instruction include the use of the application category (for example, game classification) and the difference of operating limit Instruction.Fig. 6 H to Fig. 6 I shows user's (for example, using contact 603) and rolls the use desktop small routine of expansion to show Additional information, every day, institute was notification received flat in expression 624a-624e that the application program including the same day uses, days past The instruction 626 of equal quantity and user initiated the instruction 628 of the frequency of " picking up " equipment in past one day or days past.Such as Shown in figure, application program is to be in the instruction of 624a-624e with the different sizes for indicating the relative usage amount of corresponding application programs The application icon of those of existing application program.For example, news application program instruction 624a is the largest, show this using journey Sequence is utilized at most.Equally, according to the usage amount of these application programs, mail applications instruction 624b and game A is answered Indicate that 624c is smaller than news application program instruction 624a with program.

Fig. 6 J, which is shown, notifies 630 by the use that equipment 500 generates according to some examples of the disclosure.In some embodiment party In case, 630 are such as notified to be generated by the interval of regular schedule (for example, once a day, weekly by electronic equipment 500 using notice One is inferior).Using notice include equipment use instruction 602, check more have for (for example, in control panel user interface) Close the option (for example, " checking " 632a) for the information that equipment uses and for eliminating notice without checking more related equipment The option (for example, " elimination " 632b) of the information used.In Fig. 6 K, user (for example, utilizing contact 603) selection " checking " 632a is to check information that more related equipment use.In response, electronic equipment 500, which is presented, uses control panel user interface, As shown in Fig. 6 L.

Using control panel user interface include above with reference to instruction application program described in Fig. 6 G or application category with Diagram 620 that the equipment of time passage uses, on the day of during longest in equipment use the instruction 634 of session, the phase on the day of Between equipment usage amount during limited use pattern (for example, " equipment downtime ") instruction 636 and make for its setting With the application program of the limit and the instruction 622a and 622b that use of classification.It the use of control panel user interface further include for checking For the switch key of the instruction of the use measurement of 638a or one week one day 638b.As shown in Fig. 6 L, control panel user interface is used The use measurement on the current display same day.The instruction 622a and 622b that use of application program with operating limit optionally with show It can indicate that 640a and 640b are visually associated, showing can indicate that 640a and 640b may be selected with display for checking You Guan accordingly The information of application program or classification and update the application program or classification operating limit setting setting user interface.Example Such as, showing can indicate that 640a may be selected to be arranged with the operating limit for application program of editing news.As shown in Fig. 6 L, when operating limit When being exceeded (for example, news application operating limit 622a), accordingly showing can indicate that there is 640a instruction operating limit to be exceeded Another color or pattern.Equally, in some embodiments, it is reached when operating limit is close (for example, in the threshold value of time Amount or percentage in) when, it is associated show can indicate that there is visual characteristic.In addition, the histogram of instruction operating limit includes pair Ying Yu be used to access the time quantum of given application program or classification (for example, such as news application in operating limit inner electronic equipment Shown in instruction 622a and game classification instruction both 622b), given application program or classification be used more than operating limit When remaining in time quantum (for example, as shown in news application instruction 622a) and the operating limit of application program or classification The different coloured parts of the area of a room (for example, as shown in game classification 622b instruction).

Fig. 6 M to Fig. 6 N shows user's (for example, using contact 603) and rolls using control panel user interface to show It is additional to be indicated using measurement, as shown in Fig. 6 O.As shown, the use of control panel user interface including also not being set using pole for it The instruction 642 of the usage amount of the application program (for example, mail) of limit and may be selected with show for checking related respective application The showing for setting user interface that the information of program and the operating limit for updating the application program are arranged can indicate 640c.

Fig. 6 P to Fig. 6 Q shows user's (for example, using contact 603) and rolls using control panel user interface to show It is additional to be indicated using measurement, as shown in Fig. 6 R.Fig. 6 R is shown using control panel user interface, including institute of the entire same day is received The diagram 644 of notice, during the same day the instruction 646 of the quantity of received notice, receive the instruction of hour at most notified 648 and installation on an electronic device multiple application programs (for example, the same day generate notice all application programs or the same day The application program of the generation notice of top setting quantity) the instruction 650a-650d how much notified generated.Diagram 644 includes referring to Electronic equipment presents the multiple columns how much notified during showing each hour on the same day.User interface further include visually with Instruction 650a-650d it is associated it is multiple show can indicate 652a-652d, these show can indicate may be selected be shown as its show lead to The notice of the corresponding application programs for the instruction known is arranged.For example, showing can indicate that 652a may be selected to edit iMessage application Notice setting.The instruction 650a-650d of notice includes the title of application program (for example, " iMessage application ", " Email Using ", " news application " and " application of water tracker "), corresponding application programs generated on the day of entire the quantity how much notified, And it is positioned as the point of the relative populations for the notice for indicating that application program is generated relative to other applications.

Fig. 6 S to Fig. 6 T shows user's (for example, using contact 603) and rolls using control panel user interface to show It is additional to be indicated using measurement, as shown in Fig. 6 U.

Fig. 6 U is shown using control panel user interface, and the instruction 654 for " picking up " equipment including the same day (will hereinafter more Describe in detail), the same day pick up the instruction 656 of average time between equipment, the diagram 658 for picking up equipment on the entire same day, Picked up during equipment downtime the number of equipment instruction 660 (equipment downtime hereinafter with reference to Figure 10 A to scheme 11I is more fully described), the instruction of the number picked up in equipment number most hour and the time interval is picked up in the same day 662 and user pick up the instruction 664a and 664b of the number that electronic equipment is interacted in multiple application programs each.

The same day indicated by instruction 656 picks up the average time between equipment and is calculated as the same day and picks up and the same day for the first time Average time between picking up for the last time.In some embodiments, which includes except equipment downtime First time picks up and picking up between the last time except equipment downtime is picked up.In some embodiments, no matter Those one or more of pick up whether to occur during equipment downtime, which all includes all picking up it on the same day Between pick up.

The diagram 658 that equipment was picked up in the entire same day includes each hour in same day column, indicates to take in each hour Play the number of equipment.It is described to illustrate picking up during will occur in equipment downtime and occur to stop in equipment as shown in Fig. 6 U Picking up except the machine time visually distinguishes, and this area is also indicated using equipment downtime mark 698-22 Point.

The application program 664a-b that user picks up electronic equipment to interact therewith is to be based on user when picking up equipment Interactive the first application program determines.For example, if user's wake-up device, closes immediately upon awakening and be at electronic equipment The first existing application program then turns on the second application program to execute the operation with the second application program, then second applies journey Sequence is the application program that user picks up electronic equipment to interact.For another example, if equipment is in Shi Chengxian in sleep pattern Notice associated with the first equipment, and user provides input to check the notice and interact with the first application program, then One application program is the application program that user picks up electronic equipment to interact.

As used herein, " pick up " equipment and cover a plurality of types of users and pay close attention to events, such as user unlock electronic equipment, Other operations of the operation of wake-up device and initiation electronic equipment.In some embodiments, when user's input leads to electronics Equipment exit from idle status (for example, sleep pattern, lock state, low-power mode etc., during this period user not with electronic equipment Interactive and/or electronic equipment display is closed) when, detect that user pays close attention to event.In some embodiments, electronic equipment Enter idle shape in response to have passed through the time of predetermined volume since last user input is received at electronic equipment State.Optionally, electronic equipment is in response to user's input corresponding with for entering the request of idle state (for example, pressing electronics The power supply or locking press button of equipment) and enter idle state.In some embodiments, display is not shown during idle state Diagram picture.In some embodiments, lock-screen is shown on an electronic device during idle state.It is closed corresponding to user Be user's input option of note event one or more of following: the button of electronic equipment is pressed, for terminating the free time The user action (for example, raising equipment) of state, unlock input (for example, input password or biometric feature is provided) and For accessing the function of electronic equipment (for example, desktop small routine user interface, camera application program, control panel user interface, aobvious Show the user interface of application program associated with shown notice instruction) touch input.Biometric feature is detected to appoint Selection of land is including the use of depth camera or the face of another sensor senses user.In some embodiments, electronic equipment can Determine when user is seeing its electronic equipment and seeing electronic equipment in response to user using depth camera and facial recognition techniques And unlock (for example, electronic equipment is in response to determining that user is paying close attention to electronic equipment and unlocks).In some embodiments, electric Sub- equipment is exitted from idle status in response to notice (for example, display inputs the case where request display is opened in no user Lower opening is to show notice), and pay close attention to event and equipment is made to execute some other movement (for example, unlocker device, update display Device is to show the user interface of application program or operating system).That is, the instruction of notice is not optionally that user pays close attention to thing Part, even if it causes equipment to exit from idle status.In some embodiments, concern event measurement instruction user initiates using electricity The number of sub- equipment (for example, " inspection " its phone).

Fig. 6 V shows limitation setting user interface.As shown, limitation setting user interface includes setting with as electronics The instruction 608a of the associated electronic equipment of user of a part of standby 500 associated family accounts be (" John Jr.'s iPhone").The instruction further includes being added into electronic equipment 500 about iPhone request more time of John Jr. and being controlled At least one of system uses the instruction limited.In Fig. 6 V, user (for example, utilizing contact 603) selection instruction 608a.

In response to the selection of user, electronic equipment shows use control panel user associated with the iPhone of John Jr. Interface, as shown in Fig. 6 W.The user interface includes the overall operating limit implemented on the iPhone of John Jr. for removal The instruction 666 of request, the instruction 680 of overall screen time operating limit of iPhone of John Jr., John Jr. During the longest of iPhone uses equipment downtime on the instruction 670 of duration of session, the iPhone of John Jr. Have in the instruction 672 of usage amount, the iPhone of John Jr. the application program of operating limit the instruction 674a-b used and The not instruction 676 of the application program of operating limit used on the iPhone of John Jr., and above in Fig. 6 L to Fig. 6 N It is described similar.

Instruction 666 is received in response to electronic equipment 500 from another electronic equipment (for example, iPhone of John Jr.) It is presented for increasing the request of the time quantum for the operating limit implemented on another electronic equipment.Such as above with reference to figure Described in 6B, the iPhone of electronic equipment 500 and John Jr. optionally with enable electronic equipment 500 to manage John Jr.'s The family account of the use setting of iPhone is associated.Instruction 666 includes additional for " refusal " request, " giving 1 hour " Time or " going to setting " are to check that more the optional of option for modifying the limitation on the iPhone of John Jr. are shown It can indicate.When more for operating limit addition to parent's device request from children's equipment below with reference to Fig. 9 A to Figure 10 AAA description Between and generally about the more details of operating limit.

Using control panel user interface further include it is multiple show can indicate 678a-c, show can indicate 678a-c may be selected to check It is associated with application program or application category in relation to associated application or the other information of application class and/or change Operating limit.As shown in user interface, with game A using it is associated show can indicate that 678a is added shade to indicate game The operating limit of A application has been reached.Equally, it is associated with social media classification show can indicate that 678a is added shade to indicate The operating limit of social media classification is close to be reached.In some embodiments, it is possible that other, which are visually indicated,.

Fig. 6 X shows limitation setting user interface.In Fig. 6 Y, user (for example, utilizing contact 603) selection setting 604e, hence for in equipment 500 use limitation setting be modified require password (or other certification such as passwords or life Object identification feature).In response to the selection, electronic equipment is presented for receiving user's input so that the keypad 682 of password is arranged. In some embodiments, electronic equipment is presented full keyboard or allows the user interface of user's selection password or password length, Or for being used to authenticate to the option for using setting to be modified using bio-identification input (such as face recognition).In order to One or more certifications for being modified and being required using limitation setting of electronic equipment 500 are optionally different from order to unlock Electronic equipment 500 and require certification.

After user setting password, electronic equipment more new password switch key 604e with indicate to use limitation be arranged It is modified and needs password, as shown in Fig. 6 AA.In Fig. 6 BB, user selects instruction 604b to make on electronic equipment 500 It is modified with the limit.In response to the input, keypad 682 is presented before allowing user to change the setting in electronic equipment To require above-mentioned password (or other authentication methods), as shown in Fig. 6 CC.

Fig. 6 DD shows the instruction 602 that user (for example, using contact 603) selection equipment uses.In response to the selection, Electronic equipment 500, which is presented, uses control panel user interface, as shown in Fig. 6 EE.As shown in Fig. 6 FF, user is then (for example, utilize 603) selection switch key 638b is measured with the use during checking one week for contact.In response to the input, electronic equipment 500 is more The instruction newly measured using control panel user interface with the use during showing over one week, as shown in Fig. 6 GG.

Fig. 6 GG, which is shown, to be presented multiple during one week in the past and uses control panel user interface using measurement.It uses Control panel user interface include the instruction 684 that uses of daily par devices during this week, every day during this week it is average It uses the instruction how 686 compared with the average use in a longer period of time (for example, last month or institute's having time) day, show one Diagram 688 that a or multiple application programs or application class use for other day, during this week longest use session it is lasting when Between instruction 690, the instruction 692 that uses of the average day equipment during equipment downtime and be set using the limit for it The average instruction 694a-694b used of one or more application program or application programs categories every day during this week.Figure Show that 688 include indicating that electronic equipment 500 is daily for the application program and application category of multiple colors coding to use The column of this week every day.As shown, diagram 688 includes the instruction of overall device operating limit (for example, across 688 rows are illustrated Into horizontal line), (for example, Monday to Friday) and weekend (for example, Saturday and Sunday) optionally on weekdays It is different.For example, the overall device operating limit on Monday to Friday is optionally below Saturday as shown in Fig. 6 GG With the overall device operating limit on Sunday.

Although being not shown in the figure, it is to be understood that, control panel user interface optionally include it is as described herein it is any its He measures instruction during this week, and some of them measurement by assembling is shown in this week (for example, as total, average Value etc.), and other measurements are shown as the maximum value or minimum value in this week.For example, returning to Fig. 6 R, one day notice quantity 646 are optionally substituted by the par of notice daily in this week, and the interval 648 at most notified is received in certain day by this week Receive interval (for example, some day or intraday a certain hour) substitution at most notified.For another example, Fig. 6 U is returned to, this day exists The number 660 that equipment is picked up during downtime, which is optionally picked up during equipment downtime by every day during this week, to be set Standby average time substitution, and this day have the hour 662 at most picked up optionally received between this period at most notify it is another One interval (such as a certain hour of some day or one day) substitution.

Fig. 6 HH show user's (for example, using contact 603) selection it is associated with game classification show can indicate 640b. In response to the input, electronic equipment 500 is presented classification and user interface is arranged, as shown in Fig. 6 II.User interface is arranged in classification For implementing or not implementing the finger of the other operating limit of switch key 690, application class of operating limit for application category Show 692, for notify and stop setting to implement the option 694a of the limit, for notify that the option for implementing the limit is arranged The application that the switch key 696 and operating limit of 694b, for rendering oral warning associated with operating limit are applied to The multiple instruction 698a-d of included each application program used in programs categories.

Switch key 690 allows users to stop implementing classification operating limit, while saving the parameter of operating limit, such as when The area of a room, notice pattern and included application program.In this way, user can reopen switch key to come into effect operating limit, Parameter without re-entering operating limit.It describes to notify hereinafter with reference to Fig. 8 A to Fig. 9 K and stops that 694a is arranged and leads to Know the other details of setting 694b and operating limit setting.Associated with operating limit oral warning for rendering is cut Changing key 696 enables electronic equipment 500 to say notice associated with operating limit, and such as instruction operating limit is close is reached To or the notice that has been reached.

As shown in Fig. 6 II, user (for example, utilizing contact 603) selection is related to the game A application program in game classification Showing for connection can indicate 640a, the additional information and setting of the application-specific is presented.In response, electronic equipment 500 is in Existing user interface, the user interface have about the information of game A used and for being set using setting for the limit for game A It sets, as shown in Fig. 6 JJ.

The instruction 698-2, the average instruction 698-4 used of game A, the same day that Fig. 6 JJ shows the usage amount of game A exist The instruction of the quantity of the notice generated during the instruction 698-6, the game A that use of game A is on the day of during equipment downtime On the day of 698-8, setting 698-10, the information 698-12 about game A and game A for updating operating limit for game A The diagram 698-14 used over time is (for example, be shown as multiple columns, wherein each column game representation A is working as Use in its each hour).As shown, user can for game A create operating limit, including be set using the limit when The area of a room and when the limit is reached electronic equipment 500 will how behavior (for example, " notify and stop " or " notice ").With reference to Operating limit is more fully described in Fig. 8 A to Fig. 9 K.User interface further includes the general view 698-12 about the information of game A, such as The chain of game A is checked in its application icon, age grading, classification, developer and application shop on an electronic device It connects.It is accessed although user interface can be arranged from classification shown in Fig. 6 HH to Fig. 6 II in user interface shown in Fig. 6 JJ, it is each The similar user interfaces of a application program user's selection it is associated with individual applications program be arranged show and can indicate (for example, with The associated 640a of news application, 678c associated with dictionary application etc.) Shi Nengcong use measurement control panel user interface (example Such as, as shown in Fig. 6 L to Fig. 6 O, Fig. 6 W and Fig. 6 EE to Fig. 6 HH) access.

Fig. 6 KK show present it is relevant to notifying using measurement use control panel user interface, such as reference Fig. 6 R It is described.In Fig. 6 LL, user (for example, utilizing contact 603) selection notifies setting is associated to show and can indicate with news application 652c.In response, user interface is arranged in the notice that news application is presented in electronic equipment 500, as shown in Fig. 6 MM.Notice setting User interface includes for allowing the switch key 698-16 of the notice from news application, for answering in silent mode for news With the switch key 698-18 that notice the is presented and option 698-20 that the instruction of which kind of notice is presented for changing news application. " allowing to notify " switch key 698-16 is switched to closing to allow for any position of the application program not on electronic equipment 500 and be in It now notifies, on the contrary, one or more instructions of notice are presented when receiving notice at electronic equipment at notice " opening " (for example, it is anti-to visually indicate such as text or image, audio instruction such as sound or utterance, and/or tactile or other senses of touch Feedback etc.)." silent notification " switch key 698-18 switching opening is allowed for into electronic equipment 500 and abandons the presentation when notice is received The instruction (for example, because electronic equipment done so when notice is allowed to) of notice, but and equipment when notice is not allowed to Behavior it is different, the instruction of notice is presented in notification history user interface, it is received multiple logical to be included in electronic equipment place The instruction known, below with reference to shown in Figure 12 I.Change " notice is allowed to " setting 698-20 allows for the presentation of electronic equipment 500 Received all notices, the notice of limited quantity or the only high notice of importance at application program.

Fig. 6 NN shows previously described use control panel user interface.Fig. 6 OO, which is shown, uses instant message in user Control panel user interface is used after application program 15 minutes.It is used in response to application program, electronic equipment 500 updates user Interface is to show instant message in the diagram 620 that the equipment that application program or application category carry out over time uses The use of application program.The instruction 618 of instruction 616 and electronic equipment that overall device uses used compared with average use It is updated.

Fig. 6 PP, which is shown, continues another 15 minutes using instant message application program, to make instant message in user The total of application program uses control panel user interface using after reaching 30 minutes.In response to the additional use, electronics is set Standby 500 are combined to instant message application program and email application in News Category (for example, according to message class is determined The overall use of application program in not meets classification and uses threshold value).Once mail applications and IM application are incorporated into message class In not, diagram 620 is just updated to include color associated with News Category or pattern, more described in this instruction message classification The use of one of a application program (for example, mail applications or IM application).In some embodiments, application program is answered at those With program be applied in combination satisfaction or more than predetermined classification using threshold value when be incorporated into classification.

In Fig. 6 QQ, continue another 30 points using instant message application program using electronic equipment 500 in user Clock is updated again later to make the overall use of the application program reach 60 minutes.In response to the additional use, electronics Equipment 500 separates instant message application program and email application (for example, according to instant message application program is determined Use meet application program using threshold value).That is, diagram 620, which is updated to include, indicates respectively IM application and mail The separated color or pattern of application used, rather than they are combined in News Category.In some embodiments, it answers When being met with the use of individual applications program of the program in combination sort or being more than that predetermined application program uses threshold value It is separated.

In some embodiments, equipment 500 not only includes applying journey in the use of given application program (or classification) Sequence uses, and further includes the Internet resources corresponding to given application program in the use of given application program (or classification) The use of (for example, webpage).For example, Fig. 6 RR show had accessed in user it is associated with instant message application program Website continue 30 minutes after use control panel user interface.As shown, access is related to instant message application program The website of connection is included in the use of instant message application program, because electronic equipment 500 has now indicated that instant message application program It is used 1.5 hours in total.This number includes using a hour of the machine instant message application program and using net Network viewer applications access associated web site 30 minutes of instant message application program.In this way, in simple native application Except use, optionally tracking is overall is used.

Fig. 6 SS shows " the Apple TV's " in user (for example, using contact 603) selectional restriction setting user interface Indicate 610b.In response to the selection, electronic equipment presentation includes the use control panel of use measurement associated with Apple TV User interface, as shown in Fig. 6 TT.In this way, user can be absorbed in the use of another equipment in the equipment of user.In Fig. 6 TT It the use of control panel user interface include using the finger how compared with average use on the instruction 616 that uses of same day equipment, the same day Application program and other diagram 620, the longest used of application class in showing 618, equipment on the day of entire use session Instruction 636 that equipment during the instruction 634 of duration, downtime uses, the application program that the limit is set using for it With the other instruction 622a-622b used of application class.In some embodiments, electronic equipment 500 optionally show with Another electronic equipment is associated additional using measurement, all notices as described herein and picks up equipment.Shown in Fig. 6 TT Using presented in control panel user interface measurement with above with reference to described in Fig. 6 L it is similar use measurement it is similar.

Fig. 6 UU is shown including multiple electronic equipments associated with user account (for example, all devices of John, packet Include the iPhone of Apple TV and John) aggregation using measurement use control panel user interface.In this way, user can check Use in its (for example, all) equipment multiple in its equipment.In Fig. 6 UU includes same day institute using control panel user interface The instruction 616 being applied in combination, the use on the same day instruction how 618, equipment compared with average use of multiple electronic equipments stated The longest use meeting in the application program and the other diagram 620 being applied in combination of application class, all devices in the entire same day The instruction 636 of all devices totally used and it is arranged during the instruction 634 of the duration of words and downtime for it The other instruction 622a-622c used of the application program and application class of operating limit.In some embodiments, electronics is set Standby 500 optionally show it is associated with the multiple electronic equipment additional using measurement, it is all as described herein to notify and take Play equipment.Made using the measurement presented in control panel user interface with above with reference to similar described in Fig. 6 L shown in Fig. 6 UU It is similar with measuring.

Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S is the side shown according to a kind of presentation of some embodiments of the disclosure using the instruction of measurement The flow chart of method 700.Method 700 optionally electronic equipment (such as extremely above with reference to Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 2 to Fig. 3, Fig. 4 A Equipment 100 described in Fig. 4 B and Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H, equipment 300 or equipment 500) on execute.Some operations in method 700 are appointed Selection of land is combined and/or the sequence of some operations is optionally changed.

As described below, method 700 provides presentation one or more associated with electronic equipment 500 and uses measurement The mode of instruction.The method reduce cognitive load of the user when the device user interface with the disclosure interacts, thus Create a more effective man-machine interface.For battery-driven electronic equipment, the efficiency of user and user interface interaction are improved It saves electric power and increases the time between battery charging.

In some embodiments, in the electronic equipment communicated with display and one or more input equipments (for example, electricity Sub- equipment 500) (e.g., including the mobile device of touch screen；Including one in keyboard, mouse, Trackpad and touch screen or more The computer of person；Or the set-top box communicated with television set and input equipment (for example, remote controler)) sentence display and show (702) Control panel user interface (for example, digital health control panel), the control panel user interface include first using measurement (for example, Indicate that the first operating limit has run out how many measurements, percentage column, pie chart etc.) visually indicate and make with second With visually indicating for measurement (for example, instruction the second operating limit run out how many measurements), in such as Fig. 6 L to Fig. 6 U Shown in using measurement control panel user interface.First is optionally operated with the first of electronic equipment (for example, screen using measurement Time uses the time of application-specific or application-specific classification, reception notice, concern event etc.) it is associated (704), such as in Fig. 6 L.For example, user in period is used for the equipment during the first measurement is optionally the same day The instruction of the amount of " screen time ".In some embodiments, first is pre- first including (706) using visually indicating for measurement The first of the first operation, which is executed, using electronic equipment during section of fixing time (for example, one hour, one day or one week) uses quantization (example Such as, time quantum or number), such as in Fig. 6 L.First optionally includes vision explanation using visually indicating for measurement, such as schemes Show or chart.In some embodiments, first the number for being shown instruction using measurement is visually indicated using measurement (for example, " screen time of 3 hours ").Second using measurement optionally with electronic equipment with the first operation (for example, screen Time uses the time of application-specific or application-specific classification, receives notice, concern event etc.) different second Associated (708) are operated, such as in Fig. 6 L.For example, second using measurement be optionally user using electronic equipment with it is specific Application program interacts the instruction of the time quantum spent.In some embodiments, second is referred to using the vision of measurement Show and executes the second behaviour using electronic equipment during the second predetermined amount of time (for example, one hour, one day or one week) including (710) Second made is using quantization (for example, time quantum or number), such as in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, the second usage amount Degree and first uses measurement and different operations, different action types, different use quantizations, and/or different periods (in some embodiments, identical period) is associated, and in some embodiments, related to the identical period Connection.Refer to for example, being interacted with application-specific about user using electronic equipment and having taken vision how long Show to optionally include to show and be used by the equipment of application program and/or application category (including application-specific) division The diagram of total screen time.

In some embodiments, display first is made using visually indicating for measurement with second in control panel user interface With measurement when visually indicating, electronic equipment via one or more of input equipments receive (712) with for display and the One corresponding is inputted (for example, the using the different third of measurement using the request of measurement visually indicated using measurement and second Three using measurement with first using measurement and/or second using measuring and different operations, different action types, different make It is associated with quantization, and/or different period (in some embodiments, identical period)), such as in Fig. 6 M to figure In 6N.For example, in response to for checking in past one week total screen time and using application-specific spent when Between user's input, electronic equipment update display with present over one week (for example, rather than in past one day, thus fair The measurement in different time sections is checked at family allowable) in total screen time and using electronic equipment come with application-specific hand over Mutual the time it takes.For another example, in response to for check electronic equipment during one day received notice quantity it is defeated Enter (for example, in response to gently sweeping user's input by control panel user interface downwards), electronic equipment update is shown to show In each hour on the same day the quantity of the received notice in electronic equipment place and about in these notices how many be by not With the chart for the details that application program generates.In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input, electronic equipment updates (714) control panel user interface is to include third visually indicating (for example, with or without display first is stopped using measurement Use visually indicating and the second visually indicating using measurement for measurement), such as in Fig. 6 M to Fig. 6 N.For example, for showing Third using measurement the input option visually indicated be the input for rolling through control panel user interface, optionally cause Third is rolled into display using visually indicating for measurement, and wherein it is previously not shown on display.Display is more simultaneously A multiple aforesaid ways visually indicated and user is allowed to check the additional additional visual instruction using measurement using measurement Electronic equipment is allowed effectively to be communicated to user with the different measurements that visual manner uses equipment, this simplifies users and equipment Between interact and enhance equipment operability (for example, by provide more than one mode come mediation device use, make User can check it is most significant using measurement to its), this is further through allowing users to that equipment is more rapidly efficiently used And reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment (716) is with user account (for example, for accessing multiple electronic equipments One of the personal data at place and/or the User ID of setting) associated the multiple electronic equipment, the 6D such as in figure In.Control panel user interface (718) optionally include with and the associated the multiple electronic equipment of user account it is (including described Electronic equipment) the first operation associated first corresponding use measurement (for example, first uses measurement using measurement or second) Visually indicate (for example, first using measurement tracking for executes first operation it is associated with the user account number own The use of electronic equipment), such as in Fig. 6 UU.In some embodiments, first includes that (720) are pre- first using quantization Assemble (example using the use that the multiple electronic equipment (including the electronic equipment) executes the first operation during section of fixing time Such as, if first using measurement is operation application-specific or application-specific group the time it takes amount, first makes It is to run application-specific or specific on all devices associated with user account during predetermined amount of time with quantization The overall amount of time that set of applications is spent), as shown in Fig. 6 UU.To use measurement with and the associated multiple electronics of user The associated aforesaid way of equipment allows electronic equipment to be presented on consistent accurate use on all devices of the user to user Data, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by the way that user is made Be rendered as single group measurement for all devices with data, and user need not each equipment of individual inspiration use data), this is again logical It crosses and allows users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface include (722) it is associated with the first operation of electronic equipment but Vision using measurement (for example, third uses measurement) not corresponding to the first operation associated second of the second electronic equipment refers to Show (for example, electronic equipment is in response to user's input for so operating (for example, arranging from equipment associated with user account The user of particular device is selected to input in table) and divide from showing that the use assembled in multiple equipment measurement is switched to for each equipment Do not show using measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 TT.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is shown and user account phase simultaneously What the use in associated multiple electronic equipments each was measured visually indicates.Will use measurement with and user it is associated multiple It is consistent accurate on all devices of the user that the aforesaid way of electronic device association allows electronic equipment to be presented on to user Using data, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by by user Use data be rendered as single group measurement for all devices, and user need not each equipment of individual inspiration use data), this The battery life that power uses and improve equipment is reduced further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used.

In some embodiments, when the first visually indicating and second using measurement of display in control panel user interface Using measurement when visually indicating, electronic equipment via one or more of input equipments receive (724) with for more detailed Ground shows that first is inputted using the request measured is corresponding (for example, for showing about the first usage amount using measurement with second The request (for example, being switched to " detailed view " from " general view ") of degree and/or the more information of the second use measurement, is such as controlling Selection first uses measurement using measurement and/or second in plate user interface), such as in Fig. 6 F to Fig. 6 G.In some implementations In scheme, in response to receiving the input, electronic equipment updates (726) control panel user interface to show that first uses measurement Second visually indicates (for example, including with or about first using the more of measurement compared with included in First look instruction Information visually indicates) and second visually indicate using the second of measurement (for example, compared with included in First look instruction Including being visually indicated with or about second using the more information of measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 G.First uses the of measurement Two visually indicate visually indicate with second using the second of measurement optionally include (728) during the first predetermined amount of time for Each period in multiple periods is accordingly visually indicated using first that the use that electronic equipment executes the first operation quantifies (730), such as shown in Fig. 6 DD to Fig. 6 EE (for example, showing the measurement in one day in one hour pane).In some embodiment party In case, first to visually indicate using the second of measurement be diagram over time or chart (for example, line chart, histogram, being used for Multiple pie charts of each time interval etc.) or be included therein, and in the first predetermined amount of time period for the multiple Each period in period visually indicates (732) (example using second that the use that electronic equipment executes the second operation quantifies Such as, the measurement in one day in one hour pane is shown), as shown in Fig. 6 G.In some embodiments, second measurement is used Second visually indicate be diagram over time or chart (for example, line chart, histogram, for the more of each time interval A pie chart etc.) or be included therein.The first behaviour is optionally included using instruction each of in the multiple period each Make (for example, information is presented with the first application program or the first set of applications) and the second operation (for example, with the second application program Or second set of applications present information) instruction.In some embodiments, detailed view include using different colours or its He visually indicates to convey and execute the first operation (for example, with the first application program or the first set of applications using electronic equipment Information is presented) and the use of the second operation (for example, information is presented with the second application program or the second set of applications) quantify Diagram or chart.Show allows electronic equipment to show the general view used about first using the aforesaid way of the more information of measurement With the detailed view used, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, logical Cross and hide details when user does not want to see that and by showing details when needed), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly Equipment is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface further includes (734) visually with first using the view measured Feel that the first of instruction associated (such as being shown in its side) shows and can indicate (for example, optional icon), first shows that can indicate can Selection with show (736) for change with first using measurement it is associated one or more be arranged setting user interface (examples Such as, first using measurement is that electronic equipment has been used for the time quantum for running the first application program or first group of application program, and And it includes that the option for being set using the limit for the first application program or first group of application program (such as exists that user interface, which is arranged, In method 900)), as shown in Fig. 6 HH to Fig. 6 II.In addition to this or alternatively, first is optionally first to answer using measurement With program or the quantity of first group of application program notice generated, and it includes for changing the first application that user interface, which is arranged, The option of the notice setting of program or first group of application program.In some embodiments, second shows and can indicate (for example, optional Select icon) it is visually associated (such as being shown in its side) using visually indicating for measurement with second, second shows and can indicate May be selected with display (738) be used for change with second using measurement it is associated one or more be arranged setting user interfaces (for example, second is that electronic equipment has been used for the time quantum for running the second application program or second group of application program using measurement, And it includes for being set using the option of the limit (such as the second application program or second group of application program that user interface, which is arranged, In method 900)), such as in Fig. 6 HH to Fig. 6 II.In addition to this or alternatively, second is optionally second using measurement The quantity of application program or second group of application program notice generated, and it includes answering for changing second that user interface, which is arranged, With the option of the notice setting of program or second group of application program.In some embodiments, control panel user interface includes extremely Oligodactyly show first using measurement and second using measurement diagram or chart (for example, histogram, line chart, pie chart etc.) and at least First uses the list measured using measurement and second.Control panel user interface is optionally in diagram or chart and in list In include additional use measure.In some embodiments, first shows and can indicate and second shows and can indicate to be displayed on column respectively First included by table visually indicates side using measurement using measurement and second.In some embodiments, setting is used The vision of selected application program or classification used refers to during family interface is included in entire first time period (for example, same day) Show, the instruction used during limited use pattern (for example, bedtime or equipment downtime), application-specific The instruction of the instruction, application program notice generated that averagely use, for being set using showing for the limit for application-specific It can indicate and the general introduction of store information about application program is (for example, grading, classification, developer, application program are being applied Link in shop).Measurement additionally or alternatively is possible.In some embodiments, when user's selection and application program Classification is associated to be shown when can indicate, show for each application program and is measured accordingly.In some embodiments, electronic equipment Display may be selected in response to user's selection it is associated with application category show can indicate and show individual applications program Measurement is shown and can be indicated.Display may be selected to show that showing for setting user interface can table when display first and second is using measurement The aforesaid way that shows allow electronic equipment be user a kind of mode is provided navigate to when checking using measurement with using measuring Associated setting, this simplifies the interaction between user and equipment and enhances the operability of equipment (for example, using by simplifying The workflow of associated with shown measurement setting is changed at family), this sets further through allowing users to more rapidly be efficiently used It is standby and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, (for example, first is on the day of using measurement on the day of the first predetermined amount of time is (740) Period is quantified using the use that electronic equipment executes the first operation), as shown in Fig. 6 FF.In some embodiments, the same day is determined Justice starts when being the 12:00am in the current time zone of electronic equipment.In some embodiments, the same day is defined as some its It is spaced for 24 hours, such as 24 before the current time at electronic equipment hour.Third using measurement optionally with electronics The first of equipment operate associated (742) (for example, third using measurement with and first use the associated electronic equipment of measurement Same operation is associated, and is different (for example, using quantization, time interval etc.) in terms of other at some.In some realities It applies in scheme, third is used and executed during one week before the visually indicating including (744) on the day of of measurement using electronic equipment First operation third using quantization (for example, electronic equipment show and electronic equipment one week (e.g., including including the same day Past seven days, specific one day (such as Sunday or Monday) start on the day of includinging including that week) in first operate It is associated to use measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 GG.In some embodiments, first using measurement visually indicate be diagram or Chart (for example, line chart, histogram, pie chart) is included therein.For example, first using measurement be optionally electronic equipment It is used to present the time quantum of information associated with the first application program or one group of first application program, and control panel is shown Including be divided into represent used in each application program or set of applications portion, area the diagram that uses of daily equipment or Chart.Control panel user interface is updated to show that first in one week allows electronic equipment to present more using the aforesaid way of measurement Use measurement on long period, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhances the operability (example of equipment Such as, by being presented additional information simultaneously), this is further through allowing users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reducing power makes With and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface include (746) with show that information is associated over the display First it is corresponding using the visually indicating of measurement (for example, first uses measurement) (for example, the first operation is that display uses or " screen Time " (for example, in all application programs), as shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, to further include other be in for the first operation The mode of existing information such as utilizes loudspeaker communicate with electronic equipment broadcasting sound (for example, music or other media, oral Sound, during call etc.), and the first corresponding use is measured including (748) electronic equipment in the first pre- timing Between have been used for during section showing the time quantum of information (for example, the first measurement is in all application programs on electronic equipment For showing that the overall of electronic equipment of information uses (for example, overall application Program Screen time on electronic equipment)), such as scheme Shown in 6L.In some embodiments, totally using measurement further includes one or more speakers associated with electronic equipment Other output equipments of the time and electronic equipment that be used to present audio content be used to present the time of information.It is overall Using be optionally rendered as at the appointed time section (for example, one day, twenty four hours period, one week or user specify it is another One period) on use the time amount.In some embodiments, it is overall using optionally with text (such as, it is indicated that equipment is The text of the time quantum used) and/or it is all as shown or chart is presented to the user with figure.The instruction optionally includes Use the percentage for stating operating limit set by electronic device user as (for example, four hours operating limits overall device 50%) or score (for example, two hours in four hours operating limits) percentage column.In some embodiments, In When instruction the first measurement that totally display or equipment use is presented, electronic equipment is also presented instruction electronic equipment and has been used for showing Or the one or more of the time quantum of presentation information associated with various application programs or set of applications use measurement (example Such as, including second uses measurement).For example, overall device screen time visually indicate optionally include shown about equipment or It presents and information associated in multiple application programs or set of applications each instruction how long.Display device is The aforesaid way visually indicated that be used to present the time quantum of information allows electronic equipment to set with visual manner to user's reception and registration The standby time quantum having been used, this make user-equipment interface it is more effective (for example, user need not monitor that their own equipment uses, Therefore reduce the input (being reduced for example, being used to monitor the input used) that user provides equipment), this is further through making user Equipment more rapidly can be efficiently used and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, show that information includes (750) with one or more first application programs over the display (for example, application-specific or set of applications, such as in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, set of applications is user Definition or defined by system or third party) show information (for example, another with what is communicated with electronic equipment over the display One output equipment is presented (for example, playing sound, media or voice with the loudspeaker that communicates with electronic equipment)), such as Fig. 6 L institute Show.First, which accordingly optionally includes (752) electronic equipment using measurement, has been used for during the first predetermined amount of time with one A or multiple first application programs show the time quantum of information (for example, first is and one or more of first using measurement The associated screen time of application program), as shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, it is answered for one or more of first With program setting (754) operating limit (for example, one or more of first application programs are to one or more of second The access of application program can be used for presenting in given time period (for example, one day) time quantum of information before limiting), As shown in Fig. 6 L.First optionally further includes accordingly (746) one or more of first applications using visually indicating for measurement The operating limit of program will be (for example, equipment will there is no limit the access to the one or more application program of equipment The maximum amount of information is presented) instruction, visually indicating of measuring of use corresponding to first visually associated first make With the instruction of the limit (for example, visually indicate visually by equipment have been used for the time quantum that information is presented and operating limit into Row is compared), as shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, first measurement visually indicate for diagram.Appoint for example, visually indicating Selection of land is a column chart, and the size of column chart represents operating limit.In some embodiments, operating limit is by user It is predefined.Operating limit is optionally presented close to instruction when being reached (for example, instruction operating limit is just in control panel user interface Close to the text or icon that are reached) and/or instruction of operating limit when being exceeded, optionally include quantization operating limit The instruction for the degree being exceeded.For example, a part of column chart is optionally when operating limit is by column graph representation Indicate the usage amount more than operating limit.One or more application program, one or more application program is optionally arranged in user The operating limit of group and/or the overall operating limit of equipment.Therefore, in some embodiments, one or more of first Application program is optionally included in the application program that can be accessed on electronic equipment, multiple application programs or all using journey Sequence.Operating limit described herein is optionally same or similar with operating limit described in reference method 900.By first measurement with The aforesaid way that the operating limit of electronic equipment is compared allows electronic equipment to transmit user one or more using limitation How long being performed before can continue to is presented information using electronic equipment, this makes the more effective (example of user-equipment interface Such as, its equipment use oneself need not be compared by user with operating limit), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively The battery life that power uses and improves equipment is reduced using equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface is including (758) and with one or more second application program (examples Such as, application-specific or set of applications, as shown in Fig. 6 N.In some embodiments, set of applications is that user is fixed Justice or defined by system or third party) show information (for example, another with what is communicated with electronic equipment over the display Output equipment is presented (for example, playing sound, media or voice with the loudspeaker that communicates with electronic equipment)) associated second Corresponding visually indicating using measurement (such as second use measurement).It in some embodiments, is not one or more of Second application program is set using the limit (760), and second does not optionally include accordingly (762) using visually indicating for measurement The instruction (for example, because not having) of the operating limit of one or more of second application programs, as shown in fig. 6n.Second uses The optionally instruction electronic equipment that visually indicates of measurement has been used for showing information with one or more of second application programs Time quantum without the instruction of operating limit.In some embodiments, although for one or more of second applications Program is not provided with operating limit, but in one or more of second application programs it is some or all of using optionally by The limitation of the range operating limit different from completely all one or more of second application programs.For example, it is one or Multiple second application programs are optionally included in addressable all application programs at electronic equipment, and one or more of One application program optionally includes the application program for belonging to application-specific classification (such as game).Although in this example, Overall operating limit is optionally not provided at electronic equipment (for example, the equipment being arranged in all application programs uses most A large amount of operating limit), but it is some (for example, one or more of first in one or more of second application programs Application program) it is limited by operating limit (for example, operating limit of one or more of first application programs).Equally, One or more of second application programs optionally include application-specific (for example, particular game application program), and institute It states one or more first application programs and optionally includes the application program for belonging to application-specific classification (such as game).Though So in this example, operating limit is not provided with optionally for specific second application program, but the second application program makes It is limited with the operating limit by one or more of first application programs, because one or more of first apply journey Sequence includes the second application program.When showing application program using measurement, instruction uses associated operating limit with application program Aforesaid way allow electronic equipment transmit user one or more using limitation be performed before can continue to using application Information is presented how long in program, this make user-equipment interface it is more effective (for example, user need not oneself by its application program It is compared using with operating limit), this reduces power and uses further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used And improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, journey is applied with one or more of first using electronic equipment according to determination (764) Sequence shows the usage amount of information in threshold quantity (such as the percentage of the operating limit of one or more of first application programs (such as 25%, 10%, 5% etc.) or the absolute time area of a room (such as 30 minutes, 15 minutes, 5 minutes etc.)) in, the first corresponding use Measurement is visually indicated including the close vision to be reached of operating limit about one or more of first application programs It indicates (for example, display instruction operating limit is applied to first and makes close to the text or icon or visual characteristic to be reached (for example, the color for the part for visually indicating or visually indicating or size change) is visually indicated with measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 W. In some embodiments, one or more to use visually indicating including may be selected to show for changing in measurement each The showing for setting user interface of one or more settings associated with measurement is accordingly used can indicate.Show can indicate optionally with Instruction is shown with corresponding visual characteristic (for example, another color) of the operating limit associated using measurement in threshold quantity. Instruction when operating limit is exceeded optionally is presented in control panel user interface, optionally includes quantization operating limit and has been exceeded Degree instruction.For example, a part of column chart optionally indicates to be more than to make when operating limit is by column graph representation With the usage amount of the limit.When display is using measurement, the when close aforesaid way to be reached of instruction operating limit allows electronics Equipment is transmitted user and is performed before how long can continue to execute one or more operations using limitation in one or more, This makes user-equipment interface more effective (for example, its use oneself need not be compared by user with operating limit), this leads to again It crosses and allows users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, first is accordingly had been used for using visually indicating for measurement including (766) electronic equipment The instruction of the time quantum of information is presented using each in multiple set of applications, each set of applications is included in electronics and sets The standby one or more application program that can above access is (for example, set of applications is single application program (for example, Email is answered With program, social networks application program, game application, Internet-browser etc.)) or classification including multiple application programs (for example, social media classification, game classification, news category, the user-defined classification including application program selected by multiple users Deng), as shown in Fig. 6 L.It visually indicates to optionally include and is used for each application category about the number of overall device time Visual representation.In some embodiments, when overall device is shown as diagram or chart using measurement, diagram or chart Including for the other section of each application class (for example, pie chart with multiple " branches ", with the column figure in multiple portions, area Table, histogram with multiple columns etc.).Overall use optionally is compared (for example, the entire cake of pie chart with operating limit Indicate fixed operating limit, the length of column chart indicates fixed operating limit etc.).In some embodiments, it controls Plate user interface includes that (768) and electronic equipment are had been used for being presented the second of information using the first set of applications and corresponding make With visually indicating (for example, in addition to the first application is presented using measurement is interior in overall device for measurement (for example, second uses measurement) Except the equipment use of program groups, the independent measurement for the time quantum for conveying the first set of applications to be used is presented), such as Fig. 6 L It is shown.Second corresponding optionally includes that (770) are corresponding to first to use that measures to visually indicate point using visually indicating for measurement Corresponding the visually indicating (for example, one visually indicated used in addition to being presented as overall device using measurement of second opened Partially (for example, as diagram or a part of chart), the use of the first set of applications is presented in a manner of additional), such as Shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, the first set of applications use visually indicate including indicating the first application program The text for the time quantum that group is used.Optionally, display visually indicates the figure separated, such as length with what overall device used Indicate the column of the first set of applications used, the point of the first set of applications of position instruction used or first using journey Another visual representation of sequence group used.In some embodiments, electronic equipment presentation shows electronic equipment and has been used for Utilize presentation information in multiple application programs and/or set of applications each diagram how long or chart, Yi Jili With the text instruction of the time it takes amount in the multiple application program and/or set of applications each.Multiple answer is presented The aforesaid way used with the equipment in program groups each allows electronic equipment to present to graphically to user about equipment The details used, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, passing through It is presented together with shown measurement about the thin of shown measurement in the case where no further input from the user Section), this reduces the battery life that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface includes that (772) and operation can access (example on an electronic device Such as, installation on an electronic device or via network connection access) the first application program of one or more (for example, individual is answered With program or application programs categories) the associated first corresponding visually indicating using measurement (for example, first uses measurement) (774), as shown in Fig. 6 L.Control panel user interface, which is optionally included, can access on an electronic device with operation (for example, being mounted on Accessed on electronic equipment or via network connection) the second application program of one or more (for example, individual applications program or answering With programs categories, as shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, the classification of application program is defined by the user.In some embodiment party In case, the classification of application program is by application shop, publisher etc.) limit) associated second it is corresponding using measurement (for example, the Two using measurement) visually indicate (776).Therefore, use measurement associated with the first operation is optionally that electronic equipment exists It is used to run the time quantum of (for example, display) one or more first application programs during first predetermined amount of time, and with Second operation it is associated using measurement be optionally electronic equipment be used for during the first predetermined amount of time run (for example, Display) one or more second application program time quantum, as shown in Fig. 6 L.It presents for running application program and/or application The aforesaid way of the use measurement of program groups allows electronic equipment presentation to run on an electronic device about which application program Information this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhances the operability of equipment, this is further through allowing users to Equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, one or more of first application programs be (778) belong to same category (for example, The application category that user-defined classification or system define) multiple application programs, as shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiment party In case, the another party of classification by application shop, application issued person or retail trader or in addition to a user is defined.It is answered when newly It is the associated classification setting of new application when being introduced in electronic equipment (for example, downloading from application shop) with program Operating limit is optionally automatically applied to new application.First measurement is optionally the total of the set of applications in the category The quantization that body uses.One or more of second application programs are optionally (780) application programs (for example, the second amount Degree is optionally the quantization of individual applications program used), as shown in Fig. 6 L.In some embodiments, control panel user circle Face shows one or more measurements mixing with one or more measurements of individual applications program simultaneously of set of applications.One In a little embodiments, user define which application program should have the measurement of their own to be present in control panel user interface with And which set of applications should have a group measurement to be present in control panel user interface.In some embodiments, electronics is set It is standby to determine which application program have individual applications program measurement to be present in control panel user interface and which application Program groups should have a group measurement to be present in control panel user interface.For example, being made using predetermined application program is higher than To optionally have application program measurement to be present in control panel user interface with the application program of threshold value, and use and be higher than in advance First the application category of determining class threshold (in some embodiments, does not use threshold value using higher than application program Individual applications program, and in some embodiments, in addition with using higher than one of application program operating limit or Multiple individual applications programs) there will be classification measurement to be present in control panel user interface.It is same in control panel user interface Shi Chengxian individual applications program and the aforesaid way of the other measurement of application class allow electronic equipment (example in a meaningful way Such as, there is the measurement of similar particle sizes by showing) Lai Chengxian shows electronic equipment and used measurement as what is used, and this simplifies Interaction between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by the same classification measurement be presented and apply journey The mixing of sequence measurement), this reduces power and uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Battery life.

In some embodiments, first using measurement indicate (782) native application use and with the machine application The use (for example, using web application or checking webpage) of the associated Internet resources of program is (for example, when user is using clear Device application program of looking at accesses and the application program (for example, particular social network application program associated with website) of electronic equipment It when associated website (for example, particular social network website), is such as schemed using the use of browser application access website Shown in 6RR.For example, if first using measurement be social media measure, first measurement include utilize on an electronic device The equipment of web browser access social media platform uses and runs the social media application journey being mounted on an electronic device The equipment of sequence uses.Will using the viewer applications of electronic equipment access webpage equipment use include as with and net The aforesaid way of the associated application program of page or the associated a part using measurement of classification allows electronic equipment accurately It tracks equipment associated with each application program using measurement or classification to use, this simplifies the friendships between user and equipment Mutually and enhance equipment operability (for example, by by Web vector graphic with it is appropriate using measure combined), this further through It allows users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, it is answered according in one or more the first application program of determination (784) multiple first It is used more than with the totality of program (for example, the multiple application programs for belonging to the classification that same user defines or system defines) predetermined Classification is using threshold value (for example, predetermined classification is absolute threshold (for example, the multiple first application program is first using threshold value Have been used for executing the pre- of operation (for example, information, generation notice etc. is presented) during period (for example, one day, one week etc.) The timing area of a room (for example, half an hour, one hour, two hours etc.) or number (for example, 5,10,50 etc.)) or percentage threshold (example Such as, overall device uses during first time period 5%, 10%, 25% etc.), control panel user interface optionally includes institute That states multiple first application programs is applied in combination measurement (for example, not including of any one in the multiple first application program Body uses measurement) (for example, when the totality of the multiple first application program uses more than class threshold, the multiple first Application program is used as the totality of group and is present in control panel user interface as the first measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 PP.In In some embodiments, according to multiple first application programs described in one or more of first application programs of determination (786) Totality use no more than the predetermined classification using threshold value (for example, belonging to the total of same category of the multiple application program Body, which uses, is less than the threshold value), control panel user interface include in the multiple first application program corresponding application programs make With measurement, without including that measurement is applied in combination (for example, working as the total of the multiple application program in the multiple first application program When body use is unsatisfactory for the threshold value, the use of one or more application programs in the classification is optionally rendered as individually Use measurement (e.g., including first and/or second using measurement)), as shown in Fig. 6 PP.Set of applications is selectively presented Measurement aforesaid way allow electronic equipment present about the application program most often run classification information, this simplifies with Interacting between family and equipment and the operability of equipment is enhanced (for example, by the overall using super of set of applications The combined measure of set of applications is presented when crossing threshold value), this subtracts further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Few power uses and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, according to one or more the first application program of determination (788) (for example, described one A or multiple first application programs are to belong to same category of multiple application programs that user defines or system defines) in single One application program uses more than application program using threshold value (for example, predetermined application is absolute threshold (example using threshold value Such as, first application program has been used for executing during first time period operation (for example, information is presented, generates notice Deng) predetermined time amount (for example, half an hour, one hour, two hours etc.) or number (for example, 5,10,50 etc.)) or percentage threshold Value (for example, overall device uses during first time period 5%, 10%, 25% etc.), control panel user interface include described Single first application program uses measurement (for example, the substitution that measurement is applied in combination as the multiple first application program Or additional) (for example, first application program makes when first application program is when using more than application program threshold value Use and be present in control panel user interface as the first measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 QQ.In some embodiments, according to determination (790) totality of single first application program described in one or more of first application programs uses no more than described predetermined Application program uses threshold value (for example, the use of single first application program is less than the threshold value), control panel user interface Use measurement including the multiple first application program is (for example, the use when single first application program is unsatisfactory for institute When stating threshold value, the multiple first application program is present in control panel user interface as using for group as the first amount Degree), as shown in Fig. 6 QQ.Applications described herein program is optionally made with application program described in reference method 900 using threshold value It is same or similar with the limit.The aforesaid way that the measurement of application program is presented allows electronic equipment presentation to answer about what is most often run With the information of program, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by The measurement that application program is presented when using more than threshold value of group application program), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively The battery life that power uses and improves equipment is reduced using equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface includes (792) and the reception one or more at electronic equipment Notify the associated first corresponding visually indicating (for example, control panel user interface using measurement (for example, first uses measurement) Quantity including indicating the received notice at electronic equipment during given amount (for example, one hour, one day, one week etc.) Notice measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 KK.One or more notice is optionally by means of wirelessly or non-wirelessly connecting from another electronics Equipment is received.One or more notice is optionally by installing application program generation on an electronic device.In control panel user Show that the aforesaid way of notice measurement allows electronic equipment to convey in a manner of effective and is clear for notification received in interface Equipment uses, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by automatically receiving Collection notice uses data), this reduces power and uses and improve and set further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Standby battery life.

In some embodiments, it includes that (794) receive that electronic equipment receives one or more notices at electronic equipment The first application program of one or more with electronic equipment is (for example, application-specific or set of applications, such as system define Or multiple application programs in user-defined same category) it is associated notice (for example, receive come from information receiving and transmitting application journey The new message notification of sequence), as shown in Fig. 6 R.In some embodiments, each notification received instruction of institute is presented in electronic equipment (for example, display image, generation vibration or tactile and/or sense of touch output, broadcasting sound etc.).The first corresponding vision using measurement Instruction optionally includes instruction shown by (796) in the first predetermined amount of time (for example, one day, one week, January etc.) period institute It is received it is associated with one or more of first application programs of electronic equipment notice (for example, application-specific or Set of applications, such as system define or user-defined same category in multiple application programs) quantity number.One In a little embodiments, control panel user interface includes the second application program of one or more of (798) and reception and electronic equipment Associated notice (for example, receiving the alert notification from reminder application) associated second is corresponding to use measurement (example Such as, second using measurement) visually indicate, as shown in Fig. 6 R.In some embodiments, each received is presented in electronic equipment The instruction (for example, display image, generation vibration or tactile and/or sense of touch output, broadcasting sound etc.) of notice.Second corresponding use Visually indicating for measurement optionally includes instruction shown by (798-2) in the first predetermined amount of time (for example, one day, one week, one Month etc.) during the quantity of received notice associated with one or more of second application programs of electronic equipment number Word, as shown in Fig. 6 R.Show that the aforesaid way of notice measurement associated with application program or set of applications allows electronics to set Standby present generates the information at most notified about which application program, and this simplifies the interaction between user and equipment and enhancings The operability of equipment using application data as a part of notice measurement (for example, by presenting, so that user Know which application program makes equipment most frequently be used to that notice be presented), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively Subtracted using equipment (being arranged for example, generating the notice for wanting the received application program more notified than user by change) Few power uses and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface further includes that (798-4) may be selected with display (798-6) for more The notice for changing one or more of first application programs is arranged (for example, allowing to own for application program or set of applications It notifies, allow some notices (for example, based on priority, the time in one day or some other measurement) or do not allow notice Option) setting user interface first show and can indicate, as shown in Fig. 6 LL to Fig. 6 MM.In some embodiments, first shows It can indicate visually to be associated to the following terms (such as being shown in its side): the first corresponding visually indicating using measurement (for example, notice measurement can indicate to be shown simultaneously with for showing for notice of change setting), and may be selected with display (798-8) Notice for changing one or more of second application programs is arranged (for example, permitting for application program or set of applications Perhaps all notices allow some notices (for example, based on priority, the time in one day or some other measurement) or do not allow The option of notice) setting user interface second show and can indicate, as shown in Fig. 6 LL to Fig. 6 MM.Second shows and can indicate optionally It is corresponding to second using measurement visually indicate visually be associated (for example, be shown in its side) (for example, notice measurement with It can indicate while show for showing for notice of change setting).In some embodiments, electronic equipment includes for each application Program can determine customized notice setting for set of applications.Electronic equipment optionally further includes influencing institute on electronic equipment There is the notice of application program to be arranged.When showing notice associated with application program or set of applications measurement, display be may be selected To show that notify to be arranged shows that the aforesaid way that can be indicated allows electronic equipment to present and is currently viewing for change with user The associated setting of measurement option, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance the operability of equipment (for example, by enabling notice setting to access when checking notice measurement), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively make The battery that power uses and improves equipment is reduced with equipment (for example, being arranged by notice of change after checking notice measurement) Service life.

In some embodiments, the first corresponding visually indicating including (798-10) chart (for example, line using measurement Figure, column chart etc.), which is included in during the first predetermined amount of time (for example, one day, one week, January etc.) when multiple Between in interval during each the quantity of (for example, during per hour, during daily etc.) received notice instruction, such as scheme Shown in 6LL.The aforesaid way that the chart of received notice over time is presented allows electronic equipment to be presented on pre- timing simultaneously Between had been received by how many notices during section and have received that the instruction how much notified in each interval, this simplifies users Interacting between equipment simultaneously enhances the operability of equipment (for example, by the case where not further user inputs It is lower that relevant information is displayed along), this reduces power and uses further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used And improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, control panel user interface includes (798-12) associated with detection user's concern event Corresponding visually indicating (for example, control panel user interface includes referring to using measurement (for example, the first measurement or second use measurement) Show that user initiates the measurement with the number of the interaction of electronic equipment), as shown in Fig. 6 U.In some embodiments, electronic equipment Presentation user pays close attention to event (for example, " picking up equipment ") control panel, instruction one or more relevant to user's concern event Measurement.User pays close attention to event control plate and optionally includes measurement, in entire predetermined amount of time (for example, one day, one week etc.) In pick up between average time, picked up in entire predetermined amount of time total quantity, within a predetermined period of time have it is most multi-purpose It pays close attention to the time range (for example, one hour or one day in intraday one hour or one week) of event, used limited in family The number picked up during mode (for example, bedtime) and other measurements.In some embodiments, when user's input causes Electronic equipment exit from idle status (for example, sleep pattern, lock state, low-power mode etc., during this period user not with electronics The display of equipment interaction and/or electronic equipment is closed) when, detect that user pays close attention to event.In some embodiments, electronics Equipment enters empty in response to have passed through the time of predetermined volume since last user input is received at electronic equipment Not busy state.Optionally, electronic equipment is in response to user's input corresponding with for entering the request of idle state (for example, pressing The power supply or locking press button of electronic equipment) and enter idle state.In some embodiments, display is during idle state Do not show image.In some embodiments, lock-screen is shown on an electronic device during idle state.Corresponding to use Family is one or more of following with paying close attention to user's input option of event: the button of electronic equipment is pressed, for terminating The user action (for example, raising equipment) of idle state, unlock input (for example, input password or biometric feature is provided), And the function for accessing electronic equipment is (for example, desktop small routine user interface, camera application program, control panel user circle Face, display and the shown user interface for notifying the associated application program of instruction) touch input.It is special to detect bio-identification Sign optionally includes the face using depth camera or another sensor senses user.In some embodiments, electronic equipment It can determine when user is seeing its electronic equipment and seeing electronics in response to user using depth camera and facial recognition techniques Equipment and unlock (for example, electronic equipment is in response to determining that user is paying close attention to electronic equipment and unlocks).In some embodiments In, electronic equipment is exitted from idle status in response to notice (for example, display inputs what request display was opened in no user In the case of open to show notice), and pay close attention to event and equipment made to execute some other movement (for example, unlocker device, update Display is to show the user interface of application program or operating system).That is, the instruction of notice is not optionally user pass Note event, even if it causes equipment to exit from idle status.In some embodiments, concern event measurement instruction user initiates to make With the number of electronic equipment (for example, " inspection " its phone).Display is associated with user's concern event (for example, picking up equipment) The aforesaid way of measurement allows electronic equipment that the information of the frequency interacted about user with electronic equipment is presented, and this simplifies users Interacting between equipment simultaneously enhances the operability of equipment (for example, by transmitting use in the mode significant to user Information), this reduces the battery longevity that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Life (for example, by encourage user's frequency it is lower, to more efficiently using its phone).

In some embodiments, first it is corresponding using measurement visually indicate including (798-14) user pay close attention to event it Between time (for example, user pays close attention to event (for example, the button of electronic equipment is pressed, user for terminating idle state is dynamic Make (for example, raising equipment), unlock inputs (for example, input password or offer biometric feature), for accessing electronic equipment Function (for example, desktop small routine user interface, camera application program, control panel user interface, display and shown notice Indicate the user interface of associated application program) touch input) between average time) visually indicate, such as Fig. 6 U institute Show.In some embodiments, the time between user's concern event be calculated as the first predetermined amount of time (for example, one day, One week etc.) in period during user's concern event between average time, which started from for the first predetermined time Earliest user pays close attention to event (for example, the first concern event on the same day, week or other predetermined amount of time) and first in advance during section Last user pays close attention to event (for example, the last concern event on the same day, week or other predetermined amount of time) during section of fixing time.It is aobvious Show instruction user pay close attention to event (for example, picking up equipment) between average time measurement aforesaid way allow electronic equipment be in The information of the frequency now interacted about user with electronic equipment this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhances equipment Operability (for example, by transmitting use information in the mode significant to user), this is further through allowing users to faster Speed equipment is efficiently used and reduce power use and improve equipment battery life (for example, by encourage user's frequency it is lower, To more efficiently use its phone).

In some embodiments, the first corresponding visually indicating including (798-16) in the first predetermined time using measurement User pays close attention to event (for example, the button of electronic equipment is pressed, for terminating idle shape during section (for example, one day, one week etc.) The user action (for example, raising equipment) of state, unlock input (for example, input password or offer biometric feature), for visiting Ask the function of electronic equipment (for example, desktop small routine user interface, camera application program, control panel user interface, display and institute The notice of display indicates the user interface of associated application program) touch input) total quantity visually indicate, such as Fig. 6 U It is shown.Display indicates that the aforesaid way permission electronic equipment of the measurement of the quantity of user's concern event (for example, picking up equipment) is in The information of the frequency now interacted about user with electronic equipment this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhances equipment Operability (for example, by transmitting use information in the mode significant to user), this is further through allowing users to faster Speed equipment is efficiently used and reduce power use and improve equipment battery life (for example, by encourage user's frequency it is lower, To more efficiently use its phone).

In some embodiments, first the use of most quantity is detected including (798-18) using visually indicating for measurement Visually indicating for time interval (for example, one hour or one day etc. in intraday one hour, one week) of family concern event, should Time interval is one of multiple time intervals in the first predetermined amount of time (for example, detecting most user's concerns in one day The hour of event, with the day for detecting most users' concern events in all hours or one week in the same day or compared with hour, When all small in week or compared with day), as shown in Fig. 6 U.There are most users to pay close attention to event (for example, picking up for display instruction Equipment) the aforesaid way of measurement of time interval allow electronic equipment to present about when user at most interacts with electronic equipment Information, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by have to user The mode of meaning transmits use information), this reduces power and uses further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used And improve equipment battery life (for example, by encourage user's frequency it is lower, to more efficiently using its phone).

In some embodiments, detection (798-20) concern event includes: according to determination (798-22) use detected Family input corresponds to the request for exiting the idle state of electronic equipment, (for example, display is in idle state as shown in Fig. 6 U Period shows lock-screen (for example, in the case where not showing the user interface of any application program that electronic equipment can access The user interface of shown operating system before equipment is unlocked), screen protection program is (for example, showing that electronics is set Shown image in the case where the user interface of the standby any application program that can be accessed) or close (for example, not showing figure Picture)), user's input is identified as concern event (for example, concern event is one of following: meeting one or more wake up The equipment moving (for example, raise to wake up) of condition, touch input are (for example, the touching for the image that selection is shown on lock-screen Touch input, for showing desktop small routine user interface, camera user interface or operating system or one or more application journey Another user interface of sequence gently sweeps input), the actuating of button included in electronic equipment is (for example, pressing power knob, solve Lock button, home button or another button or toggle switch) or detect user biological identification input (for example, fingerprint, user Face-image or another bio-identification input (for example, being used for unlocker device)).Detection biometric feature optionally includes benefit With depth camera or the face of another sensor senses user.In some embodiments, electronic equipment can utilize depth phase Machine and facial recognition techniques determine when user seeing its electronic equipment and seeing electronic equipment in response to user unlocks (example Such as, electronic equipment is in response to determining that user is paying close attention to electronic equipment and unlocks).In some embodiments, according to determination User's input that (798-24) is detected does not correspond to the request of the idle state for exiting electronic equipment (for example, electronics is set It is standby to be not at idle state, or the user's input detected is wrong (for example, big body contacts, do not correspond to user's lift The equipment moving etc. of high equipment)), electronic equipment, which is abandoned inputting user, is identified as concern event (for example, user is inputted conduct And the input of non-interesting event inputs to handle or abandon the user of processing mistake), as shown in Fig. 6 U.It detects and records and is a variety of The letter for the frequency that the aforesaid way that user pays close attention to the detection of event allows electronic equipment presentation to interact about user with electronic equipment Breath, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by with significant to user Mode transmit use information), this reduces power and uses and change further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Kind equipment battery life (for example, by encourage user's frequency it is lower, to more efficiently use its phone).

In some embodiments, first it is corresponding using measurement visually indicate including (798-26) electronic equipment by The vision of the quantity of limit use pattern (for example, " equipment downtime " or " bedtime ") period concern event detected refers to Show (for example, electronic equipment display instruction electronic equipment detects that user pays close attention to the number of event during limited use pattern Measurement), as shown in Fig. 6 U.Limited use pattern described herein optionally with limited use pattern described in reference method 1100 It is same or similar.The aforesaid way of the measurement of the quantity of concern event of the display instruction during limited use pattern allows electronics The information of frequency interact during restricted time with electronic equipment about user is presented in equipment, this simplifies user and equipment it Between the operability (for example, by conveying use information in the mode significant to user) for interacting and enhancing equipment, this Further through allow users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduce power use and improve equipment battery life (for example, Through encouragement user except restricted mode, to more efficiently use its phone).

In some embodiments, before display (798-28) control panel user interface, electronic equipment presents and control The instruction of the associated notice of plate user interface (for example, daily or weekly " digital health " notifies), the notice include that may be selected (for example, soft button or other users interface element) can be indicated with showing for display control board user interface, such as Fig. 6 K to Fig. 6 L institute Show.In some embodiments, notice includes the vision that the equipment within past one day, past one week or another a period of time uses Instruction.The instruction optionally may be selected with display control board user interface.Control panel user interface is optionally in response in detection To select this show can indicate user input and be shown (for example, electronic equipment when week beginning or on the day of start when presentation " count Word health " notice, including one or more general introductions using measurement).In some embodiments, " digital health " notifies weekly It is the presentation when starting when week, including the general introduction that last week, overall device used.The general introduction optionally includes equipment and be used to utilize Visually indicating and totally setting for the time quantum of information is presented in multiple application programs and/or application category each It is standby to use the instruction being compared with former weeks (for example, above or below average percentage used weekly).In some implementations In scheme, daily " digital health " notice is presentation when starting on the day of, the general introduction that the overall device including the previous day uses.It should Summarize optionally include equipment be used for using presented in multiple application programs and/or application category each information when The area of a room visually indicating and using overall device with the instruction that is a few days ago compared (for example, above or below averagely every The percentage that day uses).Other times interval is also possible (for example, monthly using).It is described above in response to selection " digital health " notifies and the mode of display control board user interface allows electronic equipment that user is reminded to check it using measurement simultaneously More detailed measurement is presented from the notice for including measurement general introduction, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhances equipment Operability (for example, by will use general introduction present as notify and in response to for rendering about the more details used User's input and more details are presented), this is further through allowing users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reducing power makes With and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, before display control board user interface, electronic equipment shows that (798-30) desktop is small Program user interface, desktop small routine user interface include can access on an electronic device (such as install on an electronic device or Can via network connection access) application program secondary user interface, (for example, each desktop is small as shown in Fig. 6 E to Fig. 6 I Program includes user interface object (for example, window), the user interface object include text associated with application program and/ Or image is (for example, showing the weather desktop small routine of Current Temperatures, the sport desktop small routine of displaying scene fact score, showing Show the news desktop small routine of the title of recent events and/or any use of display content associated with application program Family interface object).In some embodiments, corresponding to the content of the desktop small routine of application program by application program dynamically It updates.One or more of desktop small routines optionally include measurement desktop small routine associated with control panel user interface (for example, desktop small routine associated with digital health control panel and/or digital health setting).In some embodiments, Measurement desktop small routine includes (798-32) accordingly visually indicating (for example, instruction electronic equipment was at the past one week using measurement In be used for using in multiple application programs or set of applications each come present information total time column chart), such as Shown in Fig. 6 E to Fig. 6 I.In some embodiments, other times section and/or operation are possible.In some embodiments, Desktop small routine further includes with the previously used instruction being compared by the use on the period (for example, being higher or lower than one The percentage that Zhou Pingjun is used).In some embodiments, (798-34) may be selected with display control board in measurement desktop small routine User interface is (for example, desktop small routine expansion, to include more measuring, the such as second measurement or electronic equipment are being arranged using journey Control panel user interface is presented in sequence), and control panel user interface is optionally in response to detect and selects the measurement desktop small The user of program inputs and is shown (798-36) (for example, control panel user interface is in response to select the measurement desktop in user Small routine is unfolded the measurement desktop small routine and is shown), as shown in Fig. 6 E to Fig. 6 I.Desktop small routine as described herein is used Family interface is optionally same or like with desktop small routine user interface described in reference method 900,1100 and 1300.Institute above State in response to selection measurement desktop small routine and the mode of display control board user interface allows electronic equipment in top layer user Presentation uses one of measurement (for example, first uses measurement) and offer one in interface (for example, desktop small routine user interface) Kind of mode for user when checking measurement desktop small routine input for checking the input measured in more detail, this simplifies user with Interacting between equipment simultaneously enhances the operability of equipment (for example, by the way that general introduction will be used to present as desktop small routine simultaneously In response to more details are presented about the user in greater detail input used for rendering), this is further through allowing users to Equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, before display control board user interface, electronic equipment shows that (798-38) electronics is set Standby uses setting user interface (for example, using associated setting user interface with equipment or as the behaviour of electronic equipment Make " digital health " setting user interface of the setting user interface of system, and does not show any specific application on electronic equipment The setting user interface of program), as shown in Fig. 6 DD to Fig. 6 EE.It is optionally included using setting user interface one or more soft Button may be selected to show for changing the user interface for using associated setting with equipment.In some embodiments, The setting includes setting the one of limited use pattern (for example, equipment downtime or bedtime mode) middle operation equipment Operating limit (the example that a or multiple time intervals, one or more application program, application category or overall device use Such as, " limit "), one or more white list application program (for example, phone, information receiving and transmitting, map etc.) or function of application (for example, the calling of calling or reception from particular contact), and/or one or more privacies and curriculum offering).In some realities It applies in scheme, the use of setting user interface includes accordingly visually indicating (798-40) (for example, instruction electronic equipment using measurement It is used to present the item of the total time of information in past one week using each in multiple application programs or set of applications Column chart), as shown in Fig. 6 DD.In some embodiments, other times section and/or operation are possible.In some embodiment party In case, desktop small routine further includes by instruction that the use on the period is compared with previously used (for example, being higher than or low The percentage that Yu Yizhou is averagely used).User setting user interface, which optionally includes, may be selected with display (798-42) control panel Showing for user interface can indicate (for example, selective image or selectable text, electronic equipment is made when being selected more New display is to be presented control panel user interface).In some embodiments, first using measurement visually indicate may be selected with Display control board user interface), as shown in Fig. 6 DD to Fig. 6 EE.In some embodiments, control panel user interface is in response to Show in receiving user input selection (for example, user, which touches screen display the 4th, uses the position of measurement visually indicated) It can indicate and be shown (for example, the setting application program of electronic equipment includes making for changing the one or more of electronic equipment User interface is set with the use of setting).Being optionally included using setting user interface may be selected with display control board user circle 4th the visually indicating using measurement in face.In some embodiments, the 4th is equipment in predetermined amount of time (example using measurement Such as, the same day, this week etc.) on be used for for multiple application programs used during the period or application category Middle each the time quantum that information is presented.Visually indicate optionally also indicate limit electronic equipment make without one or more The maximum amount that information is presented with limitation is the operating limit or " limit " of electronic equipment setting.Response described above In selection using setting user interface in visually indicating and the mode of display control board user interface allows electronic equipment simultaneously The use measurement of electronic equipment is presented and one or more using setting and a kind of mode is provided checks that use sets for user Input is for checking the input measured in more detail when setting, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment can Operability by that will use to summarize (for example, be presented in setting user interface and in response to more about what is used for rendering The user of details inputs and more details is presented), this reduces function further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Rate uses and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, using setting user interface include (798-44) from other electronic equipments (for example, via It is connected to the network (for example, wired or wireless connection), as shown in Figure 6B.In some embodiments, electronic equipment and it is described other Electronic equipment is associated with group or family account) it is received effectively one or more in other described electronic equipments for modifying It is visually indicated using the one or more of one or more requests of limitation (for example, for removing or increasing other described electronics The overall operating limit (for example, " limit ") of equipment, remove or increase other electronic equipments specific to application program or The other operating limit of application class (for example, " limit ") or authorization other electronic equipments exit restricted operating mode (example Such as, equipment downtime or " bedtime " mode) request), as shown in Figure 6 C.In some embodiments, it visually indicates It respectively include the displayed image or shown text that instruction is requested.In some embodiments, text instruction only indicates to have connect It receives request or includes the details of related request (for example, the identity of the other equipment, specific limit associated with request The identity etc. of the user make, to file a request).Visually indicating optionally may be selected to show one for ratifying or refusing request Or multiple options.One or more the visually indicating using the request limited of display described above for modification other equipment Mode allow electronic equipment while request be presented and changes described other set for user using measuring and providing a kind of mode Standby use setting, this simplifies interacting between equipment and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by one The use setting of electronic equipment and other electronic equipments is presented in a user interface), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly have The battery life that power uses and improves equipment is reduced using equipment in effect ground.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment and other one or more electronic equipments and user's group account are (for example, family Front yard shared group) associated (798-46), as shown in Figure 6B.In some embodiments, electronics associated with user group account Equipment can share the access to file (for example, document, photo etc.) and application program (for example, if in user's group account User's purchase applications are to download the application program, then other described electronic equipments can download the application program without list Solely purchase).User's group account optionally includes parent user and children user, and allows electronics associated with parent user Equipment control associated with children user one or more of equipment it is one or more be arranged (for example, content, privacy, It is arranged using with other).(798-48) is optionally included using setting user interface to set with other one or more of electronics Standby associated one or more, which is shown, can indicate (for example, selectable text or image), one or more of to show and indicate May be selected (for example, by touch input, mouse input, keyboard input, voice input etc.) with update control panel user interface come Stop display (798-50) it is associated with electronic equipment using measure visually indicate and show (798-52) with and it is selected Showing can indicate that associated one or more use of other associated described electronic equipments is measured (for example, in other electricity Information is presented at sub- equipment, receives notice, the detection user pass at other electronic equipments at other electronic equipments Note event) one or more visually indicate (for example, one or more usage amounts associated with the other electronic equipments Degree), as shown in Fig. 6 V to Fig. 6 W.In some embodiments, parent can check the control panel user of each equipment of children Interface, to monitor the use of children's equipment and be arranged one or more using limitation (for example, operating limit (for example, " limit ")) Or children's equipment enters the time of limited use pattern (for example, equipment downtime or " bedtime ").Electronic equipment is optional Classification (for example, as parent, children etc.) of the ground based on user account associated with electronic equipment is selected when equipment is arranged The option selected determines which license (for example, for checking measurement and/or being set using the limit and limited operation period) is wanted Give each user account.In some embodiments, electronic equipment display and and user's group account in setting user interface Associated each electronic equipment is associated to use measurement (for example, overall device uses or screen time).Optionally, each Parent's equipment shows measurement associated with every offspring equipment, but children's equipment do not show optionally with and user group account phase The associated associated measurement of any other equipment, and parent's equipment do not show optionally with and with user's group account it is associated The associated measurement of the associated electronic equipment of other parent's user accounts.In display and user group account described above The mode of the associated one or more measurements of other equipment allows electronic equipment to provide the use to multiple equipment in user group Information facilitates access, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhance equipment operability (for example, by being in Current family is in the one or more setting user interfaces using setting that can wherein modifying other equipment), this further through It allows users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

It in some embodiments, the use of setting user interface include that (798-54) may be selected to delete making for electronic equipment With data (for example, use relevant data to equipment, present information, receive notice, detection user's concern event etc. when Between or number.In some embodiments, delete it is all using data cause electronic equipment use measure be reset) show energy It indicates, as shown in Figure 6A.In some embodiments, this method further includes receiving at one or more of input equipments (798-56) selection may be selected to delete and show that the user that can be indicated inputs (for example, showing that this shows on the touchscreen using data Received at the position that can be indicated and touch, receive and selection that can be indicated etc. is shown to this using mouse or keyboard input), and response In receiving the input, deletes (798-58) and use data.Presentation described above is for deleting all options using data Mode allow electronic equipment in response to this user request and reset using measurement, this simplifies between user and equipment Operability that is interactive and enhancing equipment is (for example, be presented a use for the data that only instruction is collected after data are deleted Measurement), this reduces the battery longevity that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Life.

It in some embodiments, the use of setting user interface include that (798-60) may be selected to stop recording electronic equipment Use data (for example, using relevant data to equipment, information is presented, receives notice, detection user's concern event etc. Time or number) show and can indicate, as shown in Figure 6A.In some embodiments, when data collection is stopped, usage amount Degree stops updating, but is retained in its current state.In some embodiments, this method further includes one or more of Receive (798-62) selection at input equipment and may be selected with stop recording using data show the user that can indicate input (for example, It shows that this shows to receive at the position that can be indicated on the touchscreen touch, receive and show this using mouse or keyboard input and can indicate Selection etc.), and in response to receiving the input, stop (798-64) record electronic equipment use data (deletion or It does not delete all using data).Presentation described above allows electronics to set for stopping recording using the mode of the option of data Standby to give the control for reflecting what data in using measurement for user, this simplifies the interactions between user and equipment simultaneously And the operability (for example, the use measurement for excluding the period that user limits is presented) of equipment is enhanced, this is further through using Family more rapidly can be efficiently used equipment and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment needs (798-66) for display control board user interface or modifies and set The standby certification authority using associated setting is (for example, with the password for unlocking to electronic equipment or in electronic equipment Place logs on to the different password of password of user account) it is arranged or changes the one or more using setting of electronic equipment, such as Shown in Fig. 6 Y to Fig. 6 CC (for example, electronic equipment received at one or more of input equipments selection may be selected it is close to require Code shows the user that can be indicated input (for example, showing that this shows that reception touches at the position that can be indicated, reception utilizes on the touchscreen Mouse or keyboard input show the selection etc. that can be indicated to this)).In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input, electronics The user interface for password to be arranged is presented (for example, electronic equipment display request user's input uses the text of data cryptogram in equipment Sheet and the soft keyboard for inputting password).When (for example, in response to password is set or active) needs password, electronic equipment is appointed Selection of land receives related for selecting may be selected to use for change to equipment with display at one or more of input equipments The user that the showing of the setting user interface of the setting of connection one of can indicate inputs (for example, showing that this shows on the touchscreen can indicate Position at receive touch, receive using mouse or keyboard input to this show the selection that can be indicated, etc.).It is defeated in response to the user Enter, electronic equipment be optionally in referring now to input password prompt (for example, display or say instruction change with equipment use it is related Setting need the message of password).Optionally, equipment shows that user can be to input the soft keyboard of password.According to determining institute The password of input and the password match (for example, user inputs correct password), electronic equipment is optionally presented and can be changed User interface is arranged in the use of one or more in these settings.It is mismatched according to the password for determining inputted with the password (for example, user inputs incorrect password), electronic equipment, which is optionally abandoned presenting, can change one or more in these settings (for example, without correct password, it is related that electronic equipment does not allow user's change to use with equipment to the use setting user interface of person Setting).Optionally, equipment present current setting instruction (for example, one or more operating limit or equipment work in it is limited The instruction of period in use pattern), without the ability being modified.Presentation described above need password come to set The mode of the standby option being modified using associated one or more settings allows electronic equipment prevention to use with equipment The unauthorized of associated one or more of settings is changed, and this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and is enhanced The operability (for example, allow be modified at electronic equipment in response to correct password) of equipment, this is further through making user Equipment more rapidly can be efficiently used and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, using setting user interface include (798-68) may be selected (798-70) modify and The associated setting of the parental guidance rating of content (for example, limitation to there is specified parental guidance rating content (for example, Application program, music, video etc.) access setting) one or more show can indicate and may be selected (798-72) to repair Change setting associated with data-privacy (for example, the setting of the data of shared specified type is limited, as shown in Figure 6A (for example, position Set, contact person, calendar data, prompting, photo, wireless connection, microphone etc.)) one or more show and can indicate.It is described above While display the mode that there is parental guidance setting and the use of data privacy settings to be arranged allow electronic equipment to use shared Related setting is presented in the interface of family, this simplifies interacting between user and equipment and enhances the operability of equipment (for example, similar setting is presented together), this is further through allowing users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reducing power makes With and improve the battery life of equipment.

It should be appreciated that the particular order that the operation in Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S is described is only exemplary, not anticipate The bright described sequence of chart is the unique order that these operations can be performed.Those skilled in the art will recognize that a variety of sides Formula resequences to operations described herein.Moreover, it is noted that herein in conjunction with other methods as described herein The details of other processes described in (for example, method 900,1100,1300 and 1500) is equally suitable for above in a similar way The method 700 in conjunction with described in Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S.For example, above with reference to use described in method 700 measurement control panel user interface, Using measurement, notice measurement, equipment pick up measurement, using limitation setting etc. optionally have herein by reference to it is as described herein other Use described in method (for example, method 900,1100,1300 and 1500) measures control panel user interface, using measurement, notice Measurement, equipment pick up measurement, using one or more of feature of limitation setting etc..For brevity, no longer heavy herein These multiple details.

Operation in above- mentioned information processing method is optionally by one or more functions in operation information processing unit Module realizes that the information processing unit such as general processor is (for example, as combined Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 3, Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H It is described) or specific to application chip.In addition, the operation above with reference to described in Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S is optionally by Figure 1A into Figure 1B Discribed component is implemented.For example, display operation 702,798-30 and 798-38 and reception operation 714,724,798-56 It is optionally realized by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180 and button.onrelease 190 with 798-62.Event classifier Event monitor 171 in 170 detects the contact on touch screen 504, and event dispatcher module 174 passes event information It is sent to application program 136-1.Event information and corresponding event are defined 186 by the corresponding event identifier 180 of application program 136-1 It is compared, and determines whether the first contact on touch screen at first position is corresponding with predefined event or subevent, The all selections for example to the object in user interface of predefined event or subevent.When detecting corresponding predefined event Or when subevent, event recognizer 180 activates button.onrelease 190 associated with the detection to the event or subevent. Button.onrelease 190 optionally with or call data renovator 176 or object renovator 177 to come inside more new application State 192.In some embodiments, button.onrelease 190, which accesses corresponding GUI renovator 178 and carrys out more new application, shows The content shown.Similarly, those skilled in the art, which can know clearly, how to be described based on Figure 1A into Figure 1B Component realizes other processes.

Application program and classification operating limit

User interacts with electronic equipment in a number of different manners, including the use of application program addressable in equipment. In some cases, user is difficult to monitor and limit use of the application-specific during certain periods.Described below Embodiment provides electronic equipment and implements operating limit and in application-specific or the other restrictive condition quilt of application class Determine that operating limit is reached (such as when application program operating limit associated with those application programs is reached) when meeting It arrives, to limit the mode used that user to user wishes the application-specific of limitation.It is answered on an electronic device to be specific Being set using the limit with program or application programs categories allows for electronic equipment effectively to limit what user operated particular device Use, and provide simple mode for the such operating limit of user setting, this make the use of equipment it is more effective (for example, The equipment that user need not monitor their own uses, to reduce input that user provides equipment (for example, being used for otherwise Monitor the input of user used)).Such as, it is to be understood that operating limit is set, and user wiser can be efficiently used limited Operation execute all necessary tasks under operating limit.If operating limit is reached, equipment limit user use by Thus limit operation prevents user unintentionally and is more than operating limit and spends in equipment than desired more times, this is again Equipment more rapidly can be efficiently used by using family and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.It should manage Solution, people use equipment.When people uses equipment, this people is optionally referred to as the user of equipment.

Fig. 8 A to Fig. 8 NNN, which is shown, to be arranged on an electronic device, configure or implements according to some embodiments of the disclosure The exemplary approach of operating limit.Embodiment in these attached drawings is for showing process described below, including reference Fig. 9 A The process described to Fig. 9 K.

Fig. 8 A shows the example devices 500 with touch screen 504, referring to described in Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Touch screen 504 is appointed Selection of land shows one or more user interfaces including various contents.In the example shown in Fig. 8 A, touch screen 504 is in limitation item Part is not satisfied (for example, user-defined operating limit is not reached also, related to limited use pattern in equipment 500 Except the user-defined time windows of one or more of connection) when show main screen 802.In some embodiments, when for When given application program or application programs categories have reached operating limit, restrictive condition is satisfied, as described below.In fig. 8 a, Main screen 802 include the icon 424 for for the starting in equipment 500 or otherwise showing different application, 426, 428,432,434,436,440,442,444,448 and 450, as described in above with reference to Fig. 4 A.

Fig. 8 B to Fig. 8 T, which is shown, is arranged in equipment 500 according to the example of the disclosure and defines the exemplary of operating limit Method.In the fig. 8b, object (for example, the finger of user, stylus, hovering input object, hovering input equipment etc.) (example is touched Such as, setting application program 446 803) is selected from main screen 802 by providing contact.It should be appreciated that contact 803 and contact 803 Interaction between setting application icon is only exemplary.Although being shown in figure specific GUI object and text, GUI shown in it is to be understood that is not limiting；Disclosed method can by show the GUI object different from diagram and Text executes, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.

In Fig. 8 C, application program is set in response to selection, setting user interface is shown, and contact 803 (for example, Via tap) selection is arranged 804 with digital health and associated show and can indicate.804 can be indicated in response to showing digital health Selection, as seen in fig. 8d, shows message 806 on an electronic device, asks the user whether that wishing to execute initial operating limit sets Set (for example, because of also not set operating limit in equipment 500).Message 806 includes for executing showing for operating limit setting It can indicate (for example, " continuation " 808a) and can indicate (for example, " now not " 808b) for abandoning showing for operating limit setting.With Family is by continuing to use limit setting to contact 803 selection " continuation " 808a.In some embodiments, user is optionally logical Cross with message 806 continue (for example, by selection " now not " 808b, by return to main screen 802) abandon initially making It is arranged with the limit.

Fig. 8 E shows exemplary limited use pattern setting user interface, optionally by equipment 500 in response to Fig. 8 D In the selection of " continuation " 808a is shown.In some embodiments, when executing the setting of initial operating limit, in Fig. 8 E by It is shown to limit use pattern setting user interface.For example, one or more time window associated with limited use pattern is appointed Selection of land is initially arranged in limited use pattern setting user interface, and combination Figure 10 A to Figure 10 AAA and Figure 11 A as follows are extremely Figure 11 I is described in more detail.After the initial setting up of limited use pattern is completed, user passes through (for example, utilizing contact 803) choosing It selects "Yes" 810a and proceeds to initial operating limit setting.In some instances, use pattern is limited optionally initially using The limit setting before be not set (for example, by selection "No" 810b, by back to main screen 802, by will not be any when Between window be associated with limited use pattern).The details of limited use pattern is hereinafter with reference to Figure 10 A to Figure 10 AAA and Figure 11 A It is more fully described to Figure 11 I.It should be appreciated that the disclosure described in be limited use pattern any feature optionally and herein Any operating limit feature, which combines, to be implemented, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.

The exemplary operating limit that Fig. 8 F shows for one or more application program or classification operating limit to be arranged is set User interface 812 is set, optionally by equipment 500 in response to showing in Fig. 8 E to the selection of "Yes" 810a.Exemplary use It includes multiple selectable application categories (for example, " all applications and classification " 814a, " news " that user interface, which is arranged, in the limit 814b, " game " 814c, " mail " 814d, " social media " 814e, " streaming " 814f).In some embodiments, setting is used Family interface includes selectable application program, so that user be allowed to be that individual applications program is set using the limit.In this way, user's energy It is enough selected to wish to limit the one or more application programs categories used or one or more individual applications programs.

In Fig. 8 F, exemplary application associated with each application category is displayed on each respective classes Under (for example, " social application A ", " social application B ", " social application C " under " social media " classification 814e).In some implementations In scheme, user can be set by selecting " all applications and classification " 814a for application programs all on electronic equipment and classification Set operating limit (for example, total " screen time " limit).In some embodiments, user can be the selected application of user Program and application category are set using the limit.User can be by leaving setting user interface (for example, " taking by selection Disappear " 816b, by back to main screen 802, by not selecting any application program or classification) abandon initial operating limit and set It sets.

Although operating limit setting user interface is accessed as shown in the figure, it is to be understood that, user circle is arranged in operating limit Face can optionally be accessed in the mode different from illustrated embodiment, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.Although showing in the accompanying drawings Go out specific application program and classification, it is to be understood that, specific application program and classification are only exemplary, and not Same application program or classification optionally appears in operating limit setting user interface, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.

Fig. 8 G to Fig. 8 J show selection application category and select user wish to limit it is using with selected class The illustrative methods of not associated application program.In Fig. 8 G, user (for example, utilizing contact 803) selection application class Not (for example, social media classification 814e, to be set using the limit for the category).In some cases, user's selection more than one A application category is set using pole to be set using the limit for those combination sorts, or for each of those classifications Limit.In some instances, user does not select application category.In some instances, selection " all applications and classification " is optional Ground selects all application programs and application category on electronic equipment.

In Fig. 8 H, in response to selecting application category (for example, social media classification), the setting of classification operating limit is used Family interface 818 is shown.As shown, all application programs associated with currently selected classification are (for example, social application program A-E 820a-820e) default is shown and selects.In some embodiments, there is no any one quilt in these application programs Selection；The application program for currently having selected classification that user's selection is limited.As shown, (for example, utilizing contact 803) choosing It selects the application program (for example, social media application program B 820b) selected and just cancels the application program (example that selection has previously been selected Such as, by cancelling selection social application program B 820b using contact 803).Although check mark is used to indicate that specific GUI The selection of object, it is to be understood that, it other can be used to indicate selection method (for example, highlighting, cursor), without departing from this public affairs The range opened.

In Fig. 8 I, in response to social application the program B 820b, social media application program B for selecting previously to have selected 820b is cancelled selection.In some embodiments, though operating limit associated with classification belonging to application program After being reached, the access to the application program for being cancelled selection is also provided (for example, due to the application program for being cancelled selection It is " white list " application program, this is described more fully below).Cancel selection application program (for example, social media is answered It is limited by corresponding operating limit (for example, social media classification operating limit) with program B 820b).Also It is to say, white list application program (for example, social media application program B 820b) is optionally related to white list application program The operating limit (for example, social media classification) of connection is addressable after being reached.

In some embodiments, use associated with the application program is included in the use of non-white list application program The limit.For example, in Fig. 8 I, social media application program A 820a quilt optionally in operating limit setting user interface 818 Selection.To the access of social media application program A 820a optionally after social media classification operating limit has been reached It is restricted.Before social media classification operating limit is reached, the use of social media application program A is optionally included in society Hand over media categories operating limit.

In Fig. 8 I, once currently selected classification (for example, social media) desired one group of application program (for example, Social media application program A 820a and C-E 820c-820e) it is selected as being restricted (for example, applying that selected group The access of application program in program is restricted after operating limit associated with selected classification has been reached), it uses Family is it is confirmed that this group of application program (for example, by utilizing 803 selection " completions " 822 of contact) and proceed to next setting user circle Face.

In Fig. 8 J, optionally by equipment 500 in response to the operating limit that is shown in Fig. 8 I to the selection of " completion " 822 User interface 812 is set and shows the application program and/or class for having been chosen to be implemented by one or more corresponding operating limits Not (for example, social media 814e).In desired that group of application program to be limited for social media classification by selection Afterwards, the application program shown under social media classification is updated, with classification using setting user interface 818 on show Or application program selected by whole, as illustrated by figure 8j.In some embodiments, if the title of selected application program exceeds classification Under amount of space, then it is some shown in selected application program, and be followed by " there are also more ".In other classification (examples Such as non-selected classification) under the application program that shows do not update optionally.Once all desired application programs and classification are It is selected as being implemented by one or more corresponding operating limits, user just proceeds to next user interface (for example, passing through utilization 803 are contacted to select " to add ").

Fig. 8 K to Fig. 8 M shows the illustrative methods of setting operating limit associated with classification.User can be application The different operating limits implemented in different times are arranged in program or application programs categories.For example, as shown in figure 8k, in response to To the selection of " addition " 816a in Fig. 8 K, 500 Display Category operating limit of equipment Customizes User Interface 824.It notifies and stops Option 828a and notice option 828b is also shown in classification operating limit and Customizes User Interface on 824." notice " and " logical Know and stop " method of implementing operating limit in mode is more fully described hereinafter with reference to Fig. 8 NN to Fig. 8 WW.Although logical Know that option 828b is selected in the example shown, it is to be understood that, user can select any option for each operating limit.With classification The associated default operating limit of operating limit (for example, " 2 hours ") is shown.In some embodiments, default uses The limit is automatically determined by electronic equipment.User optionally can be by selecting " the customized date " 826 to come from a user interface Define the operating limit (for example, operating limit different from default operating limit) on different dates.

In Fig. 8 K, the selection on " customized date " is detected by contact 803, and in response, equipment 500 Display operating limit Customizes User Interface, as shown in Fig. 8 L.It is one week different date (for example, Monday as shown in Fig. 8 L 836b, Wednesday 836d and Thursday 836e) define different operating limits (for example, 1 hour).Although the difference in one week Date is illustrated, it is to be understood that, it is optionally any time section and defines customized operating limit.In customized operating limit quilt After definition, user selects " completion " 838 to proceed to next user interface.

Fig. 8 M show after customized operating limit has been set (for example, in Fig. 8 L select " completion " 838 it The classification operating limit shown Customizes User Interface 824 afterwards).After customized operating limit is set, implement customized The period of operating limit was displayed below " the customized date " 826.When user selects " addition " 830, customized use The limit is added to the setting of social media classification operating limit.For example, the operating limit of one hour is in week as shown in Fig. 8 M One, Wednesday and Thursday are carried out.The default operating limit of two hours is on Sunday, Tuesday, Friday and Saturday It is carried out.

After being set using the limit in Fig. 8 M, equipment 500 optionally shows that user interface is arranged in digital health password 840, as seen in fig. 8n, for protecting the operating limit being arranged.In some embodiments, it is arranged in initial operating limit After being set, electronic equipment shows that user interface 840 is arranged in digital health password, and prompts user in Password Input user Input password associated with digital health setting (for example, operating limit setting) on interface 842.In some embodiments, The password is different from general password (for example, in general, being used for the password of unlocker device) of electronic equipment, to prevent (such as, it is known that the children of parent's device password) access digital health setting without permission in equipment 500.Although illustrating Middle prompt 4-digit number password, it is to be understood that, different types of certification authority is optionally used for protecting digital health setting (for example, alphanumeric passwords, biometric authentication etc.).

After completing initial operating limit setting, limitation setting user interface 844 is limited, as shown in Fig. 8 O.Limitation Setting user interface 844 is more fully described with reference to Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 UU and Fig. 7 A to Fig. 7 S.Classification associated with operating limit In application program use be optionally instructed on using item 848.Associated operating limit classification (such as " social media ") it is displayed below " limits of application " 846.For example, used in Fig. 8 O without social media classification, therefore, Indicate that no social media classification application program is used using item 848.Selection " limits of application " 846 optionally results in Fig. 8 P The display of middle application program limit user interface, wherein application program operating limit setting can be modified.

Fig. 8 P shows application program limit user interface 850.In Fig. 8 P, that adds during initial setting up uses pole Limit classification (for example, " social media " 852a) is displayed in application program limit user interface 850.Customized operating limit and Its associated period is displayed below " social media " 852a.User interface further includes limits of application switch key 856.Such as Shown in figure, if button is switched " opening ", electronic equipment implements defined operating limit.On the contrary, if button is cut " closing " is changed, then electronic equipment does not implement defined operating limit.In some embodiments, when electronic equipment does not implement institute When the operating limit of definition, defined operating limit keeps and is saved but is not carried out.Defined operating limit will Optionally swash in (for example, progress and by the switching of limits of application switch key 856 " opening ") the subsequent of the application program limit It is carried out in work.In some embodiments, (for example, by the way that the switching of limits of application switch key 856 " closing " is continued one section Then limits of application switch key 856 is switched " openings " by the time) it reactivates application is tracked and retained during the application program limit Program uses (for example, for the subsequent activation of the application program limit, application program is not reset using contribution).In some implementations In scheme, is not tracked during reactivating the application program limit and do not retain application program use (for example, for using journey The subsequent activation of order limit, application program are reset using contribution).User can be added by selection " the addition limit " 854 More multiple utility program or classification operating limit, as shown in Fig. 8 P.In some instances, selection " the addition limit 854 " optionally makes It obtains electronic equipment and shows the user interface similar with operating limit setting user interface 812.For brevity, it should be understood that It adds one or more application program or classification operating limit is similar with described in Fig. 8 F to Fig. 8 M.

Fig. 8 Q show in add-on application operating limit (for example, " game A " 852c and " streaming application B " 852g) and Classification operating limit (for example, " all " 852b, " game " 852d, " streaming " 852e, " streaming and social media " 852f) is added In addition the operating limit user interface 850 after." whole " 852b be on electronic equipment all application programs and classification it is related The overall operating limit (for example, total " screen time " limit) of the electronic equipment of connection." streaming and social media " 852f is joint Classification operating limit.Joint classification operating limit implements the use of application program associated with joint classification.For example, streaming or The use of social media application program is optionally used in combination limit 852f by " streaming and social media " and implements.

Electronic equipment optionally implements concurrent operating limit.For example, concurrent operating limit is arranged in user on an electronic device " social media " 852a and " streaming and social media " 852f, as shown in the figure.In some embodiments, related to operating limit The use of the social media application program (for example, social media application program A) of connection contributes to both parallel operating limits.One In a little embodiments, the more conservative limit of concurrent operating limit is carried out.For example, if having two for social media operating limit Hour is remaining and has three hours residues for streaming and social media operating limit, then the use of social media application program is appointed Selection of land is limited (that is, after social media application program is using two hours) by more conservative social media operating limit. For another example, if for social media operating limit have two hours it is remaining and have for streaming and social media operating limit one small When it is remaining, then the use of social media application program is optionally limited by more conservative streaming and social media operating limit (that is, after social media application program is using a hour).

Fig. 8 R shows classification operating limit setting user interface 858.User interface 858 is arranged in classification operating limit The substantially similar information with the information shown on classification operating limit setting user interface 818 in Fig. 8 H to Fig. 8 I.It is using Application program (for example, social media application program A 820a and C-E 820c-820e) quilt that the limit had previously selected during being arranged It is shown in user interface 858.In some embodiments, user in classification operating limit by being arranged in user interface 858 Selection or cancellation select application program to want confined application program to redefine.User by selection " renaming " 862 come The title 860 (for example, " social media ") of classification operating limit is renamed, as shown in Fig. 8 R, this optionally leads to social media The renaming of class extremity, as shown in Fig. 8 S and Fig. 8 T.

In particular, being renamed in response to the title 860 to classification operating limit (for example, from " social matchmaker in Fig. 8 S Body " renamed as " enjoyment of John "), updated title is displayed in user interface 858.It is set to classification operating limit After the expectation update set is performed, user is by selecting " completion " 822 to save updated setting and back to using journey Order limit user interface 850, as shown in Fig. 8 T.Fig. 8 T shows the application journey after the setting of classification operating limit has been updated Order limit user interface 850.In response to by previous social media classification 852a renamed as " enjoyment of John ", application program Title (for example, " enjoyment of John ") after the update of 850 Display Category 852a of limit user interface.

Fig. 8 U to Fig. 8 EE shows exemplary the showing according to the various expressions for limiting display application programs according to the disclosure Example property method.

In Fig. 8 U, touch screen 504 is not satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition (for example, without any application program Or the other operating limit of application class is reached) when show main screen 802.In some embodiments, it is answered when for given When having reached operating limit with program or application programs categories, restrictive condition is satisfied.In some embodiments, such as reference side Described in method 1100, restricting condition for use is satisfied during one or more time windows associated with limited use pattern. In Fig. 8 U, main screen 802 includes the application journey for starting or otherwise showing different application in equipment 500 Sequence icon 424,426,428,432,434,436,440 (for example, associated with social media application program A), 442 (for example, with Social media application program B is associated), 446,448,450 and 452, as described in above with reference to Fig. 4 A.As shown in Fig. 8 U, one Or multiple application icons optionally include and inform the user any notice for not reading notice associated with the application program Indicator 864.For example, the notification indicator 864 in Fig. 8 U indicates that there are three in social media application program A 440 not read Message.In some embodiments, notification indicator 864 is to be stacked on appropriate icon the reference symbol of (or on part), such as Shown in Fig. 8 U.

In Fig. 8 V to Fig. 8 W, detect that the level of contact 803 is light on touch screen 504 when main screen 802 is shown It sweeps, this causes equipment 500 to show in restrictive condition when not being satisfied (for example, being reached without operating limit) in equipment 500 Search user interface 866.Search user interface 866 is optionally to search for the content that can be accessed from equipment 500 (for example, net It stands, news, Email, the application program being mounted in equipment 500, the application program available for download to equipment 500, calendar item Mesh etc.) equipment 500 operating system user interface.Search user interface 866 is optionally included for inputting for searching for The text field 868 of the one or more search terms for the content that can be accessed from equipment 500, the operation system for showing equipment 500 System be the application program that user suggests " application proposal " user interface 870a (such as, it is proposed that common application program makes recently Application program, the application program of collection, the application program being currently running) and with the application that is mounted in equipment 500 Program corresponding desktop small routine 870b and 870c (e.g., including with corresponding application programs (such as social media application program A And B) user interface object or window associated and by the text of corresponding application programs update, image, and/or any other content Mouthful), as shown in Fig. 8 W.As shown in Fig. 8 W, social media application program A and B are included in " application proposal ", and its is right The desktop small routine answered is in restrictive condition associated with those application programs when not being satisfied in equipment 500 by equipment 500 Display.

In Fig. 8 X, user is in restrictive condition when not being satisfied (for example, being reached without operating limit) in equipment 500 Search term " social media " is input in the text field 868.Text is had been entered in response to search term " social media " In this field 868, equipment 500 shows various search knots relevant to search term " social media " in search user interface 866 Fruit, as shown in Fig. 8 X.For example, equipment 500 is shown mounted in the social media application program " social application A " in equipment 500 Link 874a, as to " social application A " application relevant website social media website " social application A " link 874b, And it is available for the link for the two social media application programs downloaded from application repository (for example, application shop): The link 874c of " social application F " application program and link 874d of " social application G " application program.

Fig. 8 Y shows the main screen 802 shown in equipment 500 when social media classification operating limit is reached.It rings It should be reached in social media classification operating limit, the appearance of social media application program A icon 440 is updated to reflect that this The access of application program, which is restricted, (for example, the icon is graying, optionally substitutes the limitation reference symbol of the notice reference symbol previously shown 876 cover the icon).In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 8 Y, limitation reference symbol 876 at least partly covers social media Application program A icon 440.In some embodiments, limitation reference symbol 876 at least partly covers and limitation application icon Associated text description.

In Fig. 8 Y to Fig. 8 Z, the vertical light of contact 803 is detected on touch screen 504 when main screen 802 is shown It sweeps, this causes equipment 500 to be satisfied (for example, social media classification operating limit is reached) in equipment 500 in restrictive condition When show notification history user interface 878 in Fig. 8 Z.Notification history user interface 878 include in equipment application program it is logical Know associated notice 880a-b.In some embodiments, related to operating limit in response to determining that operating limit is reached The appearance of the notice of the application program of connection is updated (for example, notifying graying) to indicate that associated application program is restricted. In some embodiments, the updated notice of appearance is not selectable.In some embodiments, it is used in response to determining The limit is reached, and the notice of application program associated with operating limit is not displayed (example in notification history user interface 878 As being suppressed).When one or more notice is suppressed in notification history user interface 878, electronic equipment 500 is optionally aobvious Show other one or more notices relevant to untethered application program, to replace notice associated with limited applications program. For example, determining that social media operating limit classification has been reached in response to equipment 500, with social media application journey in Fig. 8 Z The associated notice 880a of sequence A graying (or being optionally not displayed), and notice 800b associated with music application It indicates unrestricted to the access of music application.

The such of display that equipment 500 also carries out expression associated with limited applications program in other users interface is repaired Change.For example, the level of contact 803 is detected on touch screen 504 when main screen 802 is shown in Fig. 8 AA to Fig. 8 BB It gently sweeps, this causes equipment 500 to be satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition (for example, social media classification operating limit is reached To) when show search user interface 866 in Fig. 8 BB.User interface described in search user interface 866 and Fig. 8 V to Fig. 8 W It is substantially similar.

" application proposal " user interface 870a show equipment 500 operating system be user suggest application program (for example, It is recommended that common application program, most recently used application program, the application program of collection, the application program being currently running). In some embodiments, when operating limit (such as social media classification operating limit) is reached, what is be restricted is built The appearance of view application program be updated to indicate that its constrained state (for example, icon is graying, social media application program A icon 440 It is grey).In some embodiments, when operating limit is reached, application program associated with operating limit is not present in On " application proposal " user interface 870a, and in some embodiments, be replaced by restrictive condition also it is unsatisfied its The expression of his application program.

In some embodiments, when operating limit (for example, social media classification operating limit) is reached, correspond to The appearance of the desktop small routine of application program associated with operating limit is updated to indicate that its constrained state (for example, desktop Small routine is graying, and the desktop small routine 870b corresponding to social media application program A is graying), as shown in Fig. 8 BB.In some realities It applies in scheme, when operating limit is reached, the desktop small routine corresponding to application program associated with operating limit does not go out On present search user interface 866.When application icon or desktop small routine are suppressed on search user interface 866, Electronic equipment 500 optionally shows other one or more icons associated with untethered application program or desktop small routine, To replace notice associated with limited applications program.For example, determining that social media uses in response to equipment 500 in Fig. 8 BB Limit classification has reached, and desktop small routine 870b associated with social media application program A is graying (or not to be shown optionally Show), and with white list social media application program B (for example, in Fig. 8 I operating limit setting user interface 818 on it is non-selected Application program) associated desktop small routine 870c instruction is unrestricted to the access of social media application program B.

In Fig. 8 CC, user is satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition (for example, social media classification operating limit quilt Reach) when search term " social media " is input in the text field 868.It is defeated in response to search term " social media " Enter into the text field 868, equipment 500 shows relevant to search term " social media " various in search user interface 866 Search result.During this period, the access of application program associated with the operating limit being reached is restricted.For example, working as When social media classification operating limit is reached, equipment 500 shows that the social media application program installed in equipment 500 is " social Using A " appearance be updated (for example, social media application program A icon is graying) link 874a, as with " social application The appearance of the social media website " social application A " of the relevant website of A " application is updated (for example, social media application program A Icon is graying) link 874b.In some embodiments, updated link appearance instruction social media application program A and Social media website corresponding to social media application program A is restricted (for example, when social media classification is used in search When the limit is reached).In some embodiments, when social media classification operating limit is reached, restricted social activity matchmaker Body classification application program (for example, non-white list social media classification application program, social media application program A and C-E) does not go out In present search result.When one or more, which is linked at, to be suppressed on search user interface 866, electronic equipment 500 is optionally Show that one or more relevant to untethered application program links, to replace notice associated with limited applications program.Example Such as, in Fig. 8 CC, determine that social media operating limit classification has reached in response to equipment 500, with social media application program A Associated link 874b is graying (or being optionally not displayed), and with uninstalled social media application program F and social activity The associated link 874c of media application G indicates that the installation of these application programs is unrestricted.

Fig. 8 DD shows restrictive condition and is satisfied (for example, social media classification operating limit is reached) in equipment 500 The web-browser user interface 882 of period.As shown, user attempts to access that net corresponding with social media application program A Stand (for example, " www.socmeda.com ").In some embodiments, in response to being reached in social media classification operating limit Attempt to access that social media website to period, the content 882-4 of web-browser user interface 882 by equipment 500 hide without It is seen by the user, and informs the user the message that social media operating limit has been reached and shown by equipment 500, such as Fig. 8 DD Shown in.In some embodiments, when operating limit is reached, corresponding to application program associated with operating limit Any aspect (for example, page with same homepage URL) of website limits user.

Fig. 8 EE shows restrictive condition and is satisfied (for example, social media classification operating limit is reached) in equipment 500 Another web-browser user interface 882 of period.As shown, user attempt to access that it is corresponding with social media application program A Website (for example, " www.socmeda.com ").In some embodiments, in response in social media classification operating limit Social media website is attempted to access that during being reached, and the content 882-4 of website is made by equipment 500 with social media is informed the user The message covering being reached with the limit.User interface when social media classification operating limit is reached, on content 882-4 (for example, social media application program icon A, image 1 and appearance 2) are optionally updated (for example, user interface object object It is graying) access of website is restricted with instruction, as shown in Fig. 8 EE.In some embodiments, when operating limit is reached When, any aspect of the website corresponding to application program associated with operating limit is (for example, the page with same homepage URL Face) user is limited.

Fig. 8 FF to Fig. 8 HH is shown to be set in the case where the restrictive condition of classification associated with application program is satisfied The illustrative methods of application program are installed on standby 500.

Fig. 8 FF shows the main screen 802 when social media classification operating limit is reached.In response to social media class Other operating limit is reached, and the appearance of social media application program A icon 440 is updated to reflect that the access to the application program It is restricted (for example, the icon is graying, limitation reference symbol 876 covers the icon).As shown, user selects application shop icon 448 to proceed to application shop.

Fig. 8 GG shows application shop user interface 884.Application shop user interface 884 is in response to application shop figure It marks 448 selection and is shown.As shown, user's selection it is associated with social media application program F link 886 (for example, " acquisition ") application program to be added to (for example, downloading, installation) to electronic equipment.In some embodiments, based on using quotient Shop attribute or application metadata, social media application program F are associated with social media classification operating limit.

Fig. 8 HH shows the main screen 802 when social media classification operating limit is reached.In response to from application shop Social media application program F is added, social media application program F icon 452 is added to main screen 802.Due to social media Classification operating limit is reached and social media application program F be confirmed as it is associated with social media classification operating limit, It (for example, icon is graying, limits reference symbol 876b so social media application program F icon 452 reflects that application program is restricted and covers Lid icon).

Fig. 8 II to Fig. 8 KK, which is shown, to be in limited use pattern according to determining electronic equipment and limits to application program The illustrative methods (for example, described in more detail referring to figures 10A to Figure 10 AAA and method 1100) of access.

Fig. 8 II shows the main screen 802 when being reached there are no operating limit.In Fig. 8 JJ, 888 (example of message Such as, notify) it is presented and covers main screen 802.Message 888 indicates that limited use pattern (for example, equipment downtime) will be 5 Start after minute.If user selects " elimination " in message, message 888 stops display.In some embodiments, not In the case where " elimination " option, which is automatically stopped aobvious after a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 30 seconds or 1 minute) Show.

Fig. 8 KK show bedtime limitation (for example, limited use pattern) effectively, use but without application program Main screen 802 when the limit is reached.For example, Fig. 8 KK was optionally shown after message 888 is presented more than 5 minutes Main screen 802.When the bedtime, limitation was effective, the application program limited by the bedtime is selected to be limited System.In some embodiments, when the bedtime, limitation was effective, the access of limited applications program is restricted, even if that The operating limit of a little application programs is not reached so yet.For example, when the bedtime, limitation was optionally effective, social media Classification operating limit optionally has 2 hour residues.Bedtime limitation optionally overriding operating limit setting.Namely It says, social media classification application program and any other non-white list application program are limited when the bedtime, limitation was effective System, social media classification (or other) operating limit is not reached so.The appearance of the icon of limited applications program (for example, icon is graying, limitation reference symbol 876 covers icon) is updated to indicate that application program is restricted (for example, social media Application program A 440, social media application program B 442, Messenger application program 424, music application 450).

Fig. 8 LL to Fig. 8 PP, which is shown, to be presented the instruction being restricted about the access to application program and provides correspondence With the illustrative methods of the access of program.

Fig. 8 LL shows equipment 500 and shows main screen 802 when no operating limit is reached.Fig. 8 MM shows equipment 500 operating limit setting " notice " option under when operating limit (for example, social media classification operating limit) is reached Show main screen 802.In some embodiments, " notice " option Customizes User Interface in classification operating limit and sets on 824 It sets, referring to Fig. 8 M.The appearance of application icon (for example, social media application program A 440) associated with limitation is by more Newly to indicate that application program is restricted (for example, icon is graying, limitation reference symbol 876 covers icon).As shown, user passes through The social media application program A icon 440 in Fig. 8 MM is selected to attempt to start social media application program A.

In response to attempt to start limited applications program (for example, when operating limit is reached, to the access of application program by To limitation), equipment 500 optionally visually covers hidden main screen with limitation notification user interface 890 shown in Fig. 8 NN 802 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen).Although limitation notification user interface 890 is in response to Yu Zhu Movement (for example, starting application program from main screen) when screen is shown and be shown, it is to be understood that, notice user interface 890 can be shown in any content shown at that time (for example, user circle of application program by equipment when operating limit is reached Face) on.In some embodiments, 890-1 is explained in the display of equipment 500, and instruction is associated with selected application program to use pole Limit has been reached.In some embodiments, explain that 890-1 includes visually indicating (for example, empty hourglass) to pass to user It has been reached up to the limit, as shown in Fig. 8 NN.Limitation notification user interface 890 also optionally includes multiple icon 890-2.It is described Multiple icon 890-2 include associated with operating limit achieved (for example, social media classification operating limit) using journey Sequence icon (for example, social media application program A and C-E).If operating limit achieved is only related to single application program Connection, then user interface 890 optionally can only include the icon of the single application program.

Limitation notification user interface 890 in Fig. 8 NN is shown including " elimination " can indicate 892.It detects and offsets in Fig. 8 NN Except showing the selection (for example, by eliminate show the contact 803 that can indicate to detect on 892) that can indicate 892.Disappear in response to selection 892 can be indicated except showing, equipment 500, which stops in limitation notification user interface 890, to be shown that elimination is shown and can indicate 892, and is shown Extension, which is shown, can indicate 894 and ignore to show and can indicate 896, as shown in Fig. 8 OO.

In some embodiments, user, which selects extension to show, can indicate 894 uses for allowing for user to exceed application program (the real time setting without changing operating limit, so that the operating limit of previous definition exists of limit access limited applications program Future will continue to execute) continue it is scheduled or it is user-defined beyond operating limit time quantum (for example, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes) (for example, below with reference to described in method 900).In some embodiments, user's selection, which is ignored, shows and can indicate 896 Allowing for user to abandon implementation operating limit for that particular day, (real time without changing operating limit is arranged, and makes The operating limit for obtaining previous definition will continue to execute in future) (for example, below with reference to described in method 900).In some implementations In scheme, equipment 500 is after a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) or in user (for example, passing through tap limitation Notify user interface 890 any part (in addition to explain 890-1, extend show can indicate 894 and ignore show can indicate 896 it Outside), pass through the main button of selection electronic equipment) stop display when returning to main screen 802 and extend showing and capable of indicating 894 and ignore and show energy Indicate 896.

According to " notice " option, parent's equipment (for example, equipment associated with the parent on family account) or not User's input any certification (such as password, biology are not required optionally with the associated equipment of family account (for example, autonomous device) Identification certification) Lai Yanzhan or ignore in the equipment operating limit limitation.It can table accordingly, in response to showing in Fig. 8 OO extension Show 894 or ignore and show the selection that can indicate 896, limitation notification user interface 890 stops the use of display and selected application program Family interface is shown；User show can indicate selection defined by time quantum (such as 15 minutes, on the day of remaining time) in tool There is the unrestricted access to application program associated with operating limit is extended.When operating limit is extended or is ignored When, the every other aspect of application program associated with operating limit is (for example, in previously described constrained user interface object Any one) be also extended or ignore.For example, user can check correspond to it is associated with the operating limit for being extended or ignoring Application program desktop small routine, notice and webpage or interact.For example, as shown in Fig. 8 PP, in response in Fig. 8 OO The selection that can be indicated is shown to extension, limitation notification user interface 890 stops display, and social media application program party A-subscriber circle Face 898 is shown.After limitation notification user interface 890 stops display, user has additional 15 minutes social media classes It Shi Yong not the time.In some embodiments, it is answered after limitation notification user interface 890 stops display and selected by the access Before program, graphical user interface object is presented over the display (for example, resetting hourglass, such as hourglass 890-1 are reversed simultaneously Start the animation reruned), to indicate that operating limit is extended.In some embodiments, beyond the limit achieved with The use of track application program associated with operating limit achieved is (for example, by extending, when by residue for the same day Between ignore).For example, social media classification operating limit is optionally two hours.When social media classification operating limit is reached Then, social media use is optionally spread beyond operating limit by user.User makes beyond the social media of two hours limit With optionally being tracked by equipment.

Fig. 8 QQ to Fig. 8 UU, which is shown, is presented the instruction being restricted about the access to application program and utilization local It authenticates to provide the illustrative methods of the access of the application program in children's equipment to parent's control.

Children's equipment 500A that Fig. 8 QQ shows parent's control shows main screen 802 when no operating limit is reached. Fig. 8 RR show equipment 500 under " notify and stop " option that operating limit is arranged in operating limit (for example, social media Classification operating limit) main screen 802 is shown when being reached.In some embodiments, " notify and stop " option to make in classification It is Customized User Interface with the limit and is arranged on 824, referring to Fig. 8 M.Application icon associated with limitation is (for example, social matchmaker Body application program A 440) appearance be updated to indicate that application program is restricted and (for example, icon is graying, limit reference symbol 876 Cover icon).As shown, user attempts to start society by selecting the social media application program A icon 440 in Fig. 8 RR Hand over media application A.

In response to attempt to start limited applications program (for example, when operating limit is reached, to the access of application program by To limitation), equipment 500A optionally with limitation notification user interface 890 visually cover hidden main screen 802 (for example, it is fuzzy, become Ash visually changes main screen), as shown in Fig. 8 SS.Limitation notification user interface 890 is substantially similar in Fig. 8 NN The user interface.

It is detected in Fig. 8 SS and shows the selection that can indicate 892 (for example, can indicate to examine on 892 by showing in elimination elimination The contact 803 measured).892 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, and equipment 500A is stopped in limitation notification user interface 890 Display, which is eliminated, to be shown and can indicate 892, and is shown that local authentication request is shown and can be indicated that 898-2 and remote authentication request show and can indicate 898-4, as shown in Fig. 8 TT.

Under " notify and stop " option, children's equipment of parent's control is (for example, associated with the children on family account Equipment) require user's input authentication (for example, the local authentication (for example, password, biometric authentication) in equipment, from another The remote authentication of one equipment (for example, parent's equipment)) to extend or ignore the limitation of the operating limit in the equipment.For example, as schemed Shown in 8TT, user, which selects local authentication request to show, can indicate 898-2, to request the expectation of social media operating limit to be extended Local authentication (for example, certification on children's equipment 500A of parent's control).

As shown in Fig. 8 UU, the selection of 898-2, equipment 500A institute can be indicated in response to showing in Fig. 8 TT local authentication request The Password Input user interface 842 of display prompts the certification of authorized user's (for example, parent) personally input.Although prompting in the example shown 4-digit number password, it is to be understood that, different types of certification authority be optionally used for protect digital health setting (for example, Alphanumeric passwords, biometric authentication etc.).In some embodiments, close for extending or ignoring the certification of operating limit Code is different from the password for preventing the unauthorized of operating limit from extending of electronic equipment.For example, authentication password is optionally ginseng According to the digital health password of Fig. 8 N.In some embodiments, in response to the certification (for example, correct password) correctly entered, The additional access to selected application program beyond operating limit is awarded (for example, when 15 minutes, residue in the same day in user Between).When operating limit is extended or is ignored, the every other aspect of application program associated with operating limit is (for example, first Preceding any one of the constrained user interface object) also it is extended or ignores.Correspond to and quilt for example, user can check Extend or desktop small routine, notice and the webpage of the associated application program of operating limit ignored or interacts.

To extend using beyond operating limit request be certified after, electronic equipment with electronic equipment in " notice " Substantially similar manner operates after operating limit is extended under option, as described in Fig. 8 PP and its corresponding description.

Fig. 8 VV to Fig. 8 YY, which is shown, is presented the instruction being restricted about the access to application program and based on coming from The certification authority of parent's equipment provides the illustrative methods of the access to application program.

In response to attempt to start limited applications program (for example, when operating limit is reached, to the access of application program by To limitation), such as Fig. 8 QQ reflection similar with institute in 8RR and its corresponding description, children's equipment 500A optionally uses limitation notification user Hidden main screen 802 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen) is visually covered at interface 890, such as institute in Fig. 8 VV Show.Limitation notification user interface 890 is substantially similar to user interface described in Fig. 8 NN.

It is detected in Fig. 8 VV and shows the selection that can indicate 892 (for example, can indicate to examine on 892 by showing in elimination elimination The contact 803 measured).892 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, and equipment 500A is stopped in limitation notification user interface 890 Display, which is eliminated, to be shown and can indicate 892, and is shown that local authentication request is shown and can be indicated that 898-2 and remote authentication request show and can indicate 898-4, as shown in Fig. 8 WW.

Under " notify and stop " option, children's equipment (for example, equipment associated with the children on family account) is wanted Ask user's input authentication (for example, the local authentication (for example, password, biometric authentication) in equipment, comes from another equipment (example Such as, parent's equipment) remote authentication) with extend or ignore the operating limit in the equipment limitation.For example, being used as shown in Fig. 8 WW Selection remote authentication request in family, which is shown, can indicate 898-4, with the remote authentication (example for requesting the expectation of social media operating limit to be extended Such as, the certification on parent's equipment 500B).

For example, as shown in Fig. 8 XX, it can table in response to selecting the remote authentication request on children's equipment 500A to show in Fig. 8 WW Show 898-2, display includes that the message 898-6 that can indicate 898-8a to 898-8d is shown in multiple extensions on parent's equipment 500B.Such as Shown in Fig. 8 BB, in some embodiments, message 898-6 notifies children's equipment (for example, John Jr.'s sets to parent user It is standby) on operating limit (for example, social media classification) be reached, and children user requesting it is attached beyond operating limit Add use.The multiple extension, which is shown, can indicate that 898-8a to 898-8d is that parent user gives different operating limit extension options (for example, extend 15 minutes, extend for the remaining time on the same day, customized extension, refusal extension request)；Selected extension option It is applied to children's equipment 500A.For example, as shown in Fig. 8 XX, parent user, which selects to extend, to be shown and can indicate 898-8a, with give into The children user of row request exceeds additional 15 minutes of operating limit.

In some embodiments, one of 898-8a to 898-8d can be indicated by showing in response to selection extension, and password is defeated Access customer interface 842 prompts the user (for example, parent) authorized on remote authentication device (for example, parent equipment 500B) Input authentication, as shown in Fig. 8 YY.Although in the example shown prompt 4-digit number password, it is to be understood that, it is different types of certification with According to protection digital health is optionally used for, (for example, alphanumeric passwords, biometric authentication etc.) is set.In some embodiment party In case, for extend or ignore operating limit authentication password and electronic equipment for preventing the unauthorized of operating limit from extending Password it is different.For example, authentication password is optionally the digital health password referring to Fig. 8 N.In some embodiments, it responds In the certification (for example, correct password) correctly entered at parent's equipment 500B, children's equipment 500A is awarded beyond use The additional access to selected application program of the limit；The amount of additional access depends on selected extension and shows and can indicate.In some realities It applies in scheme, response is carried out to message 898-6 and does not need password.In some embodiments, after request obtains certification, son Female's equipment 500A shows the instruction (for example, notice) of request results (for example, extending 15 minutes, the remaining time on the same day of extending, asking It asks and is rejected).

It is being authenticated by remote authentication device (for example, parent equipment 500B) to the request used beyond operating limit extension Afterwards, electronic equipment is with substantially similar manner is grasped after operating limit is extended under " notice " option with electronic equipment Make, as reflected in Fig. 8 PP and its corresponding description.

Fig. 8 ZZ to Fig. 8 CCC, which is shown, is presented the instruction being restricted about the access to application program and based on coming from The input of parent's equipment provides the illustrative methods of the access to application program.

In response to attempt to start limited applications program (for example, when operating limit is reached, to the access of application program by To limitation), such as Fig. 8 QQ description similar with institute in 8RR and its corresponding description, children's equipment 500A optionally uses limitation notification user Hidden main screen 802 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen) is visually covered at interface 890, such as institute in Fig. 8 ZZ Show.Limitation notification user interface 890 is substantially similar to user interface described in Fig. 8 NN.

It is detected in Fig. 8 ZZ and shows the selection that can indicate 892 (for example, can indicate to examine on 892 by showing in elimination elimination The contact 803 measured).892 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, and equipment 500A is stopped in limitation notification user interface 890 Display, which is eliminated, to be shown and can indicate 892, and is shown that local authentication request is shown and can be indicated that 898-2 and remote authentication request show and can indicate 898-4, as shown in Fig. 8 AAA.

Under " notify and stop " option, children's equipment (for example, equipment associated with the children on family account) is wanted Ask user's input authentication (for example, the local authentication (for example, password, biometric authentication) in equipment, comes from another equipment (example Such as, parent's equipment) remote authentication) with extend or ignore the operating limit in the equipment limitation.For example, as shown in Fig. 8 AAA, User, which selects remote authentication request to show, can indicate 898-4, with the remote authentication for requesting the expectation of social media operating limit to be extended (for example, certification on parent's equipment 500B).

As shown in Fig. 8 BBB, in some embodiments (for example, different from the embodiment of Fig. 8 VV to Fig. 8 YY), response In showing remote authentication request the selection that can indicate 898-2 on children's equipment 500A, limitation notification user interface 890 stops aobvious Show, and message user interface 898-10 is shown.E.g., including the session between children and the parent of children is (for example, different It is fixed be reached to operating limit it is related) the message user interface of current state be shown (for example, the message on equipment 500B It receives and dispatches in application program).Messaging user interface 898-10 in Fig. 8 BBB include message input user interface 898-12 and Message transmission, which is shown, can indicate 898-14.Before sending the request accessed for the add-on application beyond operating limit, son Female optionally can (for example, utilizing input equipment (for example, keyboard)) input message, the message will with for additional application journey The request of sequence access is sent to remote authentication device (example together as a part of the existing message session with children parent Such as, parent equipment 500B).In order to send the request and subsidiary message to additional access, user selects message transmission to show can table Show 898-14.In some embodiments, children user can will send out the request of additional access the case where not inputting message Give its parent.

In Fig. 8 CCC, show the selection that can indicate 898-14, messaging user in response to sending in Fig. 8 BBB to message Interface 898-10 is updated with the request to additional access of children, is optionally represented as the rich message 898- to children parent 16.In the equipment (for example, parent equipment 500B) for receiving remote authentication request, rich message 898-16 is also shown in message It receives and dispatches on user interface 898-10.Rich message 898-16 optionally include from children user for additional access request, Subsidiary message and multiple extensions, which are shown, can indicate 898-18a to 898-18d.

The multiple extension, which is shown, can indicate that 898-18a to 898-18d is that parent user gives different operating limit extensions Option (for example, extend 15 minutes, extend for the remaining time on the same day, customized extension, refusal extension request)；It is selected Extend option and be applied to children equipment 500A, the selection that can be indicated is shown to extension similar to described in Fig. 8 XX to Fig. 8 CCC.

In some embodiments, one of 898-18a to 898-8d can be indicated by showing in response to selection extension, be awarded The user (for example, parent) of power is prompted to enter certification on remote authentication device (for example, parent equipment 500B), such as Fig. 8 YY The similar description of institute.In some embodiments, for extending or ignoring the authentication password of operating limit and being used for for electronic equipment The password for preventing the unauthorized of operating limit from extending is different.In some embodiments, in response to correctly defeated at parent's equipment The additional access to selected application program beyond operating limit is awarded in the certification (for example, correct password) entered, children；It is attached Add the amount of access to depend on selected extension to show and can indicate.In some embodiments, response is carried out to message 898-16 to be not required to Want password.

In some embodiments, after request obtains certification, children's equipment 500A shows request results (for example, prolonging Exhibition 15 minutes, extend the same day remaining time, request be rejected) instruction (for example, on messaging user interface 898-10 Notice except new information, messaging user interface 898-10).

It is being authenticated by remote authentication device (for example, parent equipment 500B) to the request used beyond operating limit extension Afterwards, electronic equipment is with substantially similar manner is grasped after operating limit is extended under " notice " option with electronic equipment Make, as described in Fig. 8 PP and its corresponding description.

Fig. 8 DDD to Fig. 8 GGG, which is shown, to be presented the instruction being restricted about the access to application program and is based on quilt The certification authority for being input to electronic equipment provides the illustrative methods of the access to application program.

Fig. 8 DDD show equipment 500 under " notify and stop " option that operating limit is arranged operating limit (for example, Social media classification operating limit) main screen 802 is shown when being reached.In some embodiments, " notify and stop " option It Customizes User Interface in classification operating limit and is arranged on 824, referring to Fig. 8 M.Application icon (example associated with limitation Such as, social media application program A 440) appearance be updated to indicate that application program be restricted (for example, icon is graying, limit Reference symbol 876 processed covers icon).As shown, user attempts to start society by selection social media application program A icon 440 Hand over media application A.

In response to attempt to start limited applications program (for example, when operating limit is reached, to the access of application program by To limitation), equipment 500 optionally with limitation notification user interface 890 visually cover hidden main screen 802 (for example, it is fuzzy, become Ash visually changes main screen), as shown in Fig. 8 EEE.Limitation notification user interface 890 is substantially similar to figure User interface described in 8NN.

For example, showing elimination can indicate that 892 selection is detected (for example, can indicate to detect on 892 by showing in elimination The contact 803 arrived).892 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, and equipment 500 is stopped in limitation notification user interface 890 and shown Elimination, which is shown, can indicate 892, and shows that extension is shown and can indicate 894 and ignore to show and can indicate 896, as shown in Fig. 8 FFF.

Under " notify and stop " option, without parent control equipment (for example, with the adult member in family account (for example, non-children) associated equipment or equipment (for example, autonomous device) not associated with home account) it wants User's input authentication (for example, password, biometric authentication) in equipment is asked to limit to extend or ignore operating limit.For example, As shown in Fig. 8 EEE, user, which selects extension to show, can indicate 894, to request to use the time in additional 15 minutes for limited class.

For example, can indicate 894 selection in response to showing extension as shown in Fig. 8 GGG, Password Input user interface 842 is mentioned Show user's input authentication.Although prompting 4-digit number password in the example shown, it is to be understood that, different types of certification authority is optional Ground be used to protect digital health that (for example, alphanumeric passwords, biometric authentication etc.) is arranged.In some embodiments, The unauthorized for being used to prevent operating limit for the authentication password and electronic equipment that extend or ignore operating limit extends close Code is different.For example, authentication password is optionally the digital health password referring to Fig. 8 N.In some embodiments, in response to just The additional visit beyond operating limit to selected application program is awarded in the certification (for example, correct password) really inputted, user Ask (for example, 15 minutes, remaining time in the same day).

After being certified to the request that uses of extending beyond operating limit, electronic equipment with electronic equipment in " notice " Substantially similar manner operates after operating limit is extended under option, as described in Fig. 8 PP and its corresponding description.

Fig. 8 HHH to Fig. 8 III shows the exemplary of the instruction for showing that the warning threshold about operating limit has been reached Method.

Fig. 8 HHH shows the user interface 898 of social media application program A shown by equipment 500.In Fig. 8 HHH, When social media application program is just shown, social media classification operating limit is not reached also.Fig. 8 III is shown in society Hand over media application A just shown and threshold quantity that social media classification uses (for example, 55 minutes 1 hour, social media The 90% of classification operating limit) user interface 898 when being reached.It is responsive to threshold quantity to be reached, equipment 500 is in user circle Notice 898-20 is presented above to indicate the remaining time (for example, 5 minutes) of social media classification operating limit in face 898.One In a little embodiments, which is automatically stopped display after a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 30 seconds or 1 minute).

Fig. 8 JJJ to Fig. 8 KKK shows the illustrative methods that operating limit setting is changed in children's equipment.

Fig. 8 JJJ shows the application program limit user interface 850 of children's equipment.User passes through selection social media class Other 852a come attempt to access that social media classification operating limit setting.As shown in Fig. 8 KKK, according to social media classification The selection of 852a and determining equipment are children's equipment, can be modified in the setting of social media classification operating limit or check it Before, electronic equipment require certification (for example, by inputting password in Password Input user interface 842, by provide certification with According to).Although prompting 4-digit number password in the example shown, it is to be understood that, different types of certification authority is optionally used for protecting Protect digital health setting (for example, alphanumeric passwords, biometric authentication etc.).In some embodiments, it changes or checks Password needed for operating limit setting is different from the close of the unauthorized access for being used to prevent that operating limit is arranged of electronic equipment Code.For example, authentication password is optionally the digital health password referring to Fig. 8 N.

Fig. 8 LLL to Fig. 8 NNN shows the illustrative methods being arranged from parent's equipment change children's equipment operating limit.

Fig. 8 LLL shows children's equipment 500A and parent's equipment 500B.Children's equipment 500A and parent's equipment 500B belong to The same family account.In some embodiments, children's equipment and parent's equipment are determined during initial home account setup Title.Children's equipment 500A in Fig. 8 LLL is aobvious when operating limit setting (for example, social media classification operating limit) is effective Show main screen 802.Meanwhile parent's equipment 500B in Fig. 8 LLL shows the application program limit user interface of children's equipment 500A 850.In some embodiments, son is remotely accessed from home account user interface described in the disclosure on parent's equipment 500B The application program limit user interface 850 (for example, with reference to as described in Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 UU and method 700) of female's equipment 500A.Parent (for example, by utilizing contact 805) selects social media classification 852a to check or change the social media classification of children's equipment Operating limit setting.It should be appreciated that in the application program limit user interface and this public affairs shown on parent's equipment 500B in Fig. 8 LL Application program limit user interface described in opening is substantially similar (for example, as referred to 700 institute of Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 UU and method It states).

Fig. 8 MMM is shown when parent user is just attempting to modify the setting of children's operating limit on parent's equipment 500B Children's equipment 500A and parent's equipment 500B.In response to the selection in Fig. 8 LLL to social media classification 852a, in children's equipment Before the social media classification operating limit setting of 500A can be modified or check, parent's equipment 500B requires certification (for example, logical It crosses and inputs password in Password Input user interface 842, authenticate authority by providing).Although prompting 4-digit number in the example shown Password, it is to be understood that, different types of certification authority is optionally used for that digital health is protected to be arranged (for example, alphanumeric Password, biometric authentication etc.).In some embodiments, password needed for changing or checking operating limit setting is different from The password for being used to prevent the unauthorized access that operating limit is arranged of parent's equipment.For example, authentication password is optionally reference The digital health password of Fig. 8 N.In some embodiments, it is not required to from the setting of the operating limit of parent's equipment change children's equipment Want password (for example, alphanumeric passwords, biometric authentication etc.).Attempt to set in parent in modification children's operating limit setting After being above certified, parent user can optionally modify any operating limit setting associated with selected classification.

For example, the children that Fig. 8 NNN shows when modifying the setting of children's operating limit on parent's equipment 500B as parent set Standby 500A and parent's equipment 500B.It uses and is arranged (for example, utilizing the disclosure in the social media that parent modifies children's equipment 500A The method, social media classification operating limit is revised as a hour from two hours, as shown in Fig. 8 NNN) after, Parent's equipment shows the application program limit user interface 850 of children's equipment.In Fig. 8 NNN, modified operating limit setting (for example, hour beside social media 852a) is displayed on the application program limit user interface on parent's equipment 500B On.Meanwhile on children's equipment 500A, after parent modifies the social media operating limit setting of children's equipment 500A, disappear Breath 898-20 (for example, Pop-up notice) is present on main screen 802, such as shown in Fig. 8 NNN, to indicate children's Social media operating limit setting (for example, the operating limit time, the customized operating limit period, operating limit addition, The removal of operating limit, the combination of operating limit) it has been modified by its parent.In some embodiments, the message is at one section Between (for example, 5 seconds, 30 seconds or 1 minute) after be automatically stopped and shown in children's equipment.In some embodiments, it notifies 898-20 and notice 898-20 in appropriate details in response to implement on parent's equipment 500B use setting change and in son It is presented on female's equipment 500A, is more for children's equipment 500A or less limitation (for example, not but regardless of those changes Pipe parent is to have improved the social media operating limit for being also the reduction of children).

Fig. 9 A to Fig. 9 K be shown according to some embodiments of the disclosure setting and implement operating limit (for example, according to Determine that associated with application program or classification operating limit is reached and limits application program or application category) method 900 flow chart.Method 900 optionally executes in electronic equipment (such as equipment 100, equipment 300 or equipment 500), as above Described in text combination Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 2 to Fig. 3, Fig. 4 A to Fig. 4 B and Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Some operations in method 900 are optional Ground is combined and/or the sequence of some operations is optionally changed.

As described below, method 900, which provides, is arranged on an electronic device and implements for application program or application class The mode of other operating limit.This method reduces the use of electronic equipment when operating limit is reached, and supervises without user Depending on the use of their own.For battery-driven electronic equipment, corresponding use is limited when one or more operating limits are reached The access of program just saves power, and increases the time between battery charging.

In some embodiments, communicated with display and one or more input equipment electronic equipment (e.g., including The mobile device of touch screen, such as equipment 500, the computer including one or more in keyboard, mouse, Trackpad and touch screen Or tablet computer, wearable device is such as including the smartwatch of touch screen, or with television set and input equipment (for example, remote control Device) communication set-top box) receive (902) setting via one or more of input equipments and on an electronic device can access The sequence of one or more inputs of the associated operating limit of first application category is (for example, can be used equipment or with spy Mode is determined using equipment (for example, using application-specific (for example, specific social media application program, SMS, phone, spy Surely travel application program, Email), application-specific classification is (for example, social media, Streaming Media, game, tourism, work Make, communication, payment, news), the specific function of the specific function (for example, audio, camera, bluetooth, Wi-Fi) of equipment, application program Can (for example, communicated with the one or more contact persons stored on electronic equipment, etc.)) maximum amount that is spent (for example, One hour, three hours, 12 hours) be arranged in equipment and one or more input to equipment), such as In Fig. 8 A to Fig. 8 M (for example, the operating limit of social media classification is arranged).In some embodiments, maximum amount exists Accumulation is (for example, the period that the period that application program is used by a user is not used by a user by application program in multiple sessions (for example, when equipment is not used to run application program in user, including when the device is closed, when device sleeps, when When equipment is disconnected with network etc.) separate).In some embodiments, setting user interface of the operating limit in electronic equipment (for example, operating limit and other one or more setting such as power settings, display setting, electricity for electronic equipment to be arranged The setting application program of sub- mail setting etc.) in be set.In some embodiments, operating limit is (for example, by wireless Connection) setting at another electronic equipment for being communicated with electronic equipment.For example, parent's equipment is optionally used for that setting for children is arranged Standby operating limit.

In some embodiments, (the example at operating limit associated with the first application category effectively (904) Such as, when operating limit is effective, application class associated with operating limit is other to use the time (for example, social media class Shi Yong the time) monitored by electronic equipment), electronic equipment receives (906) and starting the first application class other first is answered With the request of program (for example, the starting application program (for example, specific social media application program) of the user from electronic equipment Request, application program on electronic equipment the request for executing specific function in equipment, etc.), such as scheme 8MM (for example, attempting to start social media application program from main screen when social media classification operating limit has been reached).In In some embodiments, the use time correlation of timer internal and each application-specific classification or each application program Connection.In some embodiments, once application program is activated, associated timer internal is switched on.In some embodiment party In case, when application program is no longer used (for example, application program is closed, equipment is closed or suspend mode, and equipment is disconnected) When, timer stops.

In some embodiments, when operating limit associated with the first application category effectively (904), according to Determine that the other restrictive condition of the first application class has been satisfied, wherein restrictive condition includes wanting in order to which restrictive condition is satisfied Ask the other operating limit of the first application class be reached (for example, determine user one or more application program (for example, Social media application program) or one or more operations of first category using the time reach set operating limit), electricity Sub-device limits the access of (908) first application program other to the first application class (for example, limitation user is to one Or the access of multiple application programs (for example, specific social media application program) or the operation of first category are (for example, general Ground, social media application program), (for example, in response to selecting social media, social media application program A in 8NN such as in figure Do not start).In some embodiments, being compared with operating limit using the time by the application program of request starting.In In some embodiments, in response to determining that the other operating limit of the first application class has reached, for starting application program Request does not start the application program, or the dialogue that has been reached of display instruction operating limit and requires further user action To complete the starting of application program.In some embodiments, application program is limited from user to be different from that application program is prevented to transport Row.For example, limited applications program or operation are optionally still independently of user's input and in equipment although limiting from user Upper (for example, in the backstage for executing operating system task) operation.

In some embodiments, when operating limit associated with the first application category is effective (904), according to Determine that restrictive condition is not satisfied also (for example, the other operating limit of the first application class (for example, social media application program) It is also not up to (for example, when determining the use that the one or more application program of user or the one or more of first category operate Between also not up to set operating limit)), electronic equipment provides (910) other to the first application class first and applies journey The access of sequence, such as in Fig. 8 PP (for example, user to the access of application program (for example, specific social media application program) or The operation (for example, generally, social media application program) of first category is unrestricted.In some embodiments, it will ask Ask being compared using the time with operating limit for the application program of starting.In some embodiments, in response to for starting The request of application program, application program normally start.Applications described herein program operating limit optionally with reference method 700 It is same or similar with application program operating limit or threshold value described in 1300.It is above-described for application category as a whole It is set using the limit and the method for implementing the operating limit in the other individual applications program of the application class allows electronics to set The standby use that effectively limitation user operates particular device, and provide simple mode and use pole for user setting is such Limit, this makes the use of equipment more effective (for example, the equipment that user need not monitor their own uses, to reduce user's offer To the input (for example, for otherwise monitoring the input of user used) of equipment；It understands that operating limit is set, uses Limited operation wiser can be efficiently used to execute all necessary tasks under operating limit in family；If operating limit quilt Reach, then equipment limit user uses limited operation, and thus preventing user unintentionally is more than operating limit and the flower in equipment Take than desired more times), this reduces power using simultaneously further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, restrictive condition further includes that the first application program is required to be unsatisfactory for one or more limitation examples Outer condition (912) (e.g., including in the list of available application program in the case where being run out using limitation On (for example, white list)), (for example, social media application program B is not selected as by social media classification such as in Fig. 8 I Operating limit is implemented).In some embodiments, the use of such application program is not counted in operating limit (for example, application program Belong to first category, but the use of application program is not counted in the operating limit that the category and/or overall device use.In some realities It applies in scheme, the application program of requested starting is compared with the list of the application program from operating limit.Institute above The limitation exceptional condition stated allows electronic equipment to determine the use for belonging to the application program of the classification with associated operating limit Whether by from being included in operating limit, which reduce the burdens whether the manually identifying application-specific of user should exempt (for example, specific social media application program optionally exempts, because user needs the application program to lead to family and friend Letter), this reduces the battery life that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used.

In some embodiments, also unmet according to the determining other restrictive condition of first application class, electronics Equipment shows the indicating (for example, icon, desktop small routine, multitask view of (914) first application programs with First look characteristic In the first application program together with other windows of other applications window) (for example, icon of the first application program) (for example, being shown mounted in answering on electronic equipment when (for example, in the main screen of electronic equipment) operating limit is also not up to Do not covered hidden, etc. such as in terms of color with the normal icon of program)), such as Fig. 8 U is (for example, application icon and logical Know that the appearance of reference symbol shows that application program is unrestricted).For example, electronic equipment show it is associated with one or more application program One or more application program window (for example, in multitask graphical user interface view) or electronic equipment display use In the one or more icons for starting application program on the main screen in electronic equipment.

In some embodiments, according to determine the other restrictive condition of the first application class be satisfied (for example, according to Determine that operating limit is reached and the first application program is not on white list), electronic equipment is with different from First look characteristic The second visual characteristic show that the first of (916) first application programs indicate (for example, changing application program not on white list Icon appearance), such as Fig. 8 Y to Fig. 8 EE, (for example, application icon, desktop small routine, notice and the appearance of website Instruction application program is restricted).In some embodiments, when operating limit is reached, electronic equipment modification is not wrapped Include the appearance of the various aspects of the application program in application program white list.For example, being not included the application in white list The icon (for example, icon, specific social media application program icon on the main screen of equipment) of program application program by Add shade when limitation.For another example, be not included the application program in application program white list application program image put on it is included Notice reference symbol optionally modified (for example, specific social media application program icon).For another example, in some embodiments, Electronic equipment has multiple task ability.In such embodiment, electronic equipment optionally shows while showing that more than one is answered With the user interface of the visual representation of program (for example, show the icon from multiple application programs simultaneously while showing multiple answer The user interface of screenshot capture with the present user interface of program etc.).In some embodiments, above multitask user circle The expression of limited applications program in face not in application program white list by electronic equipment modify (for example, fade out or add shade, Or be otherwise modified to include that application program in application program white list is corresponding indicate different visions Characteristic is shown).The outward appearance change of applications described herein program representation is optionally answered with described in reference method 1100 and 1300 It is same or similar with the outward appearance change of program representation.Described above selectively changing when operating limit is reached is not being answered Electronic equipment is allowed to be reached by providing about in operating limit with the mode of the appearance of the application program on program white list When instruction of the user to what application program with or without access authority effectively and selectively limit specific application Use of the program during certain periods, which reduce the use during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces Power consumption and the battery life for improving equipment.

In some embodiments, show that the first of the first application program indicates to be included in the first table with the second visual characteristic Show that display is limited using reference symbol, being limited using reference symbol includes the instruction being restricted about the access to the first application program (918) ((and the other application of its operating limit is optionally also had reached for example, having and being added to the first application program Program) application program image target lock or some other limitation symbols the reference symbol visually indicated, such as cover the application program The upper right portion of icon；In some embodiments, reference symbol covers a part of text associated with application icon；In In some embodiments, reference symbol at least covers application program image target a part), (for example, limited use such as in Fig. 8 AA Reference symbol replaces the notice reference symbol of social media application program A).Described above selectively changes when operating limit is reached The mode of the appearance of the expression of the application program on application program white list does not allow electronic equipment by using in user It shows to be limited in application program when the limit is reached without access authority and effectively and selectively be limited using reference symbol Use of the application-specific during certain periods, it reduce the possibility that user attempts to access that such limited applications program Property, turn, this reduces the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, thus reduce power consumption and improve the battery of equipment Service life.

In some embodiments, show the first of the first application program indicates to include that display has with First look characteristic Notify first expression of reference symbol (for example, indicator of unread message, missed call etc.), notice reference symbol is included in first using journey The instruction (920) (for example, indicator of unread message, missed call etc.) of received notice at sequence, such as Fig. 8 U is (for example, society The notice reference symbol of media application A is handed over to indicate the quantity of unread message associated with application program).In some embodiments In, show the first of the first application program indicates to include that display notice reference symbol is replaced by limited using reference symbol with the second visual characteristic The first of generation indicates (922) (for example, obscure indicator or substitute indicator with figure), (for example, limited such as in Fig. 8 AA Use the notice reference symbol of reference symbol substitution social media application program A).In some embodiments, when operating limit is reached, The instruction of the limited application program image target notice reference symbol that non-white list application program is substituted using reference symbol described above.Some In embodiment, notice associated with application program is just hidden with the above-mentioned limited instruction for substituting notice reference symbol using reference symbol Quantity, so that the quantity of notice is no longer shown over the display.Described above selectively changes when operating limit is reached The mode for becoming the not appearance of the expression of the application program on application program white list allows electronic equipment by making in user With the limited notice using reference symbol alternate application program representation in application program when being reached with the limit without access authority It indicates to come effectively and selectively to limit use of the application-specific during certain periods, this is not by indicating exist Recently notice and prevent user from attempting to access that the limited applications program with such notification, which reduce electronic equipment those when Between use during section, this reduces power consumption again and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, one or more of limitation exceptional conditions are unsatisfactory for according to determining first application program (for example, non-white list application program, not on white list, the first application program is configured as using pole the first application program Limit reach after is restricted) and when the first application program is being used (for example, the main user interface of the first application program It is just being shown on an electronic device or user is just otherwise interacted with the first application program (for example, via the first application The secondary user interface of program)), the use of the first application program is included in (924) and the first application category by electronic equipment Associated operating limit is (for example, the contribution of non-white list application program used is contributed to and including the first application program The associated operating limit of the first application category).

In some embodiments, one or more of limitation exceptional conditions are met according to determining first application program (for example, white list application program, on white list, the first application program is configured as in operating limit quilt the first application program That can access after reaching, application program for white list purpose use (for example, the phone application for being used to communicate in parent With information receiving and transmitting application)) and when the first application program is being used, electronic equipment abandons (926) for the first application program Use be included in operating limit associated with the first application category (for example, according to determine the first application program use Excluded from operating limit (for example, because the first application program is included in application program white list, and for example electronics is set The standby access provided after the other operating limit of the first application class is reached to the first application program；For another example, because The use of one application program is for white list purpose (for example, the phone application or information receiving and transmitting for communicating with parent are answered With)), and it uses and is not counted into operating limit.It is described above abandon being included in meet one or more of restrictive conditions Application program (for example, white list application program, unrestricted application program after operating limit has been reached) make Method allows the operating limit of electronic equipment supervision application programs categories without monitoring white list application program, this allows electricity Sub- equipment preferably manage include one or more white list application programs (for example, after operating limit has been reached not by The application program of limitation) application category be used for white list application program without adding additional categories, this is further through making User more rapidly can be efficiently used equipment and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

It is being used and (is set for example, the main user interface of the first application program is just being displayed on electronics in the first application program Standby upper or user is just otherwise interacted with the first application program (for example, via auxiliary user circle of the first application program Face)) when, it is associated with the first application category that the use of the first application program is optionally included in (928) by electronic equipment Whether operating limit meets one or more of limitation exceptional conditions (for example, by the first application but regardless of the first application program The contribution of program used is included in operating limit associated with the first application category, but regardless of the first application program whether On white list).For example, specific social media application program associated with social media classification and 1 hour operating limit It is optionally white list application program, and its use is counted into operating limit.It is not listed in another society of white list optionally The use of media application is handed over also optionally to be counted into operating limit.The method used for being included in application program described above Allowing electronic equipment to monitor includes the other operating limit of application class of white list application program, this allows electronic equipment more preferable Ground management includes one or more white list application programs (for example, the unrestricted application after operating limit has been reached Program) application category because the operating limit of classification considers that the use of white list application program is additional without adding Classification is used for white list application program, this reduces power using simultaneously further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, operating limit be one or more first implement the periods in the first application program Associated first operating limit (930) of classification (for example, the operating limit of the first application category on weekdays), such as exists In Fig. 8 L (for example, two hours social media classification operating limit of default).In some embodiments, electronic equipment is via institute It states one or more input equipments and receives (932) setting and implement in the periods and the first application class in one or more second Sequence that the one or more second of not associated second operating limit inputs (for example, make using equipment or in a specific way With equipment (for example, using application-specific (for example, specific social media application journey during the time except default time Sequence, SMS, phone, specific travelling application program, Email) (for example, the second operating limit is effective on Saturday and Sunday, And the first operating limit (for example, default operating limit) is effective on Monday to Friday；Second operating limit is working/is attending class Time is effective, and the first operating limit at work between except effectively；Second operating limit is effective in one week particular day, and First operating limit except the particular day effectively) spendable second maximum amount is (for example, a hour, three Hour, 12 hours) be set), (for example, the social activity on Monday, one hour of Wednesday and Thursday such as in Fig. 8 L Media categories operating limit).

In some embodiments, (example in the periods is implemented one or more of first according to determining current time Such as, determine current time be the user-defined implementation period (for example, particular day, work/class period in one week, Monday to Friday) during), electronic equipment implements (934) first operating limits (for example, when implementing defined in the user Between implement during section (for example, the first application category (for example, social media) application program (for example, specific social activity matchmaker Body application program) it is accessed when be included in the second operating limit, provided or limit based on the second operating limit and apply journey to first The access of the application program of sequence classification) the second operating limit), as shown in Fig. 8 L.

In some embodiments, (example in the periods is implemented one or more of second according to determining current time Such as, determine current time except the user-defined implementation period (for example, default time period, the particular day in one week it Outside, after work/class period, Saturday to Sunday)), electronic equipment implements (936) second operating limits, such as Fig. 8 L It is shown (for example, implementing except the implementation period defined in user (for example, in the first application category (for example, social Media) application program (for example, specific social media application program) it is accessed when be included in the first operating limit, make based on first The access to the other application program of the first application class is provided or limited with the limit) the first operating limit (for example, default make With the limit)).The method of the different operating limits of the first application category of permission described above on the different dates allows electronics Equipment effectively limits the use that user operates particular device during the defined period, and provides simple mode Such operating limit is set during the defined period for user, this keeps the use of electronic equipment more effective (for example, user Use it is special at school/working time, working day, limited during particular day；Understand that the second operating limit is set, User wiser can be efficiently used it is limited operation come in the second special time period (for example, attending class/working time, work Day) during all necessary tasks are executed under the second operating limit；If operating limit is reached, equipment limit user is used Thus limited operation prevents user from surpassing unintentionally during the special time period (for example, attending class/working time, working day) Cross operating limit and spend in equipment than desired more times), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively The battery life that power uses and improves equipment is reduced using equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment via one or more of input equipments receive (938) with for will Other second application program of first application class (uses for example, the second specific social media application program is associated with having The social media classification of the limit is associated) the corresponding input of request that is excluded from the other operating limit of the first application class (for example, for the request for excluding the second application program being set in setting user interface.For another example, if it is specific Application program is not included in operating limit, then the application-specific can optionally be excluded from operating limit), such as scheming In 8I (for example, social media application program B is not selected to be implemented by social media classification operating limit).

Receive with after input corresponding for the request for excluding the second application program from operating limit, and the When the other restrictive condition of one application class is satisfied (940), electronic equipment optionally receives (942) for the second application of starting The request of program, such as in Fig. 8 AA (for example, when social media classification operating limit has been reached, social media application journey Sequence B is not started by limitation).In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request for starting the second application program, electronics is set It is standby to provide (944) to the access of the second application program (for example, operating limit associated with social media application program is It is no to be reached, the access of the second specific social media application program is not limited), such as (for example, social in Fig. 8 AA The appearance of media application B icon is not updated when social media classification operating limit is reached).Although first applies journey Sequence (for example, first specific social media application program) and the second application program are (for example, with the first specific social media application journey The second different specific social media application program of sequence) belong to social media classification, but electronic equipment can apply journey for second Sequence (for example, second specific social media application program) is excluded from classification (such as social media) operating limit, and the first application The use of program is restricted.In some embodiments, which application program user can limit and be used from such classification The limit excludes.In some embodiments, if the operating limit of user or electronic equipment not defining application, the application Program is excluded.The method for excluding application program associated with classification from the operating limit of classification described above allows electricity Sub- equipment is distinguished to use the application program (for example, first application program) limited by operating limit and use and not limited by operating limit The application program (for example, second application program) of system, which reduce the application programs that user's reply should be excluded from such limitation On limitation burden (for example, although the second application program with have the classification of operating limit it is associated, the second application program Optionally excluded by user from operating limit, because user is not intended to the application program to be restricted), this is further through enabling users to It is enough that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, operating limit is also related to the second application category addressable on electronic equipment Connection, the second class application category includes the application program different from the other application program of the first application class (946) (example Such as, operating limit is associated with two or more classifications, so that the overall operating limit of both application categories is set, And the application program in the two or more classifications each with different groups without any two group (for example, have Identical the application list)), (for example, social media classification is used using extremely first with social media classification such as in Fig. 8 Q The limit and streaming and social media classification operating limit are associated).For example, operating limit optionally with social media and streaming Application program is associated.For another example, operating limit is optionally associated with social media and messaging applications.Although specific Social media application program is associated with both social media and information receiving and transmitting classification, but in social media classification and information receiving and transmitting The application list be optionally different.It is described above to close the first application category and the second application category The method for being linked to operating limit allows electronic equipment to limit the application program of the two classifications to combine classification operating limit It uses, which reduce the burdens of the different operating limits of usertracking difference group, if the overall use of different groups in total is the phase It hopes, this reduces the battery that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Service life.

In some embodiments, the first application category includes addressable all application programs on an electronic device (948) (for example, operating limit on electronic equipment all application programs and classification it is associated so that on electronic equipment own Total operating limit of application program is set), such as in 8Q (for example, " all " operating limits).For example, if total limit is appointed Selection of land is set, then the use of the first and second specific social media application programs is limited by total limit, even if described specific Application program is associated with social media classification.Total operating limit herein makes with total screen time described in reference method 700 It is same or similar with the limit.The method of the other overall operating limit of all application class of arrangement discussed above allows electronics to set It is standby to use (for example, implementing user's screen time limit) with all non-white list application programs of overall operating limit limitation, this Overall operating limit reduces user when being expectation be that each classification limits the burden of the independent limit, this is further through making user Equipment more rapidly can be efficiently used and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, operating limit associated with the first application category has based on one or more First operating limit title of classification standard is (for example, the class name of the item name of user's previous definition, equipment previous definition Claim), such as in Fig. 8 Q (for example, title " social media " that social media classification operating limit has default).In some realities It applies in scheme, the default name of operating limit is the application journey of determination based on the classification of application program in the application category Title determined by the equipment of sequence classification, such as " news " or " game " or " news and game ").Electronic equipment optionally receives (952) sequence for inputting the one or more second of operating limit title renamed as the second operating limit title is (for example, one The sequence of a or multiple second inputs is optionally from one or more of input equipments (for example, electronic equipment, long-range defeated Enter equipment) receive), (for example, user, which selects " renaming " to show, can indicate to rename social media classification and make such as in Fig. 8 R With limit title).In some embodiments, in response to the sequence of the second input of one or more, electronic equipment will make It is the second operating limit title (for example, item name is redefined by user) with limit title renaming (954), is such as scheming In 8S to Fig. 8 T (for example, user by social media classification operating limit renamed as " enjoyment of John ").In some embodiment party In case, user can be renamed by (for example, via soft keyboard, voice input etc.) the user-defined new category title of input Item name (for example, title of the title of user's previous definition, equipment previous definition).For example, user can create including coming The different classes of application program defined from multiple systems is (for example, belong to the specific social media application journey of social media classification Sequence and belong to the other particular game application program of game class) classification, and create the item name of their own (for example, " limited to answer With program ", " social media and game ").In some embodiments, electronic equipment automatically renames item name.For example, The classification of entitled " social media " initially optionally includes specific social media application program.Particular game application program is optionally It is added to the category.In response to adding game application, item name is optionally changed to " social media and trip by equipment Play ".It is described above renaming operating limit item name method allow electronic equipment receive input (for example, from user, From remote input equipment) and operating limit item name is renamed in response to input, this allows user more appropriate in expectation Operating limit item name when (for example, when new application is associated with operating limit, more appropriate title is needed to wrap Include new associated application program) renaming use classes title, without being once again set up operating limit, this is further through enabling users to It is enough that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, the first application program is associated with the first application category simultaneously uses limitation And second operating limit be associated (956) (for example, the first application program is associated with two concurrent operating limits), such as exist In Fig. 8 Q (for example, social media application program simultaneously with social media classification operating limit and streaming and social media classification Operating limit is associated).For example, social media classification is optionally associated with two operating limits.For example, electronic equipment is optional There are 2 hours of the overall limit and/or electronic equipment including social media class extremity optionally to have social media class on ground The operating limit (such as half an hour or some other amounts) of not interior application-specific.Second operating limit is optionally that electronics is set (different from the first application category, but including the first application program) application of standby overall operating limit, electronic equipment The operating limit of the operating limit of programs categories, the first application program itself, with the other operating limit of the first application class point Open, etc..Implement while above description two or more operating limits method allow electronic equipment relative to two or The use of more operating limit supervision application programs, which reduce the application program associations that user is wished limitation by user respectively To the two or more monitor in the two or more operating limit in operating limit each and respectively each Burden, this reduces the battery longevity that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Life.

In some embodiments, the first application program is associated with the second restrictive condition, and the second restrictive condition includes wanting Ask: in order to which the second restrictive condition is satisfied, the other operating limit of the first application class has been reached, or for the second limitation Condition is satisfied, and the second operating limit has been reached (958) (for example, in some embodiments, when the most conservative limit (example Such as, there is remaining operating limit of minimum time) when being reached, the second restrictive condition is satisfied), such as in Fig. 8 Q (for example, Social media application program is related to social media classification operating limit and streaming and social media classification operating limit simultaneously Connection, and more conservative operating limit is carried out).In some embodiments, it has been satisfied according to determining second restrictive condition, Electronic equipment limits the access of (960) to the first application program, (for example, social media application program is simultaneously such as in Fig. 8 Q Associated and more conservative with social media classification operating limit and streaming and social media classification operating limit uses pole Limit is carried out).

In some embodiments, according to determining that the second restrictive condition is not satisfied also, electronic equipment provides (962) to the The access of one application program, such as in Fig. 8 Q (for example, social media application program simultaneously with social media classification operating limit And streaming and social media classification operating limit are associated, and any operating limit is not all reached also).For example, first Application program is optionally associated with two operating limits.First application program optionally belongs to social media classification, social matchmaker Body classification optionally has the first operating limit (for example, 1 hour or some other times amount)；And electronic equipment is optionally With the overall limit (for example, 2 hours or some other times amount, second operating limit).If in these operating limits One is satisfied (for example, if most conservative/restrictive operating limit is satisfied), even if other operating limits are not expired Foot, electronic equipment optionally also limit the access to the first application program.In the case where no any equipment use, social matchmaker Body classification operating limit optionally has 1 hour residue, and overall operating limit optionally has 2 hour residues.In In this example, social media classification operating limit is the minimum remaining operating limit of social media application program.For another example, certain After equipment use, overall operating limit optionally has 30 minutes residues, and social media classification optionally have it is 1 small When remaining (for example, because there are no use any social media application program during currently implementing the period so far).At this In example, overall operating limit is optionally the minimum remaining operating limit of social media application program.For with more than one The associated any classification of operating limit or application program, more conservative remaining operating limit optionally limit the first application program Use.It is described above implement two or more simultaneously operating limit most conservative operating limit method allow electronics set The standby remaining operating limit most conservative relative to the use and implementation of two or more operating limit supervision application programs, this Reduce user and user is wished that the application program of limitation is associated in the two or more operating limit each simultaneously respectively The burden which reaches earlier in these operating limits is determined respectively, this is further through allowing users to more rapidly be efficiently used Equipment and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, when the other restrictive condition of the first application class is satisfied (964), electronic equipment inspection It surveys (966) event corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of the first application program and (shows the logical of the application program for example, can trigger The generation for the event known corresponds to display the request of the desktop small routine of application program, for sharing user via system Request of the interface with the request of Application sharing content, for checking website associated with application program, for checking elder generation The request of preceding notification history (notice including application program), for showing application content with picture-in-picture (PIP) mode Request, the request for showing application program in search result or associated with application program for showing and/or executing The request of media control operation), wherein the miscellaneous function of the first application program is available to execute without showing the first application program Main user interface (for example, not starting application program in other of application window or application program main view) function (for example, display interactive mode notifies, table movement is shared in execution, show desktop small routine, shows notification history, in a browser Display website shows application content in PIP mode, shows application program or display and/or control in search result Media control operation), such as in Fig. 8 Y to Fig. 8 EE (for example, user when social media classification operating limit has been reached just Attempting to check or access application program suggestion, desktop small routine, search result and the net corresponding to social media application program A It stands).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting thing corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of the first application program Part, electronic equipment inhibit (968) miscellaneous function (for example, inhibiting notice systematic function associated with application program and applying journey The display of the associated website of sequence, the movement of shared table, in PIP mode application content display and and application program Associated any other function (including operation system function) (for example, limitation application appears in search result, display to The access of the associated desktop small routine of application program, limitation application program occur as the application program suggested) such as scheming In 8Y to Fig. 8 EE (for example, corresponding to the application program suggestion of social media application program A, desktop small routine, search result and Website cannot be accessed by the user when social media classification operating limit has been reached).In some embodiments, application program Starting also be suppressed (for example, by limiting), wherein it is such starting be from electronic equipment main screen (or electronic equipment its His user interface).In some embodiments, miscellaneous function be in response in detect the event and by preventing the function quilt It executes to be suppressed.Miscellaneous function described herein is optionally same or like with miscellaneous function described in reference method 1300). The mode of function is inhibited to allow on the different aspect of the operating system for the application program that operating limit described above has been exceeded Electronic equipment efficiently reduces the overall of electronic equipment and utilizes, and which reduce power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment is from application program source (for example, for browsing and/or downloading application program To the application program shop of electronic equipment) access to the second application program on addition (970) electronic equipment, wherein application program Source is associated with corresponding application category (for example, downloading new application (example from application shop by the second application program Such as, the second specific social media application program), remote access new application, new application is installed in equipment.Some In embodiment, application shop based on about application program issuer information or application shop carry out some other determine and By application program and application-specific category associations (for example, news application program is designated as news category in application shop Other a part, game are designated as other a part of game class, etc. in application shop)), such as in Fig. 8 FF to Fig. 8 GG In (for example, user from application shop user interface add social media application program F).

It in some embodiments, is first category (for example, determining that application shop distributes to institute according to determining respective classes The classification of the application program of addition has the existing classification of operating limit identical on electronic equipment), electronic equipment is according to first The other restrictive condition control (972) of application class is to the access of the second application program (for example, if first category is (for example, society Hand over media) operating limit be reached, then electronic equipment optionally also limitation user to the second application program (for example, from application Program source addition the second specific social media application program) access), (for example, newly added social activity such as in Fig. 8 HH Media application F is determined to be in social media classification operating limit；When social media classification operating limit has been reached When, the access of newly added social media application program F is restricted).Therefore, first category is limited and is applied by electronic equipment In the second application program of subsequent addition.In some embodiments, it determines and added application program is distributed to by application Classification is application shop attribute (such as game, social media, news, streaming based on added application program.In some realities It applies in scheme, this determination is based on metadata associated with added application program.

It in some embodiments, is not first category (for example, using journey added by determining according to determining respective classes Sequence is not belonging to first category (for example, the classification for being different from social media)), electronic equipment abandons (974) according to first using journey The restrictive condition of sequence classification controls the access to the second application program (for example, added application program (for example, second is special Determine social media application program) use optionally not with first category operating limit (for example, social media operating limit) phase Association.In some embodiments, added application program be based on added application program drop into it is therein another Application class other another operating limit controls.In some embodiments, if added application program is not fallen in In any operating limit on electronic equipment, then not by the control of any operating limit on electronic equipment.Base described above Journey is applied added by determining in one or more classification standards (for example, metadata of application shop classification, new application) The classification (for example, social media) of sequence (for example, second specific social media application program) and be new application (for example, the Two specific social media application programs) implement the side of associated with identified classification (for example, social media) operating limit Method permission electronic equipment effectively limits user and determines new application without the use of family to the use of added application program Classification, this make the use of equipment it is more effective (for example, user need not application program added by manually identifying classification；User Need not application program added by manually identifying operating limit；User need not monitor that the their own of added application program is set It is standby to use, thus reduce the input (for example, for otherwise monitoring the input of user used) that user provides to equipment； If operating limit is reached, equipment limit user uses added application program, thus prevents the user to be more than unintentionally Operating limit and more times than expected are spent in equipment), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly be efficiently used Equipment and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, during which the access of the one or more application program on electronic equipment is restricted One or more time window associated with limited use pattern is defined (976) (for example, electronic equipment on an electronic device User by several hours (for example, 10pm to 5am) in one day be defined as the bedtime be limited use pattern, during this period, Electronic equipment prevents or attempts to prevent the access to application programs all on electronic equipment, in some embodiments in addition to being wrapped The application program on application program white list included), such as in Fig. 8 E (for example, equipment downtime section is set).One In a little embodiments, user only defines time window above, and the not specified any application-specific-that limit access is herein In class embodiment, electronic equipment is optionally defaulted as limiting during limited use pattern or attempting to limit in addition to white list is answered With the use of all application programs except program.In some embodiments, according to determining for starting the first application program Request be received when one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern are defined (for example, limited Use pattern is arranged to come into force during the defined period, the bedtime be limited use pattern be set) and with (for example, electronic equipment is currently at limited use during the limited associated one or more of time windows of use pattern In mode, electronic equipment is currently in bedtime limited use pattern), electronic equipment limits (978) and applies journey to first The access of sequence, whether be satisfied but regardless of the other restrictive condition of the first application class (for example, limited use pattern prior to Operating limit), (for example, equipment downtime setting uses pole prior to social media classification such as in Fig. 8 II to Fig. 8 KK Limit setting, equipment downtime, which is arranged, limits social media application journey when social media classification operating limit is not reached also Sequence).Even if such as the other operating limit of the first application class is also unmet, access times other to the first application class Selection of land is restricted during limited use pattern.Limited use pattern described herein is optionally and described in reference method 1100 Limited use pattern it is same or similar.Connected applications program operating limit described above implement limited use pattern (for example, Bedtime is limited use pattern) mode allow electronic equipment before operating limit has been reached (for example, in equipment downtime During time, specified inactive time (for example, bedtime)) it limits to one or more application program or application program class Other access, this allows user preferably to manage the use of the equipment during Restricted Activities time (such as bedtime), although Operating limit may be reached also, this reduces power using simultaneously further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, limiting to the access of the first application program includes that instruction is presented to the first application program Access be restricted instruction (for example, over the display display visually indicate (for example, indicate the time be finished hourglass, with reached The associated one or more application program icon of the time period arrived), with loudspeaker broadcasting sound associated with electronic equipment Sound generates tactile and/or sense of touch output etc., and instruction application program is restricted (for example, notice)), wherein the instruction includes May be selected with provided in the case where not needing certification authority to the access of the first application program show can indicate (980) (for example, User is allowed to access the graphical user-interface element or soft button of limited applications program when operating limit is reached), such as exist (for example, the limitation notification user interface under " notice " option is provided for continuing limited applications program in Fig. 8 NN to Fig. 8 OO Extension and ignore show and can indicate).In some embodiments, different application programs with it is effective when operating limit is reached Different limited options it is associated.It is selected for example, electronic equipment optionally allows one or more application program and " notice " to limit Item is associated.If user attempts to start application program associated with " notice " limitation (for example, by being reached in operating limit The icon of the application program is then selected from the main screen of electronic equipment, and assumes that application program is not included in application program In white list), then electronic equipment optionally show instruction application program using be currently restricted Pop-up instruction (for example, Because being reached using time period).Pop-up notice optionally includes one or more and shows and can indicate, permits when being selected Family allowable proceeds to application program without inputting any authorization authority (for example, opening application program without inputting administrator Or " the continuing always " of other authoritys is shown and can indicate.In some embodiments, beyond tolerance limit using (for example, Even if going through since the time extends) optionally above with reference to instruction (example in control panel user interface described in method 700 Such as, as shown in Fig. 6 L to Fig. 6 P, Fig. 6 EE to Fig. 6 HH, Fig. 6 OO to Fig. 6 SS and Fig. 6 UU).In some embodiments, it responds Can be indicated in selection for providing showing for the access to the first application program, and offer to the access of the first application program it Before, visually indicating on display is updated to second and visually indicates to show that access is just provided." notice " choosing described herein Item is optionally same or similar with " notice " option described in reference method 1100.Described above informs the user application program It is restricted when operating limit is reached but the mode for giving user's option of access application when needed allows electronics Equipment effectively limits use of certain application programs during certain periods, while user being allowed to execute on an electronic device Necessary task, which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve The battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, limiting to the access of the first application program includes that instruction is presented to the first application program The instruction that is restricted is accessed, wherein the instruction includes that may be selected to provide access to the first application program, require simultaneously Certification authority show can indicate (982) (for example, over the display show visually indicate (for example, expression the time be finished hourglass, One or more application program icon associated with the operating limit being reached), with loudspeaker associated with electronic equipment Sound, generation tactile and/or sense of touch output etc. are played, instruction application program is restricted (for example, notice)), such as scheming (for example, the limitation notification user interface under " notify and stop " option is provided for continuing limited answer in 8EEE to Fig. 8 GGG It requests the extension of certification before with program and ignores to show and can indicate).In some embodiments, electronic equipment allows one or more A application program is associated with " stop and notify " limited option.If user attempts to start related to " stop and notify " limitation The application program of connection is (for example, the figure by selecting the application program from the main screen of electronic equipment when operating limit is reached Mark, and assume that the application program is not included in application program white list), then electronic equipment stops application program launching simultaneously And optionally show instruction application program using the Pop-up instruction being currently restricted (for example, because operating limit is reached To).In some embodiments, Pop-up instruction require certification authority (for example, password, password or come from parent's equipment/account The agreement at family, finger print identifying, face authenticating are (for example, for successful biometric authentication, it is desirable that via the concern of depth camera Consciousness)) with access application.If electronic equipment is children's equipment in family account (for example, being designated as the use of children The equipment at family, rather than parent or administrator in family account), then shown notice is optionally included for for making Adult/parent device request license of the application program into home account is accessed when being reached with the limit to show and can indicate.In In this case, the request in selection notice optionally results in notice to be delivered to one associated with family account or more A (or all) parent's equipment, and when license is awarded (for example, at least one of parent's equipment or at children's equipment With password), electronic equipment allows the access to application program.In some embodiments, in response to selection for providing to the Showing for the access of one application program can indicate, and the vision before providing to the access of the first application program, on display Instruction is updated to second and visually indicates to show that access is just provided." stop and notify " option described herein optionally with ginseng " stop and notify " option same or similar according to described in method 1100.Described above stopping when operating limit is reached is answered Started with program and informs the user the mode that application program is restricted to allow electronic equipment effectively to limit certain using journey Use of the sequence during certain periods, which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, and turn, this reduces function Rate consumes and improves the battery life of equipment.

It in some embodiments, is not children's equipment (for example, not being the son in family account according to determining electronic equipment Female's equipment (for example, be parent's equipment in home account, classification based on user account number associated with electronic equipment or The option selected on electronic equipment), to show the selection that can be indicated cause request input password to access the first application program (984), (for example, the limitation notification user interface under " notify and stop " option provides such as in Fig. 8 EEE to Fig. 8 GGG Show and can indicate for requesting the extension of certification before continuing limited applications program and ignoring).For example, determining that electronic equipment is not Children's equipment is optionally based on determining user account associated with electronic equipment (for example, being currently logged into the use in equipment Family) it is not classified as children account.In some embodiments, determining electronic equipment not and be children's equipment optionally is based on true Determine electronic equipment and is arranged to parent's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment) or not in the setting of equipment It is associated with home account.For example, Pop-up notice optionally includes one or more and shows and can indicate, only permit when being selected Family allowable proceeds to application program when correctly certification authority is provided.In some embodiments, show that can indicate includes using In one or more of the soft button of user id, password, password, finger print identifying and/or face authenticating or input field (example Such as, for successful biometric authentication, it is desirable that realize via the concern of depth camera).For example, if equipment is not family's account Children's equipment (for example, being parent's equipment in family account) or not associated with family account in family, then electronics Equipment optionally request user input associated with electronic equipment user account authority (for example, user id and/or password, Password) (for example, user id associated with the configuration file to configure equipment and/or password or password).In some implementations In scheme, authority (for example, user id and/or password, password) from for access the authority of electronic equipment it is different (for example, with In " unlock " equipment and/or log on to the different password of password of equipment).In this way, not being the equipment owner (for example, parent) User (for example, children) cannot limit if not inputting crypto ancillary around application program.

It in some embodiments, is children's equipment (for example, based on associated with electronic equipment according to determining electronic equipment User account classification or the option that selects on an electronic device), to showing that the selection that can be indicated causes display to present and require Password is inputted (for example, different from the password for unlocker device or for accessing user account number associated with equipment operation Parent controls password) come access the first of the first application program show can indicate and when being selected initiation for parent's equipment Requesting the second of the process of the access to the first application program to show can indicate (986) (for example, initiating for into home account The process of parent's device request more time) such as in Fig. 8 TT to Fig. 8 CC (for example, local authentication request show can indicate with far Journey certification request is shown in the limitation notification user interface that can indicate to be displayed in children's equipment；In response to showing the choosing that can be indicated It selects, certification is requested in different correspondence equipment).For example, determine electronic equipment be children's equipment be optionally based on determine and The associated user account of electronic equipment (for example, being currently logged into the user in equipment) is classified as children account.Some In embodiment, determine electronic equipment be children's equipment be optionally based on determine electronic equipment be set in the setting of equipment For children's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment).In some embodiments, which will send to parent's equipment Message (for example, any other warning in text message or parent's equipment, to the electricity of electronic mail account associated with parent Sub- mail requests) access of the request to the first application program).Then the process will allow parent to be that children's equipment is authorized to limited The access authority of application program is (for example, parent can select that children's equipment is allowed to access limited answer when operating limit is reached With program) or access of the refusal children's equipment to limited applications program.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is presented for defeated Entering showing for password can indicate and/or for initiating for requesting the showing for process of the access to the first application program that can indicate.In In some embodiments, password is that the parent different from the password for unlocking electronic equipment controls password or use password.This Sample, children cannot optionally bypass restricted access mode, but parent can optionally input password to allow electronic equipment to access First application program.Described in limited use pattern in described herein request and reference method 1100 additional time pair The request of additional time is similar.It is described above inform the user application program be restricted when operating limit is reached but The mode for allowing users to the option of access application when needed allows electronic equipment effectively to limit certain application programs Use during certain periods, while user being allowed to execute necessary task on an electronic device, which reduce electronics to set Use during standby section at those times turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, when operating limit associated with the first application category is effective, according to determination The warning threshold of operating limit be reached (for example, warning threshold be reached in a part using limitation (for example, 90%, 5 minutes residues, 45 minutes in 1 hour；5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour or any time section before operating limit is reached) When be reached), electronic equipment shows instruction that (988) have been reached about the warning threshold of operating limit (for example, text, figure Picture, sound, tactile and/or sense of touch output etc.) (for example, instruction operating limit will be reached and threshold time (for example, 90%, 5 minutes are remaining, 45 minutes in 1 hour) it has reached or the remaining specific time (example before operating limit is reached Such as, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour or any time section) notice, (for example, being shown in equipment logical such as in Fig. 8 II Know, instruction social media classification operating limit has 5 minutes residues).In some instances, threshold time is defined by the user.In In some embodiments, notice includes text, image and/or sound.In embodiments, notice includes tactile and/or sense of touch Output instruction.In some embodiments, notice includes the button for allowing user to eliminate notice.In some embodiments, electric Sub- equipment stops display notice after a certain amount of time.It is described above to inform the user operating limit and be reached The mode of (for example, the particular fraction (for example, 90%, 5 minute residue, 45 minutes in 1 hour) of operating limit has been used) User-equipment interface is set more effectively (for example, user need not monitor the time, to provide chance for user to complete currently in equipment The task of execution, and prompt user stops using equipment in the case where estimated operating limit is reached, to reduce user The input (for example, input for updating operating limit setting) that equipment is provided), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce electricity The overall of sub- equipment uses, and turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment is received for changing one or more uses associated with operating limit Limit setting one or more inputs (990) (for example, to beginning/end time change of operating limit, to white list Change etc.), such as in Fig. 8 JJJ (for example, user just attempts to check or modify social media classification and use to be arranged).Some In embodiment, in response to receiving one or more of inputs for changing one or more of operating limit settings (992), one or more of inputs according to determining for changing one or more of operating limits settings are via electricity One or more of input equipments of sub- equipment receive and electronic equipment is children's equipment (for example, being based on and electronic equipment The classification of associated user account or the option selected on an electronic device), electronic equipment is one or more of in execution Required before operating limit setting change (994) authorization (such as, it is desirable that the user of electronic equipment inputs password so as to using pole Limit setting is modified), it (is needed for example, the operating limit in modification children's equipment is arranged such as in Fig. 8 JJJ to Fig. 8 KKK Password).For example, it is optionally based on determining user account associated with electronic equipment that determining electronic equipment, which is children's equipment, (for example, being currently logged into the user in equipment) is classified as children account.In some embodiments, determine that electronic equipment is Children's equipment is optionally to be arranged to children's equipment in the setting of equipment (for example, initially setting based on determining electronic equipment Setting when installing standby).In some embodiments, described herein if electronic equipment is children's equipment in family account The setting of any operating limit preference or rule it is equal only in response to inputting password or other certification authoritys ability at children's equipment Can be modified at children's equipment (for example, when determining that one of these settings are just modified, electronic device prompts user input Password, the password must be certified before modification is allowed to).In some embodiments, certification authority is set with for unlocking Standby authority is (for example, the password, finger print identifying and/or face authenticating for unlocker device are (for example, know successful biology Do not authenticate, it is desirable that realize via the concern of depth camera)) it is identical.In some embodiments, certification authority is different from for solving The authority authority of parent (for example, in family account) of lock device.In some embodiments, parent's equipment can be remotely (for example, optionally, by inputting parent's authority at parent's equipment) Lai Xiugai effective arrangement above in children's equipment.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving described one for changing one or more of operating limit settings A or multiple inputs (992), according to determining for changing the one or more of of one or more of operating limits settings Input is received except electronic equipment via parent's equipment (for example, being in parent's equipment to the change of operating limit setting Carry out (for example, be parent's equipment in home account, classification based on user account associated with electronic equipment or in electricity The option selected in sub- equipment)), the one or more of operating limits setting changes of electronic equipment execution (996) (for example, into Row inputs additional authority without requiring to the change that operating limit is arranged), such as (for example, parent in Fig. 8 LLL to Fig. 8 NNN Equipment is modifying the operating limit setting of children's equipment).For example, determining that electronic equipment is not that children's equipment is optionally based on Determine that user account (for example, being currently logged into the user in equipment) associated with electronic equipment is not classified as children's account Family.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is determined not and is that children's equipment is optionally based on determining electronic equipment in equipment It is arranged to parent's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment) in setting.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is Parent's equipment.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is different from parent's equipment (for example, electronic equipment is children's equipment).In In some embodiments, parent's equipment remotely (for example, passing through internet, bluetooth or other networks or agreement) is carried out to children The change of operating limit setting in equipment.The mode for being arranged/changing operating limit herein is set with reference to described in method 1100 The mode for setting/changing limited use pattern is same or like.Limitations described above changes the side of the ability of operating limit setting Formula allows electronic equipment effectively and selectively to limit use of certain application programs during certain periods, which reduce The electronic equipment use during section at those times turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, in response to executing received one or more of operating limits except electronic equipment The instruction of (998) about the setting change of one or more of operating limits is presented (for example, vision in setting change, electronic equipment Indicate (for example, one or more of text and image), sound instruction, oral instruction, and/or tactile and/or sense of touch output Indicate) (for example, presenting about operating limit setting by notice that parent's equipment is remotely changed (for example, being in home account Parent's equipment, classification based on user account associated with electronic equipment or the option selected on an electronic device)), such as In Fig. 8 NNN (for example, showing notice in children's equipment when its operating limit is arranged by parent's apparatus modifications).For example, really Determining electronic equipment not and be children's equipment is optionally based on determining user account associated with electronic equipment (for example, currently stepping on Record the user in equipment) it is not classified as children account.In some embodiments, determining electronic equipment not is children's equipment It is optionally that parent's equipment is arranged to (for example, in initial setting up equipment in the setting of equipment based on determining electronic equipment Setting).In some embodiments, if parent's equipment remotely modifies the effective arrangement above in children's equipment, son Female's equipment shows the notice occurred about such remotely modifying, the details of modification (for example, parent's equipment has had changed using pole Operating limit is changed to 9pm to 7am, etc. in period effective time window by limit, parent's equipment from 10pm to 6am).This The notice generated in children's equipment is in generate in children's equipment with referring to the limited use pattern described in method 1100 Notify it is same or like.The mode of change operating limit setting described above allows electronic equipment effectively and selectively Use of certain application programs during certain periods is limited, which reduce making during electronic equipment at those times section With turn, this reduces power consumption and improving the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, generate from parent's equipment except electronic equipment it is received for change it is one or One or more of input requirements of multiple operating limits setting are in parent's equipment (for example, being that parent in home account sets Standby, classification based on user account associated with electronic equipment or the option selected on an electronic device) at input for The certification authority (998-2) of operating limit setting change is carried out on electronic equipment (for example, coming from parent's equipment in response to receiving Equipment (for example, the adult equipment authorized) change operating limit setting input, password is (for example, equipment uses Limit pin or other certification authoritys, are optionally different from the certification authority for accessing parent and/or children's equipment) optionally It is required at parent's equipment for continuing to use limit setting change), (for example, in parent's equipment such as in Fig. 8 MMM On require password in parent's equipment modify children's equipment operating limit setting).For example, determining that electronic equipment is not children Equipment is optionally based on determining associated with electronic equipment user account (for example, being currently logged into the user in equipment) no It is classified as children account.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is determined not and is that children's equipment is optionally based on determining electricity Sub- equipment is arranged to parent's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment) in the setting of equipment.Need described above Authenticating the method that authority (for example, password, finger print identifying, face authenticating) to be arranged from parent's equipment change operating limit allows Electronic equipment is set using the limit by remote equipment after certification authority is entered, this prevents not awarding to the equipment of parent Power access is (for example, children may have the access to adult equipment and be made using adult equipment to change children's equipment It is arranged with the limit), this more rapidly can be efficiently used equipment by using family and reduce the electricity that power uses and improves equipment The pond service life.

It should be appreciated that the particular order that the operation in Fig. 9 A to Fig. 9 K is described is only exemplary, not anticipate The bright described sequence of chart is the unique order that these operations can be performed.Those skilled in the art will recognize that a variety of sides Formula resequences to operations described herein.Moreover, it is noted that herein in conjunction with other methods as described herein The details of other processes described in (for example, method 700,1100,1300 and 1500) is equally suitable for above in a similar way The method 900 in conjunction with described in Fig. 9 A to Fig. 9 K.For example, above with reference on electronic equipment described in method 900 operating limit, make Optionally have herein by reference to other methods as described herein (for example, 700,1100,1300 and of method with limitation setting etc. 1500) one or more of the operating limit on electronic equipment described in, the feature for using limitation setting etc..It is risen in order to concise See, these details are not repeated herein.

Operation in above- mentioned information processing method is optionally by one or more functions in operation information processing unit Module realizes that the information processing unit such as general processor is (for example, as combined Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 3, Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H It is described) or specific to application chip.In addition, the operation above with reference to described in Fig. 9 A to Fig. 9 K is optionally by Figure 1A into Figure 1B Discribed component is implemented.For example, display operation 914,916,918,920,922,942 and 988 and receive operation 902, 906, it 932 and 990 is optionally realized by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180 and button.onrelease 190.Event point Event monitor 171 in class device 170 detects the contact on touch screen 504, and event dispatcher module 174 believes event Breath is transmitted to application program 136-1.The corresponding event identifier 180 of application program 136-1 determines event information and corresponding event Justice 186 is compared, and determine the first contact on touch screen at first position whether with predefined event or subevent It is corresponding, all selections for example to the object in user interface of predefined event or subevent.It is corresponding predefined when detecting Event or when subevent, event recognizer 180 activates event handling journey associated with the detection to the event or subevent Sequence 190.Button.onrelease 190 optionally with or call data renovator 176 or object renovator 177 and update using journey Sequence internal state 192.In some embodiments, button.onrelease 190 accesses corresponding GUI renovator 178 to update using journey Content shown by sequence.Similarly, how those skilled in the art can be based on Figure 1A into Figure 1B if knowing clearly The component of description realizes other processes.

Limited use pattern user interface

User interacts in a number of different manners and during the different time of day or night with electronic equipment.Example Such as, the news that user can be installed on an electronic device in bed during its morning train commutes or at the end of one is answered With reading latest news in program.However, in some cases, user is difficult to monitor and limit application-specific when certain Between use during section.Embodiment described below provides electronic equipment effectively and is selectively limited in certain periods Period, which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, and should not to the mode of the access of certain application programs User is asked to monitor its own use.Equipment is just further reduced to the access of application program during being limited in certain periods Power uses and increases the battery life of battery-driven equipment.It should be appreciated that people use equipment.When people uses equipment When, this people is optionally referred to as the user of equipment.

Figure 10 A to Figure 10 AAA, which is shown, is limited in specific time according to the electronic equipment of some embodiments of the disclosure To the exemplary approach of the access of application-specific during section.Embodiment in these attached drawings is described below for showing Process, the process including reference Figure 11 A to Figure 11 I description.

Figure 10 A shows the example devices 500 with touch screen 504, such as referring to described in Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Touch screen 504 optionally show one or more user interfaces including various contents.In the example shown in Figure 10 A, touch screen 504 is aobvious Show " limitation setting " graphic user interface 1002 for limiting the limitation setting of one or more application program, such as above with reference to figure Described in 6A to Fig. 6 D.For example, Figure 10 A shows optional the showing for limiting " equipment downtime " (such as limited use pattern) It can indicate 1004, during " equipment downtime ", equipment 500 prevents or attempts to prevent the visit to application programs certain in equipment It asks.Figure 10 A, which shows the setting of selectable equipment downtime and shows, can indicate that 1004 include the information about limited use pattern (for example, equipment downtime mode is activated from 10pm to 6am automatically daily).In some embodiments, when equipment downtime Between or limited use pattern be limited for reducing the bedtime that equipment uses during bedtime that user limits hour Mode.

Showing can indicate that 1004 may be selected to limit and be limited use pattern setting or rule, as will now be described.For example, In In Figure 10 B, showing equipment downtime setting can indicate that 1004 selection is detected (for example, by equipment downtime The tap for showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1004 is set, as shown in Figure 10 B).In response to being set to equipment downtime It sets and shows the selection that can indicate 1004, " equipment downtime " graphic user interface 1010 of the display of equipment 500 as illustrated in figure 10 c.

Figure 10 C shows exemplary limited use pattern setting or rule.Equipment downtime screen 1010 optionally includes Switching input for enabling or disabling the implementation of limited use pattern setting, which is shown, can indicate 1011, use mould for limiting to be limited Starting show at the beginning of formula can indicate 1012, the end of end time for limiting limited use pattern is shown and can be indicated 1013, the date that the implementation of what date is arranged in for limiting limited use pattern, which is shown, can indicate 1014, for limiting equipment 500 Showing the downtime for how implementing limited use pattern in the time started can indicate 1015 (for example, selecting " notify and stop " Still " notify " under option, as with reference to as described in Fig. 8 LL to Fig. 8 GGG), for making limited use pattern warn and can be uttered The saying of (for example, limited use pattern warning or notice are loudly read by audible voice) show can indicate 1016 or For enabling do-not-disturb mode during limited use pattern (for example, keeping the calling reached when equipment 500 is locked and warning quiet Silent mode) do not disturb and show and can indicate 1017, as illustrated in figure 10 c.It can indicate that 1011 will optionally for example, closing switching input and showing Even start to show can indicate 1012, terminate to show can indicate 1013 and the date show can indicate 1014 defined by time and date Disable the implementation of limited use pattern setting.In some embodiments, closing switching input, which is shown, can indicate that 1011 will be stored in The limited use pattern setting defined on equipment downtime screen 1010 or rule, so that these settings show energy in switching input Expression 1011 will be resumed when reopening.

In some embodiments, the date, which is shown, can indicate that 1014 may be selected with display for limiting limited use pattern setting In another user interface what date is carried out.For example, in figure 10d, showing the date can indicate that 1014 selection is detected To (for example, tap by showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1014 on the date, as shown in Figure 10 D).In response to right Date show can indicate 1014 selection, equipment 500 show " date " graphic user interface 1020, as shown in figure 10e.

Figure 10 E, which is shown, is arranged in the exemplary day spirte use what date is carried out for limiting limited use pattern Family interface 1020.Date graphic user interface 1020 is optionally included for requiring every day in one week having the same limited 1022 can be indicated using showing daily for start and end time (for example, as starting in equipment downtime screen 1010 shows energy Expression 1012 and end, which are shown, can indicate that 1013 are limited, as illustrated in figure 10 c).In some embodiments, date graphical user circle Face 1020 includes for being respectively to limit showing for different start and end times every day (Monday to Sunday) in one week It can indicate 1024a to 1024g, as shown in figure 10e.Enabling is shown daily can indicate that 1022 are optionally just shown and can be indicated by disabling 1024a to 1024g and forbid user that can indicate that 1024a to 1024g is different to limit for the different dates in one week using showing Start and end time, as shown in figure 10e.In some embodiments, when daily show can indicate 1022 be activated when, equipment 500 visually cover it is hidden show can indicate 1024a to 1024g (for example, by distortion, it is graying, fade out these and show and can indicate), such as figure Shown in 10E.In some embodiments, when daily show can indicate 1022 be activated when, equipment 500 is abandoned showing and can be indicated 1024a to 1024g.In some embodiments, disabling is shown daily can indicate that 1022 can indicate 1024a extremely with regard to showing by enabling 1024g and allow users to using showing that can indicate 1024a to 1024g limits different beginnings for the different dates in one week And/or the end time (for example, user is allowed to limit beginning and/or end time based on daily), as shown in figure 10f.Example Such as, disabling is shown daily can indicate that 1022 optionally allow for user 1024e and 1024f can be indicated come for Friday and star by showing Phase six limits different limited use pattern start and end times, as shown in figure 10f.In some embodiments, it enables every It, which shows, can indicate that 1022 will save on date graphic user interface 1020 to show the difference that can indicate that 1024a to 1024g is limited Start and end time so that these setting will daily show can indicate 1022 it is next time disabled when recovery.

In some embodiments, as shown in figure 10g, allowing to show always and capable of indicating for user interface 1002 is arranged in limitation 1006 may be selected with display for during being limited to limited use pattern not by the application program of limited use pattern rule constraint List (for example, application program use white list) another user interface.For example, in Figure 10 G, it can table to allowing to show always Show 1006 selection be detected (for example, by that can indicate the tap of the contact 1003 detected on 1006 allowing to show always, As shown in figure 10g).In response to allow to show always can indicate 1006 selection, equipment 500 display " always allow " graphical user Interface 1025, as shown in Figure 10 H.

As shown in Figure 10 H, equipment 500 allows users to use mould to limited from permission graphic user interface 1025 always (for example, application program uses white list 1026, do not schemed such as by the application list of limited use pattern rule constraint during formula Shown in 10H) add or remove application program.For example, Figure 10 H shows phone application 1026a on white list 1026, message is received Hair applies 1026b and FaceTime application 1026c.In some embodiments, allow graphic user interface 1025 that will wrap always 1027 can be indicated by including the selectable removal adjacent with the certain application programs listed on white list 1026 and showing, be selected by user Equipment 500 is caused to remove corresponding application program (for example, making the application-specific by limited from white list 1027 when selecting With the constraint of pattern rules).In some embodiments, certain application programs will be permanently on white list 1026.For example, Figure 10 H shows phone application 1026a, do not have remove show can indicate 1027 for by its from 1026 removal of white list-because This, the phone application 1026a for carrying out in equipment 500 or receive calling is optionally permanently included in white list On 1026.In some embodiments, graphic user interface 1025 is allowed to indicate that the application program on white list 1026 exists always For being with anyone by the specific application, the contact person that is saved in equipment 500, being also stored in during limited use pattern The communication of particular contact in equipment 500 is not by the constraint of limited use pattern rule.For example, Figure 10 H is shown, make limited Phone application 1026a is unrestricted with anyone communication with passing through during mode, by the communication of messages application 1026b by It is unrestricted for the All Contacts being stored in equipment 500 (but optionally, for not being equipment during limiting use pattern Other people of the contact person stored on 500 are restricted), and by the communication of FaceTime application 1026c for certain fingers It is unrestricted to determine contact person.In some embodiments, user is allowed to change which communication applied by white list limited It is not described in detail by the constraint of limited use pattern rule below with reference to Figure 10 K to Figure 10 S during use pattern.

In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 10 H, allowing graphic user interface 1025 always will include that can be added to The application program of white list 1026 is (for example, the list 1028 of application program 1029a to 1029e).In some embodiments, it arranges The application program listed in table 1028 includes all application programs being mounted in equipment 500.Figure 10 H is shown and application program 1029a to 1029e each adjacent selectable addition, which is shown, can indicate 1029, allow users to application program Any application program of the 1029a into 1029e is added to white list 1026.For example, Figure 10 I shows addition " using 5 " (example Such as, by showing the tap of the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1029 in the addition adjacent with application program 1029e).Response In showing that the addition adjacent with application program 1029e, the selection that can indicate 1029, application 5 be added in white list 1026, such as Shown in Figure 10 J.

In some embodiments, one or more of application program 1026a, 1026b, 1026c, 1026d and 1029e It may be selected to show another use for changing the communication limitation associated with those application programs during limited use pattern Family interface.For example, being detected the selection of phone application 1026a (for example, by answering in white list 1026 in Figure 10 K With the tap of the contact 1003 detected in the entry of program 1026a, as shown in Figure 10 K).In response to being answered in white list 1026 With the selection of the entry of program 2016a, equipment 500 optionally shows that " phone " communicates graphic user interface 1030, such as Figure 10 L institute Show.Telephone communication graphic user interface 1030 optionally include two it is selectable show and can indicate, answered for limiting using phone What communication is during limited use pattern not by the constraint of limited use pattern rule.For example, Figure 10 L show it is optional " anyone " option 1032 selected allows during limited use pattern when being selected through phone application and anyone The communication of (for example, no matter whether the communication information of another party is stored in equipment 500) is (for example, be transferred into and out communication two Person)；Selectable " All Contacts " option 1033 allows to answer by phone during limited use pattern when being selected With the communication (for example, being transferred into and out both) with any contact person being stored in equipment 500；" refer to selectable Determine contact person " option 1034, allowed during allowing user to be limited to limited use pattern when being selected by phone application It is as will now be described with the communication (being communicated for example, being transferred into and out) of what contact person.

In some embodiments, designated contact option 1034 may be selected to show for being limited to limited use pattern Period allows the information of the communication (communicating the two for example, being transferred into and out) with what contact person by phone application.For example, In In Figure 10 L, the selection of designated contact option 1034 is detected (for example, by examining on designated contact option 1034 The tap of the contact 1003 measured, as shown in Figure 10 L).In response to the selection to designated contact option 1034, equipment 500 is aobvious Show and is allowed to including selectable contact person (for example, contact person 1037a, 1037b and 1037c) being stored in equipment 500 Contacts list 1036, these selectable contact persons pass through phone application during being scheduled on limited use pattern by the selection time limit The communication with what contact person allowed, as shown in Figure 10 M.In some embodiments, to the choosing of designated contact option 1034 It selects to also result in equipment 500 and show that selectable " addition contact person " is shown and can indicate 1038, allow user to input when being selected And new contact person is stored in equipment 500, then new contact person can be displayed on as selectable contact person and be allowed to contact In list 1036.For example, only being allowed and contact person A and B during limited use pattern by phone application in Figure 10 M Communication, but do not allow and the communication of contact person C both (for example, be transferred into and out communicate).

In some embodiments, (for example, using mould limited during equipment 500 allows user to be limited to hour in the daytime Except formula) allow the contact person's communicated with by application-specific to be allowed to contacts list and small at night in the daytime When during (for example, limited use pattern during) night quilt of contact person for allowing to communicate with by that same application Allow contacts list (for example, as described in 0M referring to Fig.1 above).For example, Figure 10 N shows and detects to phone application The selection of 1026a is (for example, pass through the light of the contact 1003 that detects in the entry of application program 1026a in white list 1026 It hits, as shown in Figure 10 N).In response to the selection to the entry of application program 2016a in white list 1026, the display " electricity of equipment 500 Words " communication graphic user interface 1030, as shown in fig. 10o.

In some embodiments, " phone " communication graphic user interface 1030 shows can indicate in the daytime including selectable 1039a and selectable night, which are shown, can indicate 1039b, as shown in fig. 10o.For example, can indicate in Figure 10 P showing in the daytime The selection of 1039a, which is detected, (for example, by the tap for showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1039a in the daytime, such as to be schemed Shown in 10P).In response to the selection that can indicate 1039a is shown in the daytime, equipment 500 shows " in the daytime " graphic user interface 1040, such as Shown in Figure 10 Q.In some embodiments, the work as described in 0L to Figure 10 M referring to Fig.1 above of graphic user interface 1040 in the daytime What make, to be allowed and contact person during being limited to hour in the daytime (for example, except limited use pattern) by phone application The communication (for example, being transferred into and out both communication) of (for example, anyone, All Contacts or designated contact) is (for example, with limit White list between settled date).As shown in Figure 10 R, night is shown can indicate the selection of 1039b be optionally detected (for example, by Night shows the tap for the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1039b, as shown in Figure 10 R).In response to night is shown and can be indicated The selection of 1039b, equipment 500 shows " night " graphic user interface 1042, as shown in Figure 10 S.In some embodiments, night Between graphic user interface 1042 work as described in 0L to Figure 10 M referring to Fig.1 above, with during being limited to night hour (for example, In During limited use pattern) by phone application allow with what contact person (for example, anyone, All Contacts or specified join Be people) communication both (for example, be transferred into and out communication) (for example, limiting night white list).In some embodiments, day Between it is different with night white list, as shown in Figure 10 Q and 10S.

In some embodiments, equipment 500 be children's equipment (for example, the equipment for being designated as the user of children, without It is the parent or administrator in family account), as shown in Figure 10 T.If equipment 500 is children's equipment, in limitation setting figure One or more limitation settings are changed in shape user interface 1002 not to be allowed to optionally and/or optionally require to input password (or requiring other certifications, as described in this disclosure).In Figure 10 T, password show can indicate 1008 for children's equipment optionally It is opened by permanently switching, thus it requires the user of equipment 500 inputs password that graphic user interface 1002 is arranged in limitation It is upper to carry out any change.For example, showing equipment downtime setting can indicate that 1004 selection shows energy in password in Figure 10 U Expression 1008 is detected (for example, can indicate to detect on 1004 by showing in equipment downtime setting when being switched opening Contact 1003 tap, as shown in Figure 10 U).1004 selection, equipment can be indicated in response to showing equipment downtime setting 500 display cipher graphic user interfaces 1044, it is desirable that user is being allowed to be modified it to the setting of any equipment downtime Preceding input password, as shown in Figure 10 V.In some embodiments, it is arranged in equipment limit such as above with reference to Figure 10 C to Figure 10 S It is described changed by user before, cipher graphic user interface 1044 not by equipment 500 show (for example, user's energy of children's equipment It enough checks limitation setting, including equipment downtime and allows to be arranged always, without input password).In some embodiments In, the password required at Figure 10 V is different from the password for logging on to equipment 500 or unlocker device 500 (for example, being limitation Exclusive password is set).In some embodiments, it is modified in order to which limitation is arranged, it is desirable that biometric feature, without It is password (for example, as follows described in process 1100).

In Figure 10 W, equipment 500 is showing " family " graphic user interface 1046, and wherein, user can check house Front yard operating limit 1048 is (for example, operating limit associated with the member of family account and/or associated with family account set Standby operating limit) and (for example, as described in above with reference to Fig. 6 C to Fig. 6 D) is modified those family's limit.For example, Figure 10 W shows the operating limit 1048 of father account 1049a, mother account 1049b and children account 1049c.In some realities It applies in scheme, family's setting graphic user interface 1046 is comprised in limitation set interface 1002 (for example, such as above with reference to figure Described in 6C to Fig. 6 D).

In some embodiments, each of father account 1049a, mother account 1049b and children account 1049c It may be selected that setting graphic user interface is limited to carry out more to limitation setting associated in those accounts each with display Change.For example, being detected the selection of children account 1049c (for example, by examining on children account 1049c in Figure 10 X The tap of the contact 1003 measured, as shown in Figure 10 X).In response to the selection to children account 1049c, the display of equipment 500 and son The associated children of female account 1049c limit setting graphic user interface 1002, as shown in Figure 10 Y.

In some embodiments, in order to which equipment 500 (for example, parent's equipment) limits setting graphic user interface in children Limitation associated with children account 1049c setting is modified on 1002, it is desirable that parent's input password (or other limits are provided It sets up and sets certification, such as face recognition).For example, can indicate that 1006 selection is detected to allowing to show always in Figure 10 Z (for example, by that can indicate the tap of the contact 1003 detected on 1006 allowing to show always, as shown in Figure 10 Z).In response to To allow to show always can indicate 1006 selection, equipment 500 show cipher graphic user interface 1044, it is desirable that user is being allowed to Password is inputted before being modified to any restrictions associated with children account setting, as shown in Figure 10 AA.In some implementations In scheme, before equipment limit setting is changed by user, cipher graphic user interface 1044 is not shown by equipment 500, as above Text is with reference to described in Figure 10 C to Figure 10 S (for example, the user of parent's equipment can check the limitation setting of children's equipment, including equipment Downtime and allow to be arranged always, without inputting password).In some embodiments, the password required at Figure 10 AA Different from for logging on to or the password of unlocker device 500 or children's equipment (for example, being that exclusive password is arranged in limitation).One In a little embodiments, in order to be modified to limitation setting, biometric feature is optionally inputted, rather than password is (for example, such as Hereafter described in process 1100).

Figure 10 BB shows children's equipment 500 and is remotely changed (for example, being set by parent in the change for limiting it setting Standby, as described in above with reference to Figure 10 W to Figure 10 AA) before time showing main screen 1050.Figure 10 CC shows children's equipment 500 are remotely changed in the change to limitation setting (for example, by parent's equipment, such as above referring to figures 10A to Figure 10 S and Figure 10 W To described in Figure 10 BB) after time showing main screen 1050.In some embodiments, equipment 500 generation notify 1052 with Indicate that the limitation of its equipment downtime has remotely been changed to the user of children's equipment, as shown in Figure 10 CC.For example, in Figure 10 CC Notify 1052 show that new contact person is added to equipment 500 be allowed to contacts list in the daytime, and limited use mould By parent associated with family account (for example, by mother, as described in above referring to figures 10A to Figure 10 Q) at the beginning of formula Change.

Figure 10 DD shows time showing main screen 1050 of the equipment 500 before the beginning of limited use pattern. In Figure 10 DD, main screen 1050 includes the figure for starting or otherwise showing different application in equipment 500 Mark 424,426,416,432,434,436,440,442,454,446,450 and 452, as described in above with reference to Fig. 4 A.Due to setting It is standby to be not at limited use pattern (and due to there is no individual or classification operating limit to be set or reach, such as with reference to method 900 It is described), thus user start without limitation with icon 424,426,416,432,434,436,440,442,454, 446,450 and 452 associated any application program.

In some embodiments, equipment 500 will show warning before equipment enters limited use pattern.For example, such as Shown in Figure 10 EE, equipment 500, which is being shown, notifies 1054, and indicating equipment downtime (for example, limited use pattern) will be 30 Start after minute.In some embodiments, notify that 1054 will include being used to eliminate to notify that 1054 selectable is shown and can indicate 1055, cause to notify 1054 disappearances when being easily selected by a user.In some embodiments, notify that 1054 will be in a period of time It is automatic after (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) to disappear (for example, closing in the absence of user input).

Figure 10 FF shows the opening in limited use pattern under " notice " option that equipment downtime is arranged of equipment 500 Main screen 1050 (for example, as described in above with reference to Fig. 8 LL to Fig. 8 PP and Figure 10 D) is shown when the beginning.In some embodiments In, equipment 500 can be parent's equipment (for example, equipment associated with the parent on family account) or autonomous device (for example, Equipment not associated with any family account).Equipment 500 is optionally visually covered at the beginning of limited use pattern hidden Main screen 1050 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen), as shown in Figure 10 FF.In some embodiments, Equipment 500 is showing the graphic user interface of not main screen 1050 (for example, using journey at the beginning of limited use pattern Sequence graphic user interface, notification history graphic user interface etc.), and equipment 500 is regarding at the beginning of limited use pattern The hidden graphic user interface (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change the graphic user interface) is covered in feel.In some implementations In scheme, the display of equipment 500, which indicates that the explanation 1056 that limited use pattern has started and elimination are shown, can indicate 1057.For example, In Figure 10 FF, showing elimination can indicate that 1057 selection is detected (for example, can indicate to detect on 1057 by showing in elimination The tap for the contact 1003 arrived, as shown in Figure 10 FF).1057 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, and equipment 500 stops display and disappears 1057 can be indicated except showing, display, which is extended, to be shown and can indicate 1058 and ignore to show and can indicate 1059, as shown in Figure 10 GG.In some implementations In scheme, user select extend show can indicate 1058 allow for user by limited use pattern start delay (without change by The real time setting of use pattern is limited, so that limited use pattern future will continue to be triggered in the previously defined time) it is pre- The time quantum of the beginning for the limited use pattern that extends definition or that user limits is (for example, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 points Clock) (for example, below with reference to described in method 1100).In some embodiments, user's selection, which is ignored, shows and can indicate 1059 just User is allowed to abandon the beginning (real time without changing limited use pattern of limited use pattern for that particular day Setting, so that limited use pattern future will continue to be triggered in the previously defined time) (for example, below with reference to method Described in 1100).In some embodiments, equipment 500 a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) after or with Family tap main screen 1050 any part (in addition to explain 1056, extend show can indicate 1058 and ignore show can indicate 1059 it Stop display when outside) and extend showing and capable of indicating 1058 and ignore to show and can indicate 1059.Under " notice option ", parent's equipment (for example, Equipment associated with the parent on family account) or autonomous device (for example, equipment not associated with any family account) Any certification (such as password) Lai Yanzhan of user's input is not required or ignores the limited use pattern in the equipment.For example, figure 10HH, which shows parent's equipment 500 and selected to extend in user under " notice option ", to be shown and can indicate 1058 or ignore to show and can indicate Main screen 1050 is shown after 1059.Because the equipment 500 in Figure 10 HH is not in limited use pattern (for example, because of it Be extended), thus user start without limitation with icon 424,426,416,432,434,436,440,442, 452,446 and 450 associated any application program.The beginning extended or ignore limited use pattern optionally makes any answer It can be activated with program or any function of application can be performed, otherwise may be limited (for example, access User etc. is recommended using associated desktop small routine or website, reception notice, by those applications with those).

Figure 10 II shows equipment 500 and uses mould limited under " notify and stop " option that equipment downtime is arranged Main screen 1050 (for example, as described in above with reference to Fig. 8 QQ to Fig. 8 GGG and Figure 10 D) is shown at the beginning of formula.In some realities It applies in scheme, equipment 500 can be parent's equipment (for example, equipment associated with the parent on family account) or autonomous device (for example, equipment not associated with any family account).Equipment 500 is optionally in vision at the beginning of limited use pattern On cover hidden main screen 1050 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen), as shown in Figure 10 II.In some implementations In scheme, equipment 500 is showing the graphic user interface (example of not main screen 1050 at the beginning of limited use pattern Such as, application graphical user interface, notification history graphic user interface etc.), and the opening in limited use pattern of equipment 500 The hidden graphic user interface (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change the graphic user interface) is visually covered when the beginning.In In some embodiments, the display of equipment 500 indicates the explanation 1056 that limited use pattern has started and eliminates to show and can indicate 1057.For example, showing elimination can indicate that 1057 selection is detected (for example, by showing and can indicate in elimination in Figure 10 II The tap of the contact 1003 detected on 1057, as shown in Figure 10 II).1057 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, equipment 500 Stop display and eliminate showing and capable of indicating 1057, and show that extension is shown to indicate 1058 and ignore to show and can indicate 1059, such as Figure 10 JJ It is shown.In some embodiments, user, which selects extension to show, can indicate that 1058 allow for user by the beginning of limited use pattern Delay (the real time setting without changing limited use pattern, so that limited use pattern future will continue to limit previously Time be triggered) time quantum of the beginning for the limited use pattern that extends that limits of predefined or user is (for example, 5 points Clock, 15 minutes, 30 minutes) (for example, below with reference to described in method 1100).In some embodiments, user's selection is ignored Showing can indicate that 1059 allow for user to abandon the beginning of limited use pattern for that particular day (without changing limited use The real time of mode is arranged, so that limited use pattern future will continue to be triggered in the previously defined time) (for example, such as Below with reference to described in method 1100).In some embodiments, equipment 500 is in a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) Any part of main screen 1050 is tapped (in addition to explaining 1056, extending and show and can indicate 1058 and ignore to show later or in user Can indicate except 1059) when stop display and extend showing and capable of indicating 1058 and ignore to show and can indicate 1059.It " is notifying and is stopping to select " under, parent's equipment (for example, equipment associated with the parent on family account) or autonomous device (for example, not with any family The associated equipment of front yard account) it optionally requires user's input authentication (such as password) Lai Yanzhan or ignores limited in the equipment Use pattern.For example, can indicate 1058 or ignore to show in response to showing extension in Figure 10 JJ under " notify and stop option " It can indicate 1059 selection, equipment 500 shows cipher graphic user interface 1044, it is desirable that user can be prolonged in limited use pattern Password is inputted before opening up or ignoring, as shown in Figure 10 KK.In some embodiments, the password required at Figure 10 KK is different from For logging on to the password (for example, being that exclusive password is arranged in limitation) of equipment 500 or unlocker device 500.In some embodiment party In case, in order to be modified to limitation setting, biometric feature is inputted, rather than password is (for example, as follows in process 1100 Described in).

Figure 10 LL show equipment 500 under " notify and stop option " user Figure 10 KK cipher graphic user circle Proper password is inputted in face 1044 shows main screen 1050 later.Because the equipment 500 in Figure 10 LL, which is not to be limited, uses mould In formula (for example, because its be extended), user start without limitation with icon 424,426,416,432, 434, the associated any application program in 436,440,442,452,446 and 450.The beginning for the limited use pattern that extends is optionally Any application program is activated or any function of application can be performed, otherwise may be limited (for example, access recommends user using associated desktop small routine or website, reception notice, by those applications with those Deng).

Figure 10 MM shows children's equipment 500 and shows master at the beginning of the limited use pattern that equipment downtime is arranged Screen 1050 (for example, as described in above with reference to Figure 10 D).Children's equipment 500 optionally at the beginning of limited use pattern Hidden main screen 1050 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen) is visually covered, as shown in Figure 10 MM.Some In embodiment, children's equipment 500 is showing the graphical user of not main screen 1050 at the beginning of limited use pattern Interface (for example, application graphical user interface, notification history graphic user interface etc.), and children's equipment 500 is limited The hidden graphic user interface is visually covered at the beginning of use pattern (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change the figure User interface).In some embodiments, the display of equipment 500 indicates the explanation 1056 and disappear that limited use pattern has started 1057 can be indicated except showing.For example, showing elimination can indicate that 1057 selection is detected (for example, by disappearing in Figure 10 MM Except the tap for showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1057, as shown in Figure 10 MM).It is eliminated in response to selection and shows and can indicate 1057, equipment 500 stop display eliminate show can indicate 1057 and show in equipment 500 in limited use pattern by reality Before applying the request more time (for example, at the beginning of the limited use pattern that extends) it is selectable show can indicate 1060 and use In request the more time in another equipment (for example, in parent's equipment) it is selectable show can indicate 1062 (for example, as above Text is with reference to described in Fig. 8 TT to Fig. 8 CCC), as shown in Figure 10 NN.In some embodiments, selection is shown and can indicate 1060 or show energy It indicates 1062 beginnings for allowing for parent to postpone limited use pattern, the real time setting of use pattern is limited without changing, So that limited use pattern future will continue to be triggered in the previously defined time.For example, can indicate in Figure 10 OO showing 1062 selection is detected (for example, by the tap for showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1062, such as Figure 10 OO institute Show).1026 can be indicated by showing in response to selection, and equipment 500 initiates the process (example for requesting the more time in another equipment Such as, as described in above with reference to Fig. 8 WW to Fig. 8 CCC).For example, for requesting the process of more time in another equipment optionally (user can edit) message 1070 is sent in messaging user interface to parent's equipment, messaging user interface has (for example, 1068a can be indicated by showing) can be indicated, for use limited for predetermined amount of time extension for refusing showing for the request Showing at the beginning of mode can indicate (for example, 1068b and 1068c can be indicated by showing) and the time for customized extension Showing for section can indicate (for example, 1068d can be indicated by showing) (for example, as described in above with reference to Fig. 8 AAA to Fig. 8 CCC), such as Figure 10 PP It is shown.In some embodiments, the process for requesting the more time in another equipment is sent with described for refusing Showing for request can indicate (for example, 1068a can be indicated by showing), at the beginning of the limited use pattern that is used to extend for predetermined amount of time Between show and can indicate that (for example, 1068b and 1068c can be indicated by showing) and showing for the period for customized extension can indicate (for example, 1068d can be indicated by showing) notifies 1066, as shown in Figure 10 QQ.

Figure 10 RR shows time showing main screen 1050 of the equipment 500 before the beginning of limited use pattern. In Figure 10 RR, main screen 1050 includes the figure for starting or otherwise showing different application in equipment 500 Mark 424,426,416,432,434,436,440,442,454,446,450 and 452, as described in above with reference to Fig. 4 A.Because setting It is standby to be not in limited use pattern, thus user start without limitation with icon 424,426,416,432,434, 436, the associated any application program in 440,442,454,446,450 and 452.

Figure 10 SS shows touch screen 504 and shows main screen 1050 during limited use pattern.In some embodiments In, other than being included in application program and using the application program on white list, equipment 500 hinders during limited use pattern Only or attempt to prevent the access to all application programs in equipment.In some embodiments, correspond to limited applications (example Such as, restricted during limited use pattern not use the application program on white list in application program) icon limited It is changed during use pattern.For example, icon 424,432,436,442,454,450 and 452 correspond to limited applications and Hidden (such as be twisted, be graying, fading out, and/or visually changing) is covered during limited use pattern, as shown in Figure 10 SS. In some embodiments, occupy-place generic instruction (for example, lock icon) 1070 is placed on the figure corresponding to limited applications program It puts on or is partially placed on the icon corresponding to limited applications program, as shown in Figure 10 SS.The instruction of occupy-place generic (for example, Lock icon) 1070 optionally substitution correspond to limited applications it is any do not read notice instruction (for example, as shown in Figure 10 SS).One In a little embodiments, occupy-place generic indicator (for example, lock icon) is placed on the application icon with limited applications program On or near associated text (for example, beside the title of application program).

In some embodiments, icon shown on main screen 1050 may be selected to start and correspond to those icons Application program (for example, during normal operating except limited use pattern).During limited use pattern, equipment 500 exists Attempt to prevent the access limited applications program (for example, as described in above with reference to Figure 10 C and 10FF) under " notice " option.Example Such as, under " notice " option, the user of equipment 500 (for example, parent's equipment or autonomous device) can optionally select to correspond to The icon of limited applications program during limited use pattern.For example, in Figure 10 TT, to (corresponding to limited message application) The selection of icon 424 is detected (for example, by the tap of the contact 1003 detected on icon 424, such as Figure 10 TT institute Show).In response to selecting icon 424, equipment 500 optionally visually cover hidden main screen 1050 (for example, it is fuzzy, graying or Visually change main screen), as shown in Figure 10 UU.In some embodiments, visit of the display of equipment 500 instruction to messages application 1057 can be indicated by asking that the explanation 1056 being restricted during limited use pattern and elimination are shown.For example, in Figure 10 UU, it is right It eliminates and shows that the selection that can indicate 1057 is detected (for example, by showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1057 in elimination Tap, as shown in Figure 10 UU).1057 can be indicated by showing in response to selection elimination, and equipment 500 stops display elimination and shows and can indicate 1057, and show and show and can indicate 1072, as shown in Figure 10 VV.In some embodiments, user's selection carries out showing energy Indicate that 1072 allow for user to access limited message application during limited use pattern (for example, below with reference to method 1100 It is described), as shown in Figure 10 WW.In some embodiments, equipment 500 is after a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) Or stop when user taps any part (other than the explaining 1056 and showing and can indicate 1072) of main screen 1050 Display, which show, can indicate 1072.

Equipment 500 (for example, parent or autonomous device) attempts to prevent to use mould limited under " notify and stop " option The access of limited applications program (for example, as described in above with reference to Figure 10 C and Figure 10 II to Figure 10 LL) during formula.In some realities It applies in scheme, under " notify and stop " option, the user of equipment 500 optionally being capable of the selection pair during limited use pattern It should be in the icon of limited applications program.For example, the selection in Figure 10 XX, to (corresponding to limited message application) icon 424 It is detected (for example, by tap of the contact 1003 detected on icon 424, as shown in Figure 10 XX).In response to selection Icon 424, equipment 500 optionally visually cover hidden main screen 1050 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen Curtain), and show cipher graphic user interface 1044, it is desirable that it is limited to access during limited use pattern that user inputs password Messages application, as shown in Figure 10 YY.In some embodiments, the password required at Figure 10 YY is different from setting for logging on to For 500 or the password (for example, being that exclusive password is arranged in limitation) of unlocker device 500.In some embodiments, in order to limit It sets up to set and be modified, input biometric feature, rather than password (for example, as follows described in process 1100).

In some embodiments, children's equipment 500 attempts to prevent during limited use pattern to limited applications program Access.In some embodiments, limited during the user of children's equipment 500 can select to correspond to limited use pattern The icon of application program.For example, being detected in Figure 10 ZZ to the selection of (corresponding to limited message application) icon 424 (for example, by tap of the contact 1003 detected on icon 424, as shown in Figure 10 ZZ).In response to selecting icon 424, Children's equipment 500 optionally visually covers hidden main screen 1050 (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change main screen), And show for children's equipment 500 (for example, by requiring parent directly to input password in equipment 500) request by During limit use pattern to the access of messages application it is selectable show can indicate 1082 and for another equipment (for example, It is required that via iMessage or notifying to authorize access from parent's equipment) visit of the request during limited use pattern to messages application Ask it is selectable show can indicate 1084 (for example, as described in above with reference to Fig. 8 TT to Fig. 8 CCC and Figure 10 NN to Figure 10 QQ), such as Shown in Figure 10 AAA.

Figure 11 A to Figure 11 I is to show limited to use mould according to being selectively limited in for some embodiments of the disclosure To the flow chart of the method 100 of the access of the application program on electronic equipment during formula.Method 1100 is optionally in electronic equipment It is executed in (such as equipment 100, equipment 300 or equipment 500), such as above in association with Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 2 to Fig. 3, Fig. 4 A to figure Described in 4B and Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Some operations in method 1100 are optionally combined and/or the sequence of some operations Optionally it is changed.

As described below, method 1100 provides selectively be limited in limited use pattern during to answering on electronic equipment With the mode of the access of program.This method reduces use of the electronic equipment during special time period, without requiring user to monitor The use of their own.For battery-driven electronic equipment, the access of application program is just saved during being limited in special time period Power has been saved, and has increased the time between battery charging.

In some embodiments, the electronic equipment communicated with display and one or more input equipments is (for example, move Mobile phone, tablet computer etc., such as equipment 100, equipment 300 or equipment 500) (e.g., including the mobile device of touch screen, it is all It such as include the equipment 500 of touch screen 504, computer or tablet computer, including one in keyboard, mouse, Trackpad and touch screen Person or more persons, such as touch screen 504, wearable device are set such as including the smartwatch of touch screen, or with television set and input The set-top box of standby (for example, remote controler) communication) (1102) one or more inputs are received (for example, from described in electronic equipment One or more input equipments or from the second electronic equipment or be different from electronic equipment) sequence for limit set with to electronics The associated one or more of limited use pattern that the access of standby upper one or more application program is restricted in period Time window, such as in Figure 10 A to Figure 10 E.In some embodiments, limited use pattern is bedtime limited use Mode.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is children's equipment, and one or more of inputs be from children's equipment Communication (for example, wireless communication) and it is associated with children's equipment (for example, the user account of both parent's equipment and children's equipment and Family or other group accounts are associated) parent's equipment receive.For example, the user of electronic equipment was by one day several hour (example Such as, 10pm to 5am) is defined as bedtime limited use pattern, and during this period, electronic equipment prevents or attempts to prevent to electronics The access of all application programs in equipment, the in some embodiments application in addition to being included on application program white list Program.In some embodiments, user defines above-mentioned time window, and not specified access is wanted confined and any specifically answered Use program.In such embodiment, during electronic equipment is optionally defaulted as limiting or attempting to be limited in limited use pattern The use of all application programs other than white list application program.

Make when one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern are defined and with limited With during the associated one or more of time windows of mode (1104), electronic equipment is optionally via one or more A input equipment receives (1106) for initiating to install the first application program in multiple application programs on an electronic device Input (for example, for opening and/or using the input of application program or for one or more of on an electronic device Continue when time window comes into force on an electronic device using the input of application program (for example, application program is in limited use pattern It is currently being used when coming into force)), such as in Figure 10 TT.In some embodiments, it is answered in response to receiving for initiating first With the input (1108) of program, according to determine the first application program be not included application program using white list (for example, by It is not constrained by limited accass (for example, can be complete or partial during the bedtime is limited use pattern during limiting use pattern It is accessed) application program list) in, electronic equipment limits (1110) to the access of the first application program (for example, forbidding answering With program starting, limits the function of application program or require the further movement of user to start application program, such as in user Attempt to show that the instruction bedtime limits and requires from the user for continuing the application program really when starting application program The dialog box recognized), such as in Figure 10 TT to Figure 10 AAA.In some embodiments, it is used to initiate first in response to receiving The input (1112) of application program is included in application program using in white list according to determining first application program, and electronics is set Standby provide (just looks like limited use pattern ineffective one for example, normally starting the application program to the access of the first application program Sample), such as in Figure 10 I.

In some embodiments, the associated one or more of time windows of use pattern are limited with the bedtime It is preset by the user of electronic equipment, or the user of another electronic equipment by communicating with electronic equipment is remotely located.One In a little embodiments, when application program the bedtime be limited be activated except use pattern when, without the bedtime using limiting (for example, application program normally starts, and just looks like that limited use pattern is not effectively the same) occurs for system.In some embodiments, Access is provided (for example, application program can be activated, but in bedtime restricted mode to the first application program under certain constraints Period has limited functionality).For example, telephony application is optionally for logical with particular contact (for example, relative) On the white list of letter, and telephony application is activated, the communication of limitation and other contact persons.In some embodiments, Electronic equipment enters when limited applications program (for example, not using the application program on white list in application program) is currently running Limited use pattern, and limited applications program (example associated with " notice " limited option or " stop and notify " limited option Such as, as described in more detail below).For example, electronic equipment is shown in the application program being currently running under " notice " limited option Show instruction application program using it is current (for example, due to the bedtime limit effectively and) the Pop-up instruction that is restricted (for example, Cover the display of the hidden application program being currently running), and the instruction optionally includes one or more and shows and can indicate, it is described to show It can indicate to allow user to continue to use the application program when being selected.Under " notify and stop " limited option, electronic equipment It stops user and uses application program (for example, obscuring the application program), and shown optionally in the application program being currently running Show that Pop-up notifies (for example, the display for covering the hidden application program being currently running), including uses current (example about application program Such as, due to bedtime limitation effectively and) instruction that is restricted, and the instruction requires certification authority (for example, password, mouth Enable, biometric feature or from parent's equipment/account agreement) continue to use the application program.It is special to detect bio-identification Sign optionally includes the face using depth camera or another sensor senses user.Limited use pattern as described herein is optional Ground and limited use pattern described in reference method 700,900 and 1300 are same or similar.Selectively limitation described above Electronic equipment is allowed effectively and selectively to the mode of the access of application program during the bedtime is limited use pattern The use of certain application programs during being limited in certain periods, which reduce making during electronic equipment at those times section With turn, this reduces power consumption and improving the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, institute associated with limited use pattern (for example, the bedtime is limited use pattern) State first one or more time windows (1114) that one or more time windows are first day this weeks, and with limited use The associated one or more of time windows of mode be this week second day different from first day this week with the one one Or the different second one or more time windows of multiple time windows are (for example, the different dates can have limited use pattern Different settings (time, use limitation etc.) (1116), such as in figure 10f.For example, electronic equipment prevented or attempts in period Prevent the time that use pattern is limited to the bedtime of the access of certain application programs on electronic equipment for one week not Be variously defined with the date (for example, Monday is 10pm to 5am, Saturday is 11pm to 6am, and working day is 9pm to 5am, Weekend is 11pm to 7am).Described above is when the different day sub-definite bedtimes in one week being limited the difference of use pattern Between mode make user-equipment interface is more effective (limited to use for example, user need not update the bedtime based on daily The time of mode, thus reduce input that user provides equipment (for example, for update bedtime limited use pattern when Between input)), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, turn, this reduces power consumption and change It has been apt to the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, it is defined in one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern When according to determine electronic equipment on current time be one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern Threshold time (for example, limited use pattern starts first 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour or any time section) before, electronics is set It is standby present (1118) approached about one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern instruction (for example, Text, image, sound, tactile and/or sense of touch output etc.) (for example, indicating limited use pattern (for example, the bedtime is limited Use pattern) will be in the interior notice to come into force of threshold time (for example, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour or any time section)), such as In Figure 10 EE.In some instances, threshold time is defined by the user.In some embodiments, notice includes text, image And/or sound.In embodiments, notice includes tactile and/or sense of touch output instruction.Described above informing the user is limited The mode to come into force quickly mentions user-equipment interface more effectively (for example, user need not monitor the time, for user by use pattern Currently executing in equipment for task is completed for chance, and prompts user to stop in the case where expecting limited use pattern Equipment is only used, to reduce input that user provides equipment (for example, for updating the defeated of bedtime limited use pattern Enter)), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, and sets turn, this reduces power consumption and improving Standby battery life.

In some embodiments, it is approached about one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern Instruction include visually indicate (1120), and it is described visually indicate including the starting for postponing limited use pattern be more than with Showing for the limited associated one or more of time windows of use pattern can indicate (for example, user is allowed to postpone limited make With beginning (the real time setting without changing limited use pattern, so that limited use pattern future will continue of mode The previously defined time is triggered), such as in Figure 10 EE to Figure 10 QQ.In some embodiments, it is described show can indicate packet Include the predefined time quantum (for example, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes) of the beginning for the limited use pattern that extends.Some In embodiment, show at the beginning of capable of indicating to allow user to change limited use pattern manually (for example, being manually entered another open Begin the time).In some embodiments, electronic equipment allows user that limited use pattern is started delay any time, directly To and including limited use pattern beginning (for example, user is allowed to eliminate for a period of time or for the remaining time on the same day Limited use pattern).The beginning for postponing limited use pattern optionally enables any application program to be activated or any Function of application can be performed, and otherwise may be limited (for example, access is small using associated desktop with those Program or website receive notice, user etc. are recommended in those applications).If electronic equipment is that the children in family account set Standby (for example, the equipment for being designated as the user of children, rather than parent or administrator in family account), then it is shown logical Know and optionally includes for being limited use pattern (for example, limited use pattern is started to extend 15 minutes, 30 points for extending Clock, 1 hour etc.) adult/parent's device request license into home account shows and can indicate.In this case, selection is logical Request in knowing optionally results in notice to be delivered to one or more (or all) parent associated with family account setting It is standby, and when at least one of parent's equipment authorizes license, electronic equipment extends at the beginning of limited use pattern.One In a little embodiments, showing can indicate to allow user that electronic equipment is prevented to enter limited use pattern.In some embodiments, surpass Out tolerance limit using (for example, even if by the time extend and go through) optionally above with reference to 700 institute of method Instruction is (for example, such as Fig. 6 L to Fig. 6 P, Fig. 6 EE to Fig. 6 HH, Fig. 6 OO to Fig. 6 SS and Fig. 6 UU in the control panel user interface stated Shown in).Offer described above shows that the mode that can be indicated makes user-equipment for the extend beginning of limited use pattern of user Interface it is more effective (for example, user need not monitor the time, provide chance for user come at the beginning of the limited use pattern that extends with Currently executing in equipment for task is completed, and prompts user to stop using in the case where expecting limited use pattern and sets It is standby, to reduce the input (for example, input for updating bedtime limited use pattern) that user provides equipment), this Allow electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the battery of equipment Service life.

In some embodiments, except one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern, With do not include the associated one or more application program icon of application program on application program white list with First look Characteristic is shown (1122) (for example, normally showing the application not on application program white list except limited use pattern It is the icon of program, not graying, etc. such as in terms of color), such as in Figure 10 RR, also, with limited use pattern phase It is associated with the application program being not included on application program white list during associated one or more of time windows One or more of application program images be marked with second visual signature different from First look characteristic be shown (1124) (example Such as, shown during limited use pattern in the mode different from when except limited use pattern do not used in application program it is white The icon of application program on list), such as in Figure 10 SS.For example, for being not included on application program white list Those application programs, the icon of those application programs are optionally changed in limited use pattern graying (with limited use Color except mode is compared) and/or occupy-place generic indicator be displayed on those application programs in limited use pattern On icon (or being partly displayed on the arbitrary portion of icon of those application programs).In some embodiments, occupy-place Generic indicator (for example, lock icon) is placed on or near text associated with application icon.In some implementations In scheme, when limited use pattern is not effective, application icon includes the one of notice associated with those application programs It is a or multiple visually indicate (for example, covering icon a part of instruction received quantity for not reading notice in the application program Reference symbol).In such embodiment, for those of being not included in application program white list application program, those views Feel instruction it is removed, graying, with from its remove notice quantity, be replaced by occupy-place generic indicate (for example, lock icon), Or otherwise it is altered so that the notice state (for example, notice quantity) of those application programs is no longer indicated by those To convey.In some embodiments, there is no lock figure using all application programs on white list are shown in application program Mark (in the embodiment visually indicated that application icon includes the notice of application program in the past, lock icon substitution notice Instruction).In some embodiments, the icon of the application program on application program white list during limited use pattern and by By identical display (for example, in terms of color, not graying, energy free access etc.) both except limit use pattern.It is described above The mode for being displayed differently from the application program being restricted during limited use pattern allow which user determines using journey Sequence is restricted, this allow electronic equipment by provide about be limited use pattern during user have to what application program Or the instruction without access authority makes come application-specific during effectively and being selectively limited in certain periods With which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve the electricity of equipment The pond service life.

In some embodiments, limitation includes that (1126) instruction pair is presented in electronic equipment to the access of the first application program Instruction that the access of first application program is restricted is (for example, display visually indicates over the display, with related to electronic equipment The loudspeaker of connection plays sound, generates tactile and/or sense of touch output etc., and instruction application program is restricted (for example, notice)), Such as in Figure 10 UU.Optionally, the instruction include (1128) may be selected with provide to the access of the first application program without It is required that showing for certification authority can indicate (for example, the figure for allowing user to access limited applications program during limited use pattern User interface element, link or soft button), such as in Figure 10 UU to Figure 10 VV.In some embodiments, different application Program is associated from different limited options effective during limited use pattern.For example, electronic equipment optionally allows one Or multiple application programs are associated with " notice " limited option.If user attempts to start application associated with " notice " limitation Program (for example, the icon by selecting the application program from the main screen of electronic equipment during limited use pattern, and it is false If the application program is not included in application program white list), then electronic equipment optionally shows that instruction application program uses The Pop-up instruction (for example, because bedtime limitation is effective) being currently restricted.Pop-up notice optionally includes one Or it is multiple show and can indicate, allow when being selected user proceed to application program without input any authorization authority (for example, It opens application program and shows and can indicate without inputting " the ignoring for the same day " of administrator or other authoritys).It is described above to User notifies application program to be restricted during limited use pattern but gives the choosing of user's access application when needed The use of certain application programs during the mode of item allows electronic equipment to be effectively limited in certain periods, while allowing user Necessary task is executed on an electronic device, which reduce the use during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces Power consumption and the battery life for improving equipment.

In some embodiments, limitation includes that (1130) instruction pair is presented in electronic equipment to the access of the first application program The instruction that the access of first application program is restricted, such as in Figure 10 UU.Optionally, the instruction includes that (1132) are optional It selects to be provided when requiring certification authority and can indicate the showing for access of the first application program (for example, showing view over the display Feel instruction, play sound with loudspeaker associated with electronic equipment, generates tactile and/or sense of touch output etc., journey is applied in instruction Sequence is restricted (for example, notice)), such as in Figure 10 VV.In some embodiments, electronic equipment allows one or more Application program is associated with " notify and stop " limited option.If user attempts to start associated with " notify and stop " limitation Application program (for example, the icon by selecting the application program from the main screen of electronic equipment during limited use pattern, And assume that the application program is not included in application program white list), then electronic equipment stop application program launching and Optionally show instruction application program using the Pop-up instruction being currently restricted (for example, because bedtime limitation has Effect).In some embodiments, Pop-up instruction requires certification authority (for example, password, password, biometric feature or next From parent's equipment/account agreement) carry out access application.Detection biometric feature optionally include using depth camera or The face of another sensor senses user.If electronic equipment is children's equipment in family account (for example, being designated as children User equipment, rather than parent or administrator in family account), then shown notice optionally include for for Adult/the showing of parent device request license of the application program into home account is accessed during limited use pattern can table Show.In this case, the request in selection notice optionally results in notice to be delivered to associated with family account one A or multiple (or all) parent's equipment, and when license is awarded (for example, at least one of parent's equipment or in children With password at equipment), electronic equipment allows the access to application program.In some embodiments, parent is required in parent Password is inputted at equipment to allow the access in children's equipment to limited applications program from parent's equipment.It is described above by Stopping application program launching during limit use pattern and informing the user the mode that application program is restricted allows electronic equipment The use of certain application programs during being effectively limited in certain periods, which reduce during electronic equipment at those times section Use, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some instances, according to determining that electronic equipment is not children's equipment (for example, not being that children in family account set Standby (for example, being parent's equipment in home account), or not associated with family account), selection, which is shown, can indicate just to lead Cause (1134) request input password to access the first application program, such as in Figure 10 YY.In some embodiments, electricity is determined Sub- equipment is not that children's equipment is based on determining that electronic equipment is parent's equipment (for example, based on use associated with electronic equipment The classification of family account or the option selected on an electronic device).For example, determining that electronic equipment is that parent's equipment is optionally based on Determine that user account (for example, being currently logged into the user in equipment) associated with electronic equipment is classified as parent account. In some embodiments, determine electronic equipment be parent's equipment be optionally based on determine electronic equipment in the setting of equipment It is arranged to parent's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment).In some embodiments, asking for input password Seeking Truth Pop-up notice, optionally include one or more and show and can indicate, it is described show can indicate only to allow to use when being selected Family correctly certification authority (for example, password, password, biometric feature or from parent's equipment/account agreement) mentioned Application program is proceeded in the case where.Detection biometric feature, which optionally includes, utilizes depth camera or the inspection of another sensor Survey the face of user.In some embodiments, showing can indicate including soft button or for user id, password and/or password One or more of input field.For example, if equipment is not children's equipment in family account (for example, being family's account Parent's equipment in family) or it is not associated with family account, then and electronic equipment optionally requests user's input and electronics The authority (for example, user id and/or password, password) of the associated user account of equipment is (for example, with to configure matching for equipment Set the associated user id of file and/or password or password).In some embodiments, authority is (for example, user id and/or close Code, password) it is different from for accessing the authority of electronic equipment (for example, with being used for " unlock " equipment and/or logging on to the close of equipment The different password of code).In this way, not being the user (for example, children) of the equipment owner (for example, parent) if not inputting auxiliary Password then cannot be around limited use pattern.

It in some instances, is children's equipment (for example, based on use associated with electronic equipment according to determining electronic equipment The classification of family account or the option selected on an electronic device), to show the selection that can be indicated cause (1136) display presentation want Ask input password (for example, different from the password for unlocker device or for accessing user account number associated with equipment operation Parent control password) come access the first of the first application program show can indicate and when being selected initiation for being set to parent The second of the standby process for requesting the access to the first application program, which is shown, can indicate (for example, initiating for the father into home account The process of female device request more time), such as in Figure 10 MM to Figure 10 QQ.For example, determining that electronic equipment is children's equipment It is optionally classified based on user account (for example, being currently logged into the user in equipment) associated with electronic equipment is determined For children account.In some embodiments, determine electronic equipment be children's equipment be optionally based on determine electronic equipment exist It is arranged to children's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment) in the setting of equipment.In some embodiments, the mistake Journey will be sent to parent's equipment message (for example, any other warning in text message or parent's equipment, to associated with parent Electronic mail account e-mail request) to request access to the first application program.Then the process will allow parent It authorizes to the access authority of limited applications program for children's equipment (for example, parent can select that children's equipment is allowed to make limited With accessing limited applications program during mode) or access of the refusal children's equipment to limited applications program.In some embodiments In, electronic equipment, which is presented, can indicate and/or for inputting showing for password for initiating for requesting the visit to the first application program Showing for the process asked can indicate.In some embodiments, password is the parent different from the password for unlocking electronic equipment It controls password or uses password.In this way, children optionally cannot bypass restricted access mode, but parent can optionally input it is close Code is to allow electronic equipment to access the first application program.In some embodiments, parent is required to input at parent's equipment Password is to allow the access in children's equipment to limited applications program from parent's equipment.Described above informs the user application Program, which is restricted during limited use pattern but allows users to the mode of the option of access application when needed, to be permitted Perhaps the use of electronic equipment certain application programs during being effectively limited in certain periods, while allowing user in electronic equipment Upper to execute necessary task, which reduce the use during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces power consumptions simultaneously Improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment receives (1138) for activating via one or more of input equipments Or deactivate the sequences of one or more inputs of the implementations of one or more limited use patterns limitations, including with limited use The associated one or more of time windows of mode are (for example, when associated with restricted mode one or more of Between be limited the implementation of use pattern on an electronic device according to being limited use pattern limit manual and open or close during window), Such as in fig 1 oc.These hours of 10pm to 7am are defined on (for example, associated with limited use pattern for example, closing One or more time windows) during use limitation limited use pattern rule implementation just 10pm to 7am these It disables those during hour and uses limitation (for example, during the absence of).On the contrary, opening the implementation of identical limited use pattern rule Those are just enabled during these hours of 10pm to 7am uses limitation.In some embodiments, it is limited use pattern rule Implementation can be switched during or outside of one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern opening or It closes (for example, controlling electronic devices is that will enter during one or more of time windows associated with restricted mode If (being switched opening except one or more of time windows) still exits (if in one or more of times Closing is switched during window) it is limited use pattern).In some embodiments, reality of the electronic equipment in limited use pattern Storage is applied when being closed using limitation setting (for example, at the beginning of user limits, end time, white list etc.), so that making It is kept for limited use pattern with limitation setting to be opened next time.For example, as the implementation (In of limited use pattern rule After being turned off) when being switched on again, electronic equipment is optionally according to being set before limited use pattern is closed Identical limited use pattern rule (is opened for example, working as limited use pattern by switching again to implement limited use pattern limitation When, implement limited use pattern during these hours of 10pm to 7am).In some embodiments, according to determination described one The implementation of a or multiple limited use pattern limitations has been opened, and electronic equipment, which implements (1140) one or more of be limited, to be made With mode limitation (for example, operation electronic equipment is (according to limited use except limited use pattern or in limited use pattern Pattern rules)), such as in fig 1 oc.For example, electronic device is during limited use pattern to forbid limited applications journey Sequence starting, limits the function of limited applications program, and needs the further movement of user to start limited applications program, such as Show that the instruction bedtime limits and from the user further confirm that is required when user attempts and starts limited applications program Proceed to the dialog box of application program.In some embodiments, access (example is provided to the first application program under certain constraints Such as, application program can be activated during bedtime restricted mode, but have limited functionality).For example, phone application journey Sequence is optionally in the white list for communicating with particular contact (for example, relative), and telephony application is activated, limit The communication of system and other contact persons.

In some embodiments, it has been closed according to the implementation of the one or more of limited use pattern limitations of determination It closes, electronic equipment abandons implementing (1142) one or more of limited use pattern limitations (as long as example, limited use pattern Implementation be closed, just electronic equipment is operated except limited use pattern, but regardless of the current state (example of electronic equipment Such as, current time) otherwise whether can already lead to equipment and operated in limited use pattern), such as in Figure 10 C and 10HH. For example, it just looks like that limited use pattern is not effective that electronic equipment, which allows normal starting application program, except limited use pattern Equally.In some embodiments, when application program the bedtime be limited be activated except use pattern when, without h.d. Between using limitation (just looking like that limited use pattern is not effectively the same for example, application program normally starts) occurs.In some implementations In scheme, electronic equipment is provided for handing off the switch key for opening or closing the implementation of limited use pattern.Therefore, even if currently Time is one or more of limited using in time windows, but limited use pattern is closed, then with limited use pattern Associated limitation is not carried out.Permission user described above implements or not implements the mode of limited use pattern rule manually Electronic equipment is allowed it is expected the implementation of customized limited use pattern according to user, this selectively reduces making for electronic equipment With turn, this reduces power consumption and improving the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, limiting the access to the first application program includes that (1144) are presented to apply about to first The oral instruction of one or more that the access of program is restricted is (for example, audible voice indicates the access to application program What is be restricted informs orally, and is other than above-mentioned visual notification in some embodiments).In some embodiments, Electronic equipment is executed and is informed orally (for example, based on related to electronic equipment according only to limited to be uttered using instruction is determined The user account of connection is specified or based on electronic equipment setting).For example, electronic equipment, which optionally provides user, can select or not Select the option for audibly providing (or not providing) notice as the supplement or substitution that visually provide.In some embodiment party In case, electronic equipment will be informed orally without executing (for example, showing logical optionally according to determining limited will not be uttered using instruction Know, the access of application program is restricted without audible voice instruction).In some embodiments, notice is optional Ground includes sound (for example, the tinkle of bells, warning, music etc.), is notified without voice reading.In some embodiments, this paper institute Any notice stated can audibly be generated (for example, the user for reading electron equipment) for example convenient for not from electronic equipment The user (for example, children) that can be read or see provides such notification.Described above limiting during limited use pattern corresponds to Allow electronic equipment certain when being effectively limited in limited use pattern with the mode for providing audible notice when the access of program The use of application program, while optionally not display additional information which reduce power consumption and improve battery longevity of equipment Life.

In some embodiments, the telephony application on electronic equipment is (for example, allow to spread out of and pass on electronic equipment The application program of the voice and/or video call that enter) by (1146) permanently it is included in application program using in white list (for example, the access to phone application is not limited during limited use pattern).In some embodiments, electronic equipment With utilization (for example, with other applications such as messaging applications, email application, Video Applications The mounted mode identical on an electronic device such as program) the phone function that telephony application on an electronic device is implemented is installed Can (for example, be able to carry out call, receive call etc.), such as in Figure 10 H.In such embodiment, phone Application program is included in the white list of application program optionally always (for example, permanently), so that limited use pattern Limitation is not applied to telephony application.Therefore, user optionally can normal use telephony application, no matter limited use Whether mode is effective.In some embodiments, telephony application is only permanently included for certain designated contacts It uses in white list in application program (for example, telephony application is only capable of freely being used for contacting certain contact persons), and makes It is communicated and can be restricted with other contact persons with telephony application.The limitation pair during limited use pattern described above Allow when the access of other applications the mode of the access to telephony application allow electronic equipment be effectively limited in by The use for limiting certain communication application programs when in use pattern which reduce power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, it is defined in one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern When and during one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern (for example, in limited use pattern During (for example, bedtime mode)), using the traffic operation of telephony application (for example, call, text message, electricity Sub- mail, and/or video conference operation) it for anyone can be allowed (for example, traffic operation is during limited use pattern Any specific contact person is not limited) or it is only specified for one or more of contact persons multiple on electronic equipment Contact person can be allowed (for example, communication is during limited use pattern for saving contact person on an electronic device, electronics The contact person on contact person or white list in equipment in designated contact group is restricted), such as in Figure 10 J to Figure 10 M In.In some embodiments, the contact person that telephony application is in communication with without limitation can be in electronics It is limited at equipment.For example, electronic equipment is optionally provided for allowing telephony application not have during limited use pattern Communicated with All Contacts' (for example, " anyone " setting) or designated contact subset to limitation (for example, it is called, Receive from it calling etc.) setting (for example, " contact person " be arranged) in some embodiments, electronic equipment, which provides, only allows electricity Talk about application program during limited use pattern without limitation with the individual of selection (for example, only the contact person on electronic equipment, Or certain contact persons on electronic equipment) communication user interface.The side optionally described earlier with the communication of other individuals Formula, which is limited, (for example, do not allow, to be permitted in no user id/ password, password, biometric feature or from parent's equipment Can in the case where do not allow, etc.).Permission user described above be selectively limited in limited use pattern during to it is certain The mode of the access of the traffic operation of contact person allows electronic equipment certain communications when being effectively limited in limited use pattern The use of application program which reduce power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, traffic operation includes that (1150) are transferred into and out communication (for example, spreading out of and/or being passed to Call, Email, text message and conference call).During limited use pattern, electronic equipment is prevented From anyone communication for not being specified for being communicated during limited use pattern (for example, stopping call, text This message, video conference request etc.).Permission user described above be selectively limited in during limited use pattern to certain The mode of the access of the traffic operation of a little contact persons allows electronic equipment certain logical when being effectively limited in limited use pattern The use for believing application program which reduce power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment is communicated from (for example, via wirelessly or non-wirelessly connecting) with electronic equipment Another electronic equipment receives the contact information of (1152) first contact persons (for example, from another electronic equipment (for example, parent Equipment)), such as in Figure 10 CC.In some embodiments, electronic equipment allow (1154) during limited use pattern with First contact person communication is (for example, when communication limitation is set to contact person's setting (for example, when during limited use pattern When only allowing the traffic operation with specified contact person on an electronic device), allow the traffic operation for the first contact person Execute), such as in Figure 10 M.In some embodiments, electronic equipment automatically saves the institute saved on an electronic device State the received contact information of institute of the first contact person in multiple contact persons.Optionally, electronic equipment and another electronics are set Standby with same user's group account (for example, " family " or " family is shared " account) associated (1156), such as in Figure 10 W.In In some embodiments, another electronic equipment is the equipment of parent in family account.In such embodiment, Fu Mushe It is standby can with one or more contact persons of children collaborative share parent (for example, contact information, such as name, telephone number, E-mail address etc.).For example, parent's equipment can by parent's equipment to showing " with children's collaborative share " and can indicate Select transmit and save the contact information of contact person in parent's equipment to children equipment (for example, not needing to specify children Contact information or the specified target device for being sent to contact information).In some embodiments, it is desirable that parent is in father Password is inputted at female equipment to transmit and be stored in children's equipment by contact information.Permission user's selectivity described above Ground allows electronic equipment effective the mode of the access of the traffic operation with certain contact persons during being limited in limited use pattern The use of ground certain communication application programs when being limited in limited use pattern, which reduce power consumption and improves equipment Battery life.

In some embodiments, one or more specified connection on electronic equipment in the multiple contact person People (for example, saving contact person on an electronic device, the contact person on electronic equipment in designated contact group or limited The contact person on white list being allowed to during use pattern) (1158) are customized (for example, contact person can be added to connection It is people's white list or deletes from contact person's white list (for example, the connection that traffic operation is not limited during limited use pattern It is people)), such as in Figure 10 M.In some embodiments, included or be not included specific on contact person's white list Contact person can be controlled by electronic equipment.For example, certain contact persons of electronic equipment can be designated as " permission " or " not by Limit " so that unrestricted (for example, with other contact persons or a with the communication of those contact persons during limited use pattern The communication of body is optionally restricted during limited use pattern).In some embodiments, these " unrestricted " connections People is to be in be defined (for example, in setting user interface of electronic equipment itself) certainly in electronic equipment.In some embodiment party In case, these " unrestricted " contact persons are defined at another equipment (for example, if current device is in family account Children's equipment then limits at parent's equipment in the family account of children's equipment).In some embodiments, parent is wanted It asks and inputs password at parent's equipment to limit " unrestricted " contact person in children's equipment from parent's equipment.Described above The mode of the access of the traffic operation with certain contact persons is permitted during allowing user to be selectively limited in limited use pattern Perhaps the use of certain communication application programs when electronic equipment is effectively limited in limited use pattern, which reduce power consumptions And improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, during one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern Institute on the electronic equipment that (for example, during limited use pattern (for example, bedtime mode)) allows communication to operate It states one or more of designated contacts in multiple contact persons and is different from (1160) associated with limited use pattern The one or more designated contacts of permission communication operates except one or more of time windows second (for example, The contact person's white list in the daytime being not limited is communicated during limited use pattern), such as in Figure 10 O to Figure 10 S.One In a little embodiments, contact person's white list is different from night contact person white list (for example, leading to during limited use pattern in the daytime The contact person that letter operation is not limited).For example, 10pm is extremely if limited use pattern is arranged to from 10pm to 6am The application program and/or contact person's white list of 6am is optionally different from the application program and/or the white name of contact person of 6am to 10pm Single (for example, different application program and/or contact person can be restricted in different ways during the two periods). In some embodiments, particular contact can be listed in contact person's white list in the daytime and night contact person's white list the two (for example, contact person is optionally overlapped in the two white lists).In some embodiments, contact person's white list and night in the daytime Between contact person's white list it is identical.In some embodiments, it is grasped with the communication of the contact person not on contact person's white list in the daytime Make to be restricted except limited use pattern.In some embodiments, parent can be arranged from parent's equipment or update day Between and/or night contact person's white list.In some embodiments, parent is required to input password at parent's equipment with from father The setting of female equipment or update in children's equipment in the daytime and/or night contact person's white list.Permission user selection described above During being limited in limited use pattern to property and except electronics is allowed to the mode of the access of the traffic operation with certain contact persons The use of equipment certain communication application programs when being effectively limited in limited use pattern, which reduce power consumption and improves The battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment receives (1162) for that will pacify via one or more of input equipments The second application program in the multiple application program of dress on an electronic device is added to application program and uses the defeated of white list Enter, such as in Figure 10 I to Figure 10 J.When one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern are defined When and during one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern, according to determine the second application program Application program is included in using in white list, electronic equipment provides (1164) to the access of the second application program (for example, will answer It is added to the list for the application program being not limited during limited use pattern with program), such as in Figure 10 J.One In a little embodiments, any application program installed on an electronic device can be added to application program white list, either (for example, if current device is in family account in the setting user interface of electronic equipment itself or via another equipment Children's equipment, then at parent's equipment in family account be children's device definition).In some embodiments, parent's quilt It is required that input password from parent's equipment at parent's equipment to be arranged or update the application program white list in children's equipment.Above The permission user allows electricity to the mode of the access of certain application programs during being selectively limited in limited use pattern The use of sub- equipment certain communication application programs when being effectively limited in limited use pattern, which reduce power consumption and changes It has been apt to the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, electronic equipment receives (1166) for changing one associated with limited use pattern Or one or more inputs of multiple limited use patterns settings are (for example, more to beginning/end time of limited use pattern Change, to change of white list etc.), such as in figure 10f.It is one or more of limited using mould for changing in response to receiving One or more of inputs (1168) of formula setting, set according to determining for changing one or more of limited use patterns The one or more of inputs set are via one or more of input equipments reception of electronic equipment and electronic equipment It is children's equipment (for example, classification based on user account associated with electronic equipment or the choosing selected on an electronic device ), electronic equipment required before executing one or more of limited use patterns setting changes (1170) authorization (for example, It is required that the user of electronic equipment inputs password to be modified to limited use pattern), such as in Figure 10 T to Figure 10 V.Example Such as, determine that one or more of inputs for changing one or more of limited use pattern settings are in children's equipment Locate received to be optionally based on determining user account associated with electronic equipment (for example, being currently logged into the use in equipment Family) it is classified as children account.In some embodiments, determination is set for changing one or more of limited use patterns It is optionally based on determining electronic equipment setting in equipment that the one or more of inputs set, which are received at children's equipment, It is arranged to children's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment) in setting.In some embodiments, if electronic equipment Children's equipment in family account, then any limited use pattern setting as described herein or preference or rule etc. only in response to Password or other certification authoritys are inputted at children's equipment can be modified at children's equipment (for example, determining that these set It one of sets when just being modified, electronic device prompts user inputs password, which must be certified before modification is allowed to). In some embodiments, certification authority is identical as authority (for example, the password for being used for unlocker device) for unlocker device.In In some embodiments, certification authority is different from the authority authority of parent (for example, in family account) for unlocker device.In In some embodiments, parent's equipment remotely (for example, optionally, can pass through and input parent's authority at parent's equipment) come Modification effective arrangement above in children's equipment.In some embodiments, it is desirable that parent inputs password at parent's equipment Remotely to modify the arrangement above in children's equipment.In response to receiving for changing one or more of limited use patterns The one or more of inputs (1168) being arranged are arranged according to determining for changing one or more of limited use patterns One or more of inputs be received except electronic equipment (for example, to limited use pattern via parent's equipment Change is carried out in parent's equipment), electronic equipment executes (1172) one or more of limited use pattern settings more Change and (for example, being modified to limited use pattern, input additional authority without requiring), such as in Figure 10 X to Figure 10 CC.Example Such as, determine that one or more of inputs for changing one or more of limited use pattern settings are set via parent It is standby it is received be optionally based on determination user account associated with another equipment (for example, being currently logged into equipment User) it is classified as parent account.In some embodiments, it determines for changing one or more of limited use patterns The one or more of inputs being arranged, which are received via parent's equipment, to be set based on determining another equipment It is arranged to parent's equipment (for example, being arranged in initial setting up equipment) in standby setting.In some embodiments, electronics is set Standby is parent's equipment.In some embodiments, electronic equipment is different from parent's equipment (for example, electronic equipment is that children set It is standby).In some embodiments, parent's equipment remotely (for example, passing through internet, bluetooth or other networks or agreement) carries out Change to the limited use pattern setting in children's equipment.In some embodiments, it is desirable that parent is defeated at parent's equipment Enter password remotely to change the setting of the limited use pattern in children's equipment.Limitations described above changes limited use pattern The mode of the ability of setting certain application programs during allowing electronic equipment effectively and to be selectively limited in certain periods Use, which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve equipment Battery life.

In some embodiments, in response to executing received one or more of limited uses except electronic equipment Mode setting, electronic equipment present (1174) about one or more of limited use patterns setting changes instruction (for example, Visually indicate (for example, one or more of text and image), sound instruction, oral instruction, and/or tactile and/or sense of touch Output instruction) (for example, presenting about the setting of limited use pattern is the notice remotely changed by parent's equipment), such as scheming In 10CC.In some embodiments, if parent's equipment remotely modifies the effective arrangement above in children's equipment really, Then children's equipment shows the notice of such remotely modifying generation, the details of modification (for example, parent's equipment is by limited use pattern 9pm to 7am, etc. is changed to from 10pm to 6am in period effective time window).Change described above is limited to use mould Certain application programs makes during the mode of formula setting allows electronic equipment effectively and to be selectively limited in certain periods With which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve the electricity of equipment The pond service life.

In some embodiments, except one or more of time windows associated with limited use pattern, Electronic equipment shows one or more the indicating (for example, icon, desktop are small of the application program of (1176) installation on an electronic device The window of the first application program in program, multitask view together with other windows of other applications), such as scheming In 10RR.For example, electronic equipment shows one or more application program window (example associated with one or more application program Such as, in multitask graphical user interface view) or electronic equipment show and answered for starting on the main screen of electronic equipment With one or more icons of program.One or more of first indicated including the first application program indicate there is first Visual characteristic (such as set to be mounted on electronics when not in limited use pattern when (for example, in the main screen of electronic equipment) Standby upper application program shows normal icon, such as in terms of color, do not covered it is hidden, etc..In some embodiments, with by Limit the associated one or more of time windows of use pattern during (1178) (for example, in response to limited use pattern The beginning of associated one or more of time windows), it is not included according to determining first application program in application program Using white list (for example, not by limited accass constraint (for example, during limited use pattern during limited use pattern Can be accessed completely or partially) application program list) in, electronic equipment is with different from First look characteristic the second views Feel that characteristic shows that (1180) have the first of the first application program to indicate (for example, the application journey not on application program white list The appearance of the expression of sequence is different from the appearance of the expression of the application program not on application program white list), such as in figure In 10SS.In some embodiments, during limited notification mode, electronic equipment modification is not included in the white name of application program The appearance of the various aspects of application program in list.For example, the application program being not included in white list icon (for example, Icon on the main screen of equipment) add shade and/or occupy-place generic indicator to use mould limited during limited use pattern Be displayed in formula above the icon of those application programs (or partly it is displayed on any portion of the icon of those application programs Divide above), as mentioned before.In some embodiments, occupy-place generic indicator (for example, lock icon) is placed on and applies On or near the associated text of program icon.For another example, it is not included the application of the application program in application program white list Included notice reference symbol is optionally modified in program icon, as mentioned before.For another example, in some embodiments, electronics Equipment has multiple task ability, and wherein electronic equipment optionally shows while showing the visual representation of more than one application program User interface is (for example, show the icon from multiple application programs simultaneously while showing active user circle of multiple application programs The user interface of the screenshot capture in face, multiple application windows of different application are necessarily presented at the same time, etc.).Some In embodiment, during limited use pattern, the not application in application program white list in the above multi-task user interface The expression of program by electronic equipment modify (for example, fade out or add shade, or be otherwise modified to with be included in Application program in application program white list is corresponding to indicate that different visual characteristics is shown).In some embodiments, with (1178) are (for example, in response to using mould with limited during the limited associated one or more of time windows of use pattern The beginning of the associated one or more of time windows of formula), application program is included according to determining first application program Using in white list, electronic equipment shows that the first of (1182) first application programs indicate (for example, by wrapping with First look characteristic The appearance included in the expression of the application program in application program white list continues during limited use pattern with identical vision Characteristic is shown), such as in Figure 10 SS.Described above selectively changes during limited use pattern not using journey The mode of the appearance of the expression of application program on sequence white list by provide about during limited use pattern user to assorted Instruction of the application program with or without access authority and to allow electronic equipment effectively and to be selectively limited in certain The use of application-specific during period, which reduce the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, this is reduced again Power consumption and the battery life for improving equipment.

In some embodiments, show the first of the first application program indicates to include (1184) In with the second visual characteristic First, which indicates that display is limited, uses reference symbol, and being limited using reference symbol includes being restricted about the access to the first application program It indicates (for example, being added to the reference symbol visually indicated that application program image target has lock or some other limitation symbol, such as Cover those application icons or those application program image target arbitrary portions (for example, upper right portion of icon)), such as exist In Figure 10 SS.In some embodiments, limitation symbol (for example, lock icon) is placed on related to limited applications program icon On or near the text of connection.In some embodiments, when limited use pattern is not effective, application icon include and that The one or more of the associated notice of a little application programs visually indicates (not to be read for example, instruction is received in the application program The reference symbol of covering icon a part of the quantity of notice).In such embodiment, for being not included in the white name of application program Application program those of in list, those visually indicate it is removed, graying, with from its remove notice quantity, be replaced by Occupy-place generic instruction (for example, lock icon) or the notice state (example for being otherwise altered so that those application programs Such as, quantity is notified) no longer conveyed by those instructions.Described above selectively changes not on application program white list Application program expression the appearance during limited use pattern mode by user during limited use pattern not It is shown in application program with access authority and is limited using reference symbol and electronic equipment is allowed effectively and to be selectively limited in The use of application-specific during certain periods, it reduce the possibility that user attempts to access that such limited applications program Property, turn, this reduces the uses during electronic equipment at those times section, thus reduce power consumption and improve the battery of equipment Service life.

In some embodiments, show the first of the first application program indicates to include display with First look characteristic (1186) the first of notice reference symbol (for example, indicator of unread message, missed call etc.) indicates, notice reference symbol is included in The instruction (for example, quantity of unread message, missed call etc.) of received notice at first application program, also, with the second view Feel that characteristic shows the first of the first application program indicates to include that display (1188) first indicates, wherein notice reference symbol is made by limited (for example, obscure the indicator or substitute the indicator with figure) is substituted with reference symbol, such as in Figure 10 RR to Figure 10 SS. In some embodiments, during limited use pattern time window, lock reference symbol described above substitutes non-white list application The instruction of the application program image target notice reference symbol of program, as previously described.Described above selectively changes not using journey The mode of appearance of the expression of application program on sequence white list during limited use pattern in user limited by using In application program during mode without access authority with the limited notice instruction using reference symbol alternate application program representation and The use of application-specific during allowing electronic equipment effectively and to be selectively limited in certain periods, this is not by referring to Show in the presence of notice recently and user is prevented to attempt to access that the limited applications program with such notification, which reduce electronic equipments to exist Use during those periods, this reduces power consumption again and improves the battery life of equipment.

It should be appreciated that the particular order that the operation in Figure 11 A to Figure 11 I is described is only exemplary, not It is intended to show that described sequence is the unique order that these operations can be performed.Those skilled in the art will recognize that a variety of Mode resequences to operations described herein.Moreover, it is noted that herein in conjunction with its other party as described herein The details of other processes described in method (for example, method 700,900,1300 and 1500) is equally suitable for above in a similar way The method 1100 in conjunction with described in Figure 11 A to Figure 11 I.For example, above with reference to limited use pattern described in method 1100, using limit Setting up to set etc. optionally has herein by reference to described in other methods as described herein (for example, method 700,900,1300 and 1500) Limited use pattern, one or more of feature for using limitation setting etc..For brevity, this is not repeated herein A little details.

Operation in above- mentioned information processing method is optionally by one or more functions in operation information processing unit Module realizes, the information processing unit such as general processor is (for example, as combined Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 3 and Fig. 5 A to scheming Described in 5H) or specific to application chip.In addition, the operation above with reference to described in Figure 11 A to Figure 11 I is optionally by Figure 1A to figure Discribed component is implemented in 1B.For example, display operation 1122,1124,1176,1180,1182,1184,1186 and 1188 And operation 1102,1106,1138,1152,1162 and 1166 is received optionally by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180 It is realized with button.onrelease 190.Event monitor 171 in event classifier 170 detects connecing on touch screen 504 Touching, and event information is transmitted to application program 136-1 by event dispatcher module 174.The corresponding event of application program 136-1 Event information and corresponding event are defined 186 and are compared by identifier 180, and determine on touch screen at first position first Whether contact is corresponding with predefined event or subevent, and predefined event or subevent are all for example to pair in user interface The selection of elephant.When detecting corresponding predefined event or subevent, event recognizer 180 activates and to the event or son The associated button.onrelease 190 of the detection of event.Button.onrelease 190 optionally with or call data renovator 176 or object renovator 177 carry out more new application internal state 192.In some embodiments, button.onrelease 190 is visited Ask that corresponding GUI renovator 178 carrys out content shown by more new application.Similarly, those skilled in the art can be clear How know to Chu can realize other processes based on the component that Figure 1A describes into Figure 1B.

Inhibit HELPER APPLICATIONS function in the user interface

User interacts in a number of different manners and during the different time of day or night with electronic equipment.Example Such as, the news that user can be installed on an electronic device in bed during its morning train commutes or at the end of one is answered With reading latest news in program.However, in some cases, user is certain during being difficult to monitor and be limited in certain periods The use of application program.Implementation described below scheme provides electronic equipment and is satisfied in the restrictive condition of application-specific When (such as limited when application program operating limit associated with those application programs is reached and/or in electronic equipment During the one or more periods operated in use pattern) inhibit those application-specifics miscellaneous function mode.In The totality for inhibiting the miscellaneous function of application program that electronic equipment is allowed for efficiently reduce electronic equipment when restrictive condition is satisfied It uses, so that the power for reducing equipment uses and increases the battery life of battery-driven equipment.It should be appreciated that people's use is set It is standby.When people uses equipment, this people is optionally referred to as the user of equipment.

Figure 12 A to Figure 12 BB show according to the electronic equipments of some embodiments of the disclosure with application-specific Associated application program operating limit or restrictive condition inhibit the exemplary of the miscellaneous function of those application programs when being reached Mode.Embodiment in these attached drawings is for showing process described below, the mistake including reference Figure 13 A to Figure 13 H description Journey.

Figure 12 A shows the example devices 500 with touch screen 504, referring to described in Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Touch screen 504 Optionally one or more user interfaces of the display including various contents.In the example shown in Figure 12 A, touch screen 504 is being limited Condition processed be not satisfied in equipment 500 (for example, user limit operating limit be not reached also, and with limited use Except the time window that the associated one or more users of mode limit) when show main screen 1202.In some embodiments In, when having reached operating limit for given application program or application programs categories, restrictive condition is satisfied, such as above with reference to Described in method 700 and 900.In some embodiments, as described in reference method 1100 above, restrictive condition with limited use It is satisfied during the associated one or more time windows of mode.In fig. 12, main screen 1202 includes in equipment Start on 500 or otherwise show different application icon 424,426,416,432,434,436,440,442, 444,448,450 and 452, as described in above with reference to Fig. 4 A.As illustrated in fig. 12, one or more application program icon is optionally Including informing the user any notification indicator 1204 for not reading notice associated with the application program.For example, in Figure 12 A The instruction of notification indicator 1204 has three unread messages in messages application 424.In some embodiments, notification indicator 1204 be the reference symbol for being stacked on appropriate icon (or being partly stacked above), as illustrated in fig. 12.

In Figure 12 B to Figure 12 C, the water of contact 1203 is detected on touch screen 504 when main screen 1202 is shown Flat gently to sweep, this causes equipment 500 to show search user interface 1207 when not being satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition.Search User interface 1207 is optionally to search for the content that can be accessed from equipment 500 (for example, website, news, Email, peace It is application program in equipment 500, available for download to application program, the calendar of equipment 500 etc.) equipment 500 behaviour Make the user interface of system.Search user interface 1207 is optionally included to be used to search for access from equipment 500 for inputting The text field 1204 of one or more search terms of content, the operating system for showing equipment 500 are answering for user's suggestion With " application proposal " user interface 1208 of program (such as, it is proposed that common application program, is received most recently used application program The application program of hiding, the application program being currently running) and desktop corresponding with the application program being mounted in equipment 500 Small routine 1210 (e.g., including it is associated with corresponding application program and by the text of corresponding application program update, image, And/or the user interface object or window of any other content), as shown in figure 12 c.For example, in fig. 12 c, application proposal User interface 1208 applies 442, messages application 424 and social media A using 452 including photo application 428, body-building support, and And desktop small routine 1210a corresponds to " social media application A " application program, desktop small routine 1210b corresponds to " contact person " Application program.

In fig. 12d, user has inputted search term " social media " when not being satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition Into the text field 1204.It is had been entered in the text field 1204 in response to search term " social media ", equipment 500 is being searched for Various search results relevant to search term " social media " are shown in user interface 1207.For example, equipment 500 is shown mounted in The link 1212a of social media application program " social media A " in equipment 500, as to " social media A " application it is relevant The link 1212b of the social media website " social media A " of website and it is available for from application shop (for example, application program Repository) downloading showing for two social media application programs can indicate: show energy for downloading " social media B " application program It indicates 1212c and can indicate 1212d for downloading showing for " social media C " application program.

Figure 12 E, which is shown, is showing home screen user when not being satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition in equipment 500 When interface 1202 at equipment 500 received new information.In some embodiments, the event of message is received at equipment 500 Corresponding to activation for showing the function of notice relevant to new information in equipment 500.For example, Figure 12 F shows equipment 500 It shows in response to receiving the message in Figure 12 E and notifies 1214, instruction new information is relatively received with 424 messages applications 's.In some embodiments, the event for receiving new information, which corresponds to, starts other miscellaneous functions, such as update application program image The unread message indicator put on.For example, Figure 12 F show equipment 500 in response to detecting the new information of messages application 424 and Update message is reflected in messages application 424 using the indicator 1204 on 424 (including newly to be connect now with four unread messages The message of receipts).

Figure 12 G shows touch screen 504 and is applying 452 related new informations with messages application 424 and social media A Messages application 424 and social media A are satisfied using 452 in equipment 500 in restrictive condition when being received at equipment 500 (for example, user limit operating limit be reached and/or current time be at one associated with limited use pattern or During the time window that multiple users limit) when show main screen 1202.In some embodiments, corresponding to limited applications Icon is changed when restrictive condition is satisfied those applications.For example, corresponding to limited messages application 424 and social matchmaker Body A is covered using 452 icon 424 and 452 when restrictive condition is satisfied those application programs hidden (for example, distortion, change Ash fades out, and/or visually changes).Figure 12 G show indicator 1204 associated with messages application 424 optionally by Cover it is hidden so that the quantity quantity of unread message (for example, in messages application 424) for not reading notice is no longer visible.In some implementations In scheme, indicator 1204 be by with occupy-place generic indicate 1206 (such as lock icons) covered and substituting the indicator it is hidden, As shown in fig. 12g.In some embodiments, occupy-place generic instruction covering (or partly covering) with all limited applications journeys On the associated all icons of sequence, no matter whether limited applications program, which has, any is not read to notify.In some embodiments, it accounts for Position generic indicator (for example, lock icon) be placed on text associated with the application icon of limited applications program or Near.

Figure 12 H shows equipment 500 and is disappeared by abandoning being shown in when restrictive condition is satisfied limited applications program The notice of received two new informations notified to inhibit those application programs in breath and social media A application.Figure 12 H is also shown Equipment 500 abandons update message and to be reflected in messages application does not read to disappear now with five using the indicator 1204 on 424 Breath (including new received message).In some embodiments, equipment 500 is in restrictive condition for receiving to limited applications program The application program of message will be placed when being satisfied occupy-place generic indicate 1206 (for example, lock icons) be stacked in this using journey On the associated icon of sequence (or being partly stacked on it), as shown in Figure 12 H.It is covered for example, Figure 12 H shows lock icon 1206 Lid social media A applies 452 upper right portion.In some embodiments, occupy-place generic instruction covering (or partly covering) On all icons associated with all limited applications programs, no matter whether limited applications program, which has, any is not read to notify. In some embodiments, occupy-place generic indicator (for example, lock icon) is placed on the application program with limited applications program On or near the associated text of icon.

In Figure 12 H to Figure 12 I, the perpendicular of contact 1203 is detected on touch screen 504 when main screen 1202 is shown (for example, from the region of touch screen 504 not shown down to main screen 1202) is directly gently swept, this leads to equipment 500 show notification history interface 1220 when being satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition.Notification history interface 1220 is optionally What the display of the operating system of equipment 500 was stored in the previous receipt in equipment 500 corresponds to one or more application program The user interface of notice.In some embodiments, equipment 500 shows limited applications program in notification history interface 1220 Repressed notice.In some embodiments, equipment 500 visually cover it is hidden shown in notification history interface 1220 by The notice (for example, fuzzy, graying or visually change the notice) of application program is limited, as shown in figure 12i.For example, scheming In 12I, equipment 500 shown in notification history interface 1220 it is associated with messages application 424 notify 1222 and with social matchmaker Body A using 452 it is associated notify 1224, they be received at Figure 12 G but in Figure 12 H be suppressed.

In some embodiments, equipment 500 with previously it is repressed notify associated application program use pole (for example, after restrictive condition is no longer satisfied those application programs when limit is reset；For example, making in application program After being no longer satisfied with the limit, or after the limited use pattern of equipment terminates) show those notices, it just look like them It is just received like that.For example, Figure 12 J show touch screen 504 in restrictive condition in equipment 500 for messages application 424 Be satisfied with social media A using 452 (for example, the operating limit that user limits be reached and current time be with it is limited During the time window that the associated one or more users of use pattern limit) when and with messages application 424 and social activity Media A is shown after being received and inhibit at equipment 500 when restrictive condition is satisfied using 452 related new informations Main screen 1202 (for example, as described in above with reference to Figure 12 G to Figure 12 H).Figure 12 K shows equipment touch screen 504 and is using pole When limit is reset messages application 424 and social media A using 452 (for example, restrictive condition for those application programs not At the time of being satisfied again) display main screen 1202.452 are applied for messages application 424 and social media A in response to operating limit It is reset or the limited use pattern of equipment 500 terminates, equipment 500 optionally shows and previously in the limit of those application programs Condition processed repressed any notice associated with those application programs when being satisfied, as new notice.For example, equipment 500 Optionally present it is associated with messages application 424 previously it is repressed notify 1222 and with social media A apply 452 phases It is associated previously it is repressed notify 1224, as " new " notice (for example, just looking like that they have just been received).

In some embodiments, equipment 500 inhibits with limited applications program (for example, the application that restrictive condition is satisfied Program) associated other miscellaneous functions, inhibit limited applications program, inhibition and limited applications program such as in search result Associated desktop small routine inhibits limited applications program to appear in application program suggestion graphic user interface, and/or inhibit Window corresponding to limited applications program appears in multitask graphic user interface.For example, being limited in Figure 12 L to Figure 12 M When main screen 1202 is shown in touch screen when condition processed is satisfied messages application 424 and social media A using 452 Detect that the level of contact 1203 gently sweeps (for example, as described in above in association with Figure 12 G to Figure 12 H) on 504, this leads to equipment 500 It shows search user interface 1207, there is repressed miscellaneous function associated with limited applications program.Search user interface 1207 optionally include the text word for inputting the one or more search terms for being used to search for the content that can be accessed from equipment 500 " application proposal " user interface 1208 for the application program that section 1204, the operating system for showing equipment 500 are suggested for user, And the desktop small routine 1210 corresponding to the application program being mounted in equipment 500 is (for example, as above with reference to Figure 12 C institute It states).In some embodiments, equipment 500 inhibit limited applications program in application proposal user interface 1208 and with it is limited The associated desktop small routine of application program, as shown in Figure 12 M.For example, equipment 500 is by optionally visually covering hidden application It is recommended that in user interface 1208 limited applications program (for example, it is fuzzy, graying or visually change limited applications program) It (for example, visually covering hidden limited social media A using 452) and visually covers hidden associated with limited applications program Desktop small routine (for example, visually cover hidden with limited social media A using 452 associated desktop small routines) press down Application proposal associated with limited applications and desktop small routine are made, as shown in Figure 12 M.In some embodiments, equipment 500 By optionally not showing limited applications program in application proposal user interface 1208 and not showing and limited applications program Associated desktop small routine is (for example, abandon display social media A using 452 and with limited social media A using 452 phases Associated desktop small routine 1210a), but show other unrestricted applications (for example, the application journey that restrictive condition is not satisfied Sequence) and/or with unrestricted inhibit application program suggestion associated with limited applications using associated desktop small routine And desktop small routine.

In Figure 12 N, user will search in restrictive condition when being satisfied for social media A using 452 in equipment 500 Rope word " social media " is input in the text field 1204.The text field is had been entered in response to search term " social media " In 1204, equipment 500 shows various search results relevant to search term " social media " in search user interface 1207.Example Such as, equipment 500 is optionally shown mounted in the link of the social media application program " social media A " 452 in equipment 500 1212a, as to " social media A " application relevant website social media website " social media A " link 1212b, with And it is available for the link for the two social media application programs downloaded from application shop (for example, application repository): " society Hand over the link 1212c of media B " application program and the link 1212d of " social media C " application program.Due to restrictive condition for Social media A is satisfied using 452, thus link 1212a and link 1212b be suppressed (for example, be visually changed or by Cover hidden), as shown in Figure 12 N.In some embodiments, link 1212a and link 1212b by equipment 500 and not shown It is suppressed, as shown in Figure 12 O.It is not display link 1212a and link 1212b, optionally shows other unrestricted application (examples Such as, the application program that restrictive condition is not satisfied) link.

In some embodiments, equipment 500 inhibits with limited applications program (for example, the application that restrictive condition is satisfied Program) associated other miscellaneous functions, such as inhibit web site contents associated with limited applications program.For example, Figure 12 P shows Gone out equipment 500 by abandon showing from limited social media A using 452 associated websites The Web content of " www.socmeda.com " and show inhibit the Web content from the website web browser interface 1230.In some embodiments, equipment 500 not only inhibits the homepage of website associated with limited applications program, but also Inhibit any other webpage (for example, page with same homepage URL) of the website.In some embodiments, equipment 500 Display 1232 (for example, text and/or images) of instruction explain the website because restrictive condition applies 452 quilts for social media A Meet and limited, as shown in Figure 12 P.In some embodiments, equipment 500 is hidden (such as fuzzy, graying or regarding by covering Change in feel) Web content 1236 and show instruction 1232 explanation websites be restricted to inhibit the net from limited applications program Network content, as shown in Figure 12 Q.In some embodiments, web browser interface 1230 includes the network for inputting website The url field 1234 of address (for example, URL).Equipment 500 optionally allows user inhibiting associated with limited applications program Station address is inputted when website in url field 1234, and allows the user to navigate to another website, such as Figure 12 R to Figure 12 S institute Show.

In some embodiments, other one or more application journeys that equipment 500 allows user and is mounted in equipment Sequence shares content.Figure 12 T shows equipment 500 and shows Web content, web browser circle in web browser interface 1230 Face 1230 optionally include for share Web content it is selectable it is shared show can indicate 1236.For example, in Figure 12 T, it is right It shares and shows that the selection that can indicate 1236 is detected (for example, by showing the contact 1003 that can indicate to detect on 1236 shared Tap, as shown in Figure 12 T).In response to it is shared show can indicate 1236 selection, equipment 500 shows that shared graphic form is used Family interface 1240, as shown in Figure 12 U.In some embodiments, sharing graphic form user interface 1240 includes being mounted on to set The selectable icon of application program on standby 500, user optionally select the selectable icon to share Web content, As shown in Figure 12 U.In some embodiments, equipment 500 inhibits limited applications in shared graphic form user interface 1240 The icon of program.For example, equipment 500 is by visually covering hidden limited messages application icon 424 and being limited in Figure 12 U Social media A application icon 452 (for example, by fuzzy, graying or visually change icon) come in shared graphic form Inhibit limited messages application icon 424 and limited social media A application icon 452 in user interface 1240.In some realities It applies in scheme, equipment 500 shows limited messages application icon 424 in shared graphic form user interface 1240 by abandoning With limited social media A application icon 452 (for example, icon by not showing limited applications program) but show other Unrestricted application (for example, application program that restrictive condition is not satisfied) come inhibit limited messages application icon 424 and by The social media A application icon 452 of limit.

Figure 12 V shows equipment 500 when the restrictive condition that video Z is applied is not satisfied at the interface picture-in-picture (PIP) Display applies associated content with video Z in 1250.In some embodiments, the interface PIP 1250 is displayed on another use On the interface of family (for example, in the user interface of main screen, the main user interface of another application program, other applications), such as scheme Shown in 12V.In some embodiments, equipment 500 inhibits in application program when the restrictive condition of the application program is satisfied Appearance is displayed in interface picture-in-picture (PIP) 1250.For example, Figure 12 W is shown when the restrictive condition of video Z application is satisfied Inhibit to show in the interface PIP 1250 and applies associated content with video Z.In some embodiments, equipment 500 by Cover hidden (such as fuzzy, graying or visually change) content and/or the interface PIP 1250 visually to inhibit at the interface PIP Display applies associated content with video Z in 1250, as shown in Figure 12 W.In some embodiments, equipment 500 is by putting It abandons and inhibits and display and video in the interface PIP 1250 with video Z using the display of associated content in the interface PIP 1250 Z applies associated content.If the interface PIP 1250 is currently displaying and video Z application phase when restrictive condition is satisfied Associated content, then equipment 500 in some embodiments by stop at the content in the interface PIP 1250 display (for example, Close pip window) and/or cover the hidden interface PIP 1250 (for example, keep pip window graying or fade out) and/or suspend the playback of video To inhibit display with video Z using associated content.In some embodiments, equipment 500 is by visually covering in hidden Hold and/or the interface PIP 1250 and is automatically closed the interface PIP 1250 after a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) Inhibit to show in the interface PIP 1250 and apply associated content with video Z, (for example, it is aobvious to be shown in stopping as shown in Figure 12 X Show the equipment 500 after the interface PIP 1250).

In some embodiments, equipment 500 inhibits with limited applications program (for example, the application that restrictive condition is satisfied Program) associated other miscellaneous functions, such as inhibit the matchmaker for controlling media content associated with limited applications program Body control interface.For example, contact is detected on touch screen 504 when main screen 1202 is shown in Figure 12 Y to Figure 12 Z 1203 vertical gently sweeps (for example, from the region of touch screen 504 not shown upwards to main screen 1202), this leads Equipment 500 is caused to show media controlling interface 1260 when not being satisfied in equipment 500 in restrictive condition.Media controlling interface 1260 It is optionally user circle of the control of the operating system of equipment 500 from each application program in equipment 500 to the playback of content Face.Media controlling interface 1260 optionally includes media control button 1262 and instruction media control for controlling media content Interface 1260 processed is currently controlling the media content information 1264 of what media content, as shown in Figure 12 Z.For example, Figure 12 Z shows Media playback of the control of equipment 500 by music application to the song " Hit Song " of " Pop Star " is gone out.In some implementations In scheme, equipment 500 inhibits for matchmaker associated with limited applications program (for example, application program that restrictive condition is satisfied) The media controlling interface 1260 held in vivo.For example, Figure 12 AA show equipment 500 in restrictive condition in equipment 500 for sound Happy application, messages application 424 and social media A show media controlling interface 1260 when being satisfied using 452, and inhibit to be used for Control the media controlling interface 1260 of media content associated with music application.In some embodiments, equipment 500 passes through Stop the playback of media content associated with music application and disables media control button 1262 (for example, not allowing described press Button be used to control associated with limited applications program media content) inhibit media controlling interface 1260, such as Figure 12 AA institute Show.In some embodiments, equipment 500 also visually covers hidden media control button 1262 and (obscures for example, passing through, is graying Or visually change media control button), as shown in Figure 12 AA.In some embodiments, equipment 500 is in a period of time Automatic resetting media controlling interface 1260 after (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds), as shown in Figure 12 BB.For example, Figure 12 BB is shown Equipment 500 no longer plays media content associated with music application (for example, media content associated with music application is believed Breath 1264 is no longer displayed by), and equipment 500 no longer disables media control button 1262.In some embodiments, equipment 500 a period of times (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) after restrictive condition is satisfied and/or media control is reset in equipment 500 A period of time after interface 1260 processed stops the display of media controlling interface 1260.

Figure 13 A to Figure 13 H is shown according to some embodiments of the disclosure associated with application-specific Application program operating limit or restrictive condition inhibit when being reached those application programs miscellaneous function method 1300 stream Cheng Tu.Method 1300 optionally executes in electronic equipment (such as equipment 100, equipment 300 or equipment 500), such as above in association with Described in Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 2 to Fig. 3, Fig. 4 A to Fig. 4 B and Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Some operations in method 1300 optionally by The sequence of combination and/or some operations is optionally changed.

As described below, method 1300 is provided in application program operating limit quilt associated with application-specific Inhibit the mode of the miscellaneous function of those application programs when reaching.What this method was interacted by limiting user with application-specific Mode uses to reduce the overall of electronic equipment.For battery-driven electronic equipment, the overall using just of electronic equipment is reduced It saves power and increases the time interval between battery charging.

In some embodiments, communicated with display and one or more input equipment electronic equipment (e.g., including The mobile device of touch screen, such as including the equipment 500 of touch screen 504, computer or tablet computer, including keyboard, mouse, touching Control plate, one or more of touch screen, such as touch screen 504, wearable device such as including the smartwatch of touch screen, or The set-top box communicated with television set and input equipment (for example, remote controler)) for one or more application program (including installation The first application program in multiple application programs on an electronic device) implement limitation (for example, keeping screen time information, making With the time of application-specific, about from the received notice of application-specific information, about concern event information, and And optionally controlling electronic devices allow above item amount (for example, operating limit, the bedtime limitation etc.)) when detect (1302) event corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of the first application program is (for example, the notice of display application program can be triggered Event generation, for show correspond to application program desktop small routine request, for sharing user circle via system Request of the face with the request of Application sharing content, for checking website associated with application program, for checking previously Notify the request of the history of (notice including application program), for showing application content in picture-in-picture (PIP) mode Request, the request for showing application program in search result, the request for checking multitask graphic user interface or The request that person operates for showing and/or executing media control associated with application program), wherein the first application program is auxiliary Assist can be used for being performed the main user interface without the first application program of display (for example, not in the application of application program Start application program in program window or other main views) function (for example, the interactive notice of display, to execute shared table dynamic Make, display desktop small routine, display notification history, shows website in a browser, shown in application program in PIP mode Hold, show in search result application program, show application window in multitask graphic user interface or show and/ Or control media control operation), such as in fig. 12 c.In some embodiments, one or more of application programs make It is carried out (for example, on period, one week of twenty four hours or any other period) over a period with the limit.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting event corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of the first application program (1304), it has been satisfied according to the restrictive condition of determining first application program (for example, the application program that user limits uses " pole Limit " (for example, operating limit or limit) has been reached), electronic equipment inhibits (1306) miscellaneous function (for example, inhibiting and applying The associated notice systematic function of program, the display of website associated with application program, shared table movement, multitask figure Display and and application program in user interface corresponding to application content in the display of the window of application program, PIP mode Associated any other function (including operation system function) (for example, limitation application appears in search result, limitation to The access of the associated desktop small routine of application program, limitation application program occur as the application program suggested or limitation pair Should be appeared in multitask graphic user interface in the window of application program)), such as in Figure 12 M.In some embodiments In, operating limit is arranged for overall device and uses, the use of multiple application programs or is used in given application programs categories Application-specific.In some embodiments, the starting of application program is also suppressed (for example, being restricted).In some realities Apply in scheme, miscellaneous function be in response in detect the event and by preventing the function from being executed to be suppressed.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting event corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of the first application program (1304), it is not satisfied also according to determining restrictive condition, electronic equipment executes (1308) miscellaneous function, without showing application program Main user interface (for example, allowing the normal use or execution of the related function of various application programs on an electronic device, such as Notice is generated from application program, shared table movement, display website associated with application program, shows and answers in PIP mode It is appeared in the window that contents of program, display desktop small routine associated with application program, display correspond to application program more Task graphic user interface, etc.) in, such as in fig. 12 c.It is as described herein limitation and miscellaneous function optionally with reference method 700, limited use pattern described in 900 and 1100, miscellaneous function and/or application program operating limit are same or similar.More than The mode of the function for the application program that the inhibition operating limit of description has been exceeded allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce electronics to set It is standby it is overall use, which reduce power consumption and improve the battery life of equipment.

Miscellaneous function is optionally included in response to corresponding to notice associated with the first application program (for example, using journey Sequence generate warning and/or notice) activation event generation and the instruction of the first kind of the notice is presented (for example, In Display visually indicates, sound is played with loudspeaker associated with electronic equipment, generates tactile and/or sense of touch output on display Deng) (1310), such as in Figure 12 F.In some embodiments, notice includes visually indicating (for example, window, pop-up box), Including text and/or image.In addition to this or alternatively, notice optionally includes sound and/or tactile and/or sense of touch output refers to Show.In some embodiments, electronic equipment inhibits notice associated with the application program that operating limit has been exceeded.One In a little embodiments, the display of (such as text and/or image) is visually indicated by abandoning user or abandon the generation of notice come Inhibit notice.In some embodiments, it is visually indicated by covering hidden user (for example, visually change visually indicates, text And/or image) inhibit to notify.In some embodiments, by abandon executing associated with application program sound and/or Tactile and/or sense of touch output instruction are to inhibit to notify.In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes presenting to be answered by first With the notice of Program Generating.The mode of inhibition described above notice associated with the application program that restrictive condition is satisfied permits Perhaps overall use that electronic equipment efficiently reduces electronic equipment (does not execute informing function for example, passing through, and does not therefore prompt User interacts with notice and/or electronic equipment), which reduce power consumption and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, detecting event corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of the first application program includes detection The generation (1312) of the event of activation corresponding to notice associated with the first application program is (for example, detection can trigger notice The generation of the event of presentation), such as in fig. 12e.In some embodiments, inhibiting miscellaneous function includes answering in response to first Abandon presenting the instruction (1314) of the first kind (for example, inhibiting related to limited applications program with program notice generated The notice of connection), such as in Figure 12 G to Figure 12 H.In some embodiments, visually indicated by abandoning user (such as text And/or image) display or abandon the generation of notice and inhibit to notify.In some embodiments, by covering hidden user's vision Instruction (for example, visually change visually indicate, text and/or image) inhibits to notify.In some embodiments, pass through Abandon executing sound associated with application program and/or tactile and/or sense of touch output instruction to inhibit to notify.

In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes presenting in response to the first application program notice generated The instruction (1316) (for example, display vertically hung scroll, Pop-up notice or lock-screen notice) of the first kind, such as in Figure 12 F. In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes that the notice generated by the first application program is presented.Inhibition described above It is associated with the application program that restrictive condition is satisfied to notify and do not inhibit and the unsatisfied application program of restrictive condition The mode of associated notice allows electronic equipment effectively and selectively to reduce the use of electronic equipment (for example, by not The informing function of certain application programs is executed, and does not therefore prompt user to interact with notice and/or electronic equipment), this reduction Power consumption and the battery life for improving equipment.

In some embodiments, (1318), electronic equipment are satisfied according to the restrictive condition of determining first application program It include (1319) in notification history user interface by visually indicate (for example, image, window, the text etc.) of the instruction of the first kind (for example, the user of the multiple notices for being used to show that the one or more application program of electronic equipment is previously generated visually indicated Interface) in, such as in Figure 12 I.In some embodiments, notification history user interface further includes by addition to first using journey One or more instructions (1319) of the notice of one or more application Program Generating except sequence.In some embodiments, Electronic equipment shows the notification history of multiple application programs in notification history user interface, generates including the first application program Any repressed notice visually indicates.

In some embodiments, the notice that the multiple application program (including the first application program) generates is displayed on Be exclusively used in display on an electronic device via the notification history user interface of the received notice of multiple application programs (for example, Window) in (for example, even from determine the first application program restrictive condition be satisfied).This optionally allows user clear later Look at the notice of repressed application program.In some embodiments, the vision of the notice from not repressed application program Instruction is also present in except notification history user interface (other than being present in notification history user interface), and is come from The visually indicating for notice of repressed application program (for example, first application program) is only present in notification history user interface In.It is described above that repressed notice associated with the application program that restrictive condition is satisfied is shown in notification history Mode allows electronic equipment effectively to organize and show otherwise repressed notice, without sending out notice (for example, by notifying The notice is not warned to user with pop-up window, sound, and/or tactile and/or sense of touch output instruction when generation), this reduction The overall of electronic equipment uses (for example, by not prompting user to interact with notice and/or electronic equipment), and which reduce power Consume and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, inhibiting miscellaneous function includes abandoning the notice in response to the generation of the first application program and being in The instruction (1320) of the existing first kind when the operating limit of application program has been exceeded (for example, do not present and the application actively The new instruction (for example, image, sound and tactile and/or sense of touch output) of the associated any notice of program, such as scheming In 12G to Figure 12 H.In some embodiments, after the miscellaneous function for inhibiting the first application program, electronic equipment is determined The restrictive condition of (1322) first application programs is no longer satisfied (answers for example, the use of the first application program no longer meets first With the operating limit of program, equipment is no longer in limited use (for example, equipment downtime or bedtime mode), etc.), Such as in Figure 12 K.In some embodiments, in response to determining that the restrictive condition of the first application program is no longer satisfied, electricity The instruction of (1324) first application program notices generated is presented (for example, showing in notification history user interface in sub- equipment Notify and/or actively presented when using limitation to be reset as " new " notice to just look like that it has just been received), such as scheming In 12K.In some embodiments, the use of application program limits the application program during the period being wherein reached Notice generated is presented to user when the operating limit of the application program is reset and is therefore no longer exceeded.Example Such as, if the operating limit of related application is the daily limit, operating limit is optionally reset at midnight one day after. In such cases, in the operating limit of application program when being reset at midnight, electronic equipment is optionally shown in the user interface Show previous repressed notice, shows that these notices can be previously presented if not being suppressed (for example, calling out in equipment On awake or lock-screen).In some embodiments, these notices all will be once performed (for example, comprising all previous In the warning of repressed notice, window or pop-up box), or will respectively/it is sequentially shown.It is described above to use pole The mode that notice associated with application program is presented when freight weight limit is set allows electronic equipment that previously repressed lead to effectively is presented Know, while reducing the overall of electronic equipment and using, which reduce power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

Miscellaneous function optionally includes display desktop small routine user interface, shows the one of one or more application program A or multiple secondary user interfaces, the secondary user interface (1326) including the first application program is (for example, correspond to application program Desktop small routine), such as in fig. 12 c.In some embodiments, desktop small routine include user interface object (for example, Window), including text associated with application program and/or image (for example, the weather desktop small routine of display Current Temperatures, The sport desktop small routine of displaying scene fact score, show recent events title news desktop small routine and/or Show any user interface object of content associated with application program).In some embodiments, correspond to application program The content of desktop small routine dynamically updated by application program.In some embodiments, secondary user interface is (for example, table Face small routine) from and those application programs the different other applications of main user interface additional secondary user interface (example Such as, desktop small routine) it is shown (for example, the desktop small routine of desktop small routine and other applications is shown simultaneously simultaneously Show).In some embodiments, secondary user interface (for example, desktop small routine) is displayed on the master with the first application program In the user interface of the different desktop small routine of user interface.Include to event option corresponding with the activation of miscellaneous function for Show the request (1328) of desktop small routine user interface (for example, from the user for showing that desktop is small on an electronic device The input of program user interface), such as in Figure 12 B to Figure 12 C.In some embodiments, it includes aobvious for inhibiting miscellaneous function Show desktop small routine user interface, and inhibits (for example, the message or splashette that do not show or be satisfied with instruction restrictive condition are covered It is hidden) secondary user interface (1330) of the first application program is (for example, the one or more of tables for inhibiting operating limit to be exceeded Face small routine), such as in Figure 12 M.In some embodiments, desktop small routine is by abandoning being exceeded with operating limit The associated desktop small routine of application program user interface object (for example, text and/or image) display (for example, should Desktop small routine is not displayed) and other desktop small routines are shown to be suppressed.In some embodiments, desktop small routine is Other tables are shown and covering hidden user interface object (for example, visually changing user interface object, text and/or image) Face small routine is suppressed.It covers hidden desktop small routine and optionally includes the instruction of display restrictive condition to replace and application program phase Associated text and/or the image content of desktop small routine (for example, when restrictive condition is not satisfied).In some embodiments In, all desktop small routines are suppressed.In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes that display shows that one or more is answered With desktop small routine user circle of one or more desktop small routines (desktop small routine including the first application program) of program Face.Desktop small routine user interface as described herein optionally with referring to desktop small routine user interface described in Fig. 8 W it is identical or It is similar.The mode of inhibition described above desktop small routine corresponding with the application program that operating limit has been exceeded to use Family-equipment interface is more effective (for example, user need not supervise application program and desktop small routine associated with the application program Equipment depending on their own uses, therefore the input that reduction user provides equipment is (for example, for monitoring that the input used is subtracted It is few)), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, and sets turn, this reduces power consumption and improving Standby battery life.

In some embodiments, miscellaneous function includes suggestion condition is presented in suggesting user interface and has been satisfied one A or multiple application programs (including the first application program) visually indicate (1332) (for example, on an electronic device for example electric In system (such as operating system) user interface user interface of application-specific (rather than on electronic equipment) of sub- equipment The application program suggestion to user is shown, such as in Figure 12.In some embodiments, the application program for user's suggestion is Common application program, most recently used application program, the application program of collection, the application program being currently running etc..In In some embodiments, proposed application program is in response to be shown in the search operation executed on an electronic device.Example Such as, user inputs one or more characters optionally in search box, and initiates to the item comprising one or more of characters Purpose search.In some embodiments, search is to can in mounted application programs all on electronic equipment, application shop For for the application program of downloading, website, installation application program on an electronic device content (for example, search message, electronics The content of mail) etc. progress.Search result then optionally will include the list of application program, website and/or content, including One or more of inputted characters.

It include to event option corresponding with the activation of miscellaneous function for suggestion condition is presented in suggesting user interface The request (1334) of the one or more of application programs being satisfied visually indicated is (for example, from the user be used for The input of application program suggestion is shown on electronic equipment), such as in Figure 12 B to Figure 12 C.In some embodiments, inhibit Miscellaneous function optionally include present suggest user interface without present the visually indicating of the first application program (1336) (for example, The application program is not shown in suggesting interface), such as in Figure 12 M.For example, the first application program will not with commonly answer It is display together with program, it is such when the first application program is often used.In another example, the first application program will not It can be displayed in search result, even if the first application program is covered in the search of prompt display search result.In some embodiment party In case, visually indicating for the first application program is displayed in suggestion (or search result) user interface；However, its covered it is hidden with Indicate that the restrictive condition of the first application program has been satisfied.In some embodiments, it is proposed that user interface be suppressed (for example, All application programs are not displayed or cover hidden).In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes presenting to suggest user circle Face, including visually indicating for one or more of application programs, visually indicating (for example, building including the first application program View shows application program in interface).The mode of the suggestion of the application program described above for inhibiting operating limit to be exceeded permits Perhaps electronic equipment efficiently reduces the overall of electronic equipment and uses, and which reduce power consumption and improves battery longevity of equipment Life.

Miscellaneous function is optionally included in browser user interface and shows in network associated with the first application program Hold (1338) (for example, showing Web content associated with the first application program or website in a web browser), such as exists In Figure 12 S.In some embodiments, event corresponding with the activation of miscellaneous function includes in browser user interface Show the request (1340) of Web content associated with the first application program (for example, from the user in web browsing The input of Web content associated with the first application program or website is shown in device), such as in Figure 12 R.In some implementations In scheme, inhibit miscellaneous function include prevent to Web content associated with the first application program access (1342) (for example, Abandon display web site contents associated with the application program that operating limit has been reached), such as in Figure 12 P.For example, if The operating limit of application program A associated with website A has been reached, then website A in browser application (or comes from website The content of A) display will be prevented from.If operating limit is not reached also, the display of website A will be optionally not prevented. In some embodiments, the application program that electronic equipment not only will inhibit operating limit to be exceeded, but also inhibit to answer with this With the associated any website of program.Visually indicating for restrictive condition is optionally presented in electronic equipment when restrictive condition is satisfied (for example, splashette or other images for covering hidden web page contents) replaces web site contents.In some embodiments, auxiliary function is executed It can include that Web content (for example, showing website in a browser) associated with the first application program is presented in a browser. Website associated with application program as described herein optionally with net associated with application program described in reference method 900 It stands same or like.The mode for the Web content associated application that inhibition operating limit described above has been exceeded makes User-equipment interface is more effective (for example, user need not monitor it for application program and website associated with the application program The equipment of oneself uses, therefore reduces the input (for example, for monitoring that the input used is reduced) that user provides equipment), This allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, and turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the electricity of equipment The pond service life.

In some embodiments, preventing the access to Web content associated with the first application program includes (1344) The Web content (1346) associated with the first application program from the first website is loaded (for example, having been surpassed with operating limit The content of the associated website of the application program crossed loads (for example, locally downloading memory) by electronic equipment), such as scheming In 12Q.In some embodiments, preventing the access to Web content associated with the first application program includes that (1344) are put It abandons and shows Web content (1348) associated with the first application program (for example, Web content is loaded, but not by electronic equipment Display), such as in Figure 12 Q.In some embodiments, electronic equipment shows some user interface element (example in terms of content Such as, dialog popup or splashette), stop content display and/or instruction content because application program A operating limit It is reached and is blocked.In addition to this or alternatively, Web content is optionally shown, but is to be covered hidden mode and be shown Show (such as distort, is graying, fading out, and/or visually change).Inhibition described above and restrictive condition be satisfied (for example, Operating limit has been exceeded or equipment is in restricted mode) the mode of Web content associated application to use Family-equipment interface is more effective (for example, user need not monitor application program and website associated with the application program it certainly Oneself equipment uses, therefore reduces the input (for example, for monitoring that the input used is reduced) that user provides equipment), this Allow electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, this allows electronic equipment buffer network content for future again It uses, turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment, while improving execution speed.

In some embodiments, preventing the access to Web content associated with the first application program includes (1350) Display Web content associated with the first application program is abandoned, while keeping one or more users in browser user interface The display of interface element (for example, one or more graphical user interface buttons, text entry field) is with another for navigating to Website (1352) (for example, for navigating to other websites, being used in net instation guidance), such as in Figure 12 R.In some implementations In scheme, navigation controls (for example, url field or button on the browser) holding of browser can be operated, and and restrictive condition The associated particular network content of the application program being satisfied is restricted.In some embodiments, not and on electronic equipment The guarantor when restrictive condition of the one or more application program of any associated website of application program on an electronic device is satisfied It holds addressable.For example, when the access to website associated with the first application program is restricted, the navigation controls of browser It is not limited, optionally allows the user to navigate to other websites.In the network that inhibition restrictive condition described above is satisfied The mode held associated application and allow to access other websites makes user-equipment interface more effective (for example, user is not The equipment of application program and website associated with application program monitoring their own must be used, therefore reduce user to setting The standby input (for example, for monitoring that the input used is reduced) provided), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce electronic equipment It is overall use, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, it when the restrictive condition of the first application program is satisfied, detects and in browser Check the corresponding second event of request (1354) of the second Web content from the second website (for example, detection in user interface The generation of the event of content of the display from another website optionally not associated with the first application program can be triggered), such as In Figure 12 R to Figure 12 S.In some embodiments, second event is that the URL of another website is input to browser by user In address field.

In some embodiments, in response to detected when the restrictive condition of the first application program is satisfied with for The corresponding second event of request (1356) that the second Web content from the second website is checked in browser user interface, according to Determine that the second website is associated with the first application program, electronic equipment abandons (1358) and shows the second Web content (for example, limitation To from the application for being satisfied (for example, operating limit has been reached, it is medium that equipment is in restricted access mode) with restrictive condition The access of the Web content of the associated all websites of program), such as in Figure 12 P.In some embodiments, electronic equipment It shows in terms of content image (for example, dialog popup or splashette), the display for stopping content and/or instruction content are because answer It is reached and is blocked with the operating limit of program A.In addition to this or alternatively, Web content is optionally covered hidden and display (such as distortion, graying and/or visually change).

In some embodiments, in response to detected when the restrictive condition of the first application program is satisfied with for The corresponding second event of request (1356) that the second Web content from the second website is checked in browser user interface, according to Determine that the second website is associated with the second application program and the restrictive condition of the second application program is not satisfied, electronic equipment is aobvious Show (1360) second Web contents (for example, display restrictive condition is not satisfied (for example, operating limit has been reached or equipment It is medium in restricted access mode) the associated Web content of application program), such as in Figure 12 S.In some embodiments In, website only associated with the application program that restrictive condition is satisfied is restricted, and user is allowed to navigate to it His website.In some embodiments, website not associated with application program any on electronic equipment is on an electronic device The restrictive condition of one or more application program is also addressable when being satisfied.Inhibition restrictive condition described above is satisfied Web content associated application and allow the mode of the access to other websites to make user-equipment interface more effective (for example, user need not use the equipment of application program and website associated with application program monitoring their own, therefore Reduce the input (for example, for monitoring that the input used is reduced) that user provides equipment), this allows electronic equipment effectively It reduces the overall of electronic equipment to use, turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, miscellaneous function includes showing media in the picture-in-picture user interface of the first application program Content is overlapped to picture-in-picture user interface portion one or more other users interfaces (1362) (for example, in another user interface Upper (for example, in user interface of main screen, the main user interface of another application program or other applications) is shown in picture Draw (PIP) window), such as in Figure 12 V.It include to event option corresponding with the activation of miscellaneous function in the first application Show the request (1364) of media content (for example, for being checked in pip window from the picture-in-picture user interface of program The request etc. of the content of one application program), such as in Figure 12 V.In some instances, pip window is showing and is coming from The content of first application program, and request to be to continue to show the content (for example, reception content is for showing).Some In embodiment, inhibiting miscellaneous function includes inhibiting the picture-in-picture user interface (1366) of the first application program (for example, abandoning showing Show pip window, stop at content is shown in pip window), such as in Figure 12 W.For example, if the operating limit of application program A It has been be reached that, then user will not pass through the pip window of trial starting application program to get around the limited accass to application program A (for example, pip window will be not displayed).In some embodiments, the pip window of application program uses pole in application program Limit will be currently shown when being satisfied, and electronic equipment will cover hidden first by stopping display pip window or otherwise The pip window (for example, graying or fade out pip window) of application program inhibits the function.In some embodiments, PIP window Mouthful be using the media playback application program on electronic equipment on an electronic device playback media (for example, film, TV programme, Music etc.) window.If operating limit is not reached also, the display of pip window will be optionally not prevented (for example, will It is not suppressed).In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes showing that the pip window of the first application program partly weighs Folded one or more other users interface.The pip window associated application journey that inhibition operating limit described above has been exceeded The mode of sequence makes user-equipment interface more effective (for example, user need not be for application program and associated with application program The equipment that pip window monitors their own uses, therefore reduces the input that user provides equipment and (use for example, being used to monitor Input is reduced)), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall use of electronic equipment, and turn, this reduces power consumptions simultaneously Improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, the picture-in-picture user interface for inhibiting the first application program includes (1368): according to determination Show the first application program picture-in-picture user interface when the first application program restrictive condition be satisfied (1370) (for example, In application program by use, the operating limit of application program is satisfied just in PIP mode), first time period is covered hidden Picture-in-picture user interface (1372) (for example, visually changing and/or stop pip window), such as in Figure 12 W.Some In embodiment, pip window will continue to show the content from the first application program, but content will visually be changed (example Such as, it is blurred, is shown with gray scale or is shown with watermark).In some embodiments, pip window comes from display is stopped The content of first application program, and will show on the contrary other information (for example, operating limit about application-specific by Be more than visually indicates).In some embodiments, shown other information by include be used to close pip window show energy It indicates (for example, graphical user-interface element or soft button).

In some embodiments, the picture-in-picture user interface for inhibiting the first application program includes (1368): according to determination Show the first application program picture-in-picture user interface when the first application program restrictive condition be satisfied (1370) (for example, In application program by use, the operating limit of application program is satisfied just in PIP mode), stop after the first period of time Only show picture-in-picture user interface (1374) (for example, pip window will be certainly after a period of time (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) It is dynamic to close), such as in Figure 12 X.For example, the content of pip window will fade out, and pip window will after that time certainly It is dynamic to close.

In some embodiments, which is specified in the setting of electronic equipment by user.In some embodiments In, expired according to the determining restrictive condition of the first application program in the picture-in-picture user interface for not showing the first application program Foot, electronic equipment are detected and the picture-in-picture user interface for showing the first application program with one or more of input equipments Request corresponding user input (for example, detection is for showing the PIP user of the first application program when restrictive condition is satisfied The input at interface), and in response to user corresponding with for showing the request of picture-in-picture user interface of the first application program Input, and when the restrictive condition of the first application program is satisfied, electronic equipment is abandoned in the picture of the first application program of display Picture user interface (for example, when the pip window of the first application program is being shown, the restrictive condition of the application program It is satisfied), and electronic equipment prevents window from starting in the later time.Once in this way, the operating limit of application-specific It has been be exceeded that, the user of electronic equipment cannot get around the limitation to the application-specific.Inhibition described above limits item The mode for the pip window associated application that part is satisfied makes user-equipment interface more effective (for example, user need not be right It is used in the equipment of application program and pip window associated with application program monitoring their own, therefore reduces user to equipment The input (for example, for monitoring that the input used is reduced) of offer), this allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce electronic equipment It is overall to use, turn, this reduces power consumption and improve the battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, miscellaneous function includes display for controlling in media associated with the first application program The playback of appearance it is multiple show can indicate (for example, one or more graphical user interface button) (1376) (e.g., including play, Suspend, unroll, forward, the media control buttons of buttons such as skip), such as in Figure 12 Z.In some embodiments, media Control button is displayed on media control user interface.In some embodiments, executing miscellaneous function includes that display is used for Control associated with the first application program media content playback (for example, play, suspend, unrolling, forward, the buttons such as skip One or more of) one or more graphical user interface buttons (for example, soft button).

It include to event option corresponding with the activation of miscellaneous function for display for controlling and the first application program phase The the multiple of the playback of associated media content shows the request (1378) that can be indicated (for example, controlling electronic devices is checked in request User's input of the media control button of upper media playback associated with the first application program), such as in Figure 12 Y to Figure 12 Z In.

In some embodiments, inhibit miscellaneous function include prevent it is the multiple show can indicate control and first apply journey The playback (1380) of the associated media content of sequence, such as in Figure 12 AA.In some embodiments, media control button will It is shown, but will be inoperable (for example, button will not execute media control function associated there).For example, media Control interface shown will have media control button, including broadcast button, but electronic equipment will prevent user in broadcast button Play operation is executed when being selected.In some embodiments, inoperable media control button is in media control user circle Hidden (for example, visually changing) will be covered in face.In some embodiments, when specific medium playback application program (for example, Cineloop application program, TV programme playback application program or music playback application program) restrictive condition when being satisfied, it is right Access for controlling the media playback controls of the playback of the media playback application program is inhibited by electronic equipment.In some implementations In scheme, these media playback controls are displayed in the user interface of application program oneself or are limited in application program itself Except (for example, on an electronic device in the system of globally accessible electronic equipment or operating system user interface).Some In embodiment, media playback controls are blocked, as long as they are no longer so that the operating limit of application program is currently reached It may be selected to control the playback of any media using media playback application program.In some embodiments, media control is pressed Button will be by preventing by electronic equipment when the restrictive condition of media playback application program (for example, first application program) is satisfied Display by preventing media control user interface shown or being displayed without the control of the media of media control button (for example, used Family interface) and be suppressed.In some embodiments, repressed media control user interface will be shown on an electronic device (for example, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds) for a period of time, and it is automatically switched off (for example, stopping display) after that time.Above The mode of inhibition media control button associated with the application program that restrictive condition is satisfied connects user-equipment Mouth is more effective (for example, user need not monitor their own for application program and media control button associated with application program Equipment use, therefore reduce the input (for example, for monitor that the input used is reduced) that user provides equipment), this is fair Perhaps electronic equipment efficiently reduces the overall of electronic equipment and uses, and turn, this reduces power consumption and improves battery longevity of equipment Life.

In some embodiments, prevent it is the multiple show can indicate to control in associated with the first application program media The playback of appearance shows that can indicate entry into equipment ignores for the multiple user that shows and can indicate for the multiple including (1382) Input inactive state (for example, enter media control button cannot execute it is associated in media control button each Media function in each state) continue first time period (1384) (for example, continuing five minutes, 15 minutes, one hour Or any user-defined period), such as in Figure 12 AA.For example, when broadcast button is in frozen state, broadcast button It will not broadcasting content in response to the selection input on broadcast button.In some embodiments, frozen media control is pressed Button will be covered hidden (for example, being visually changed) to indicate to the user that it is frozen.In some embodiments, even if freezing Media control button in state is inoperable, but they will indicate that media are just being played recently and (or potentially may be used Controlled by media control button, if operating limit is reset), such as by showing the title of media, the image of media Deng.In some embodiments, this time is the restrictive condition in application-specific associated with media control button Time still remaining before being no longer satisfied.In some embodiments, it is returned if controlling specific medium in media control The media return when putting the playback of application program (for example, when the media playback application program just plays media on an electronic device) The restrictive condition for putting application program is satisfied, then media control is frozen in its current state (for example, instruction media is current Playback state, identity (for example, title) of media etc.), and be blocked at the time of restrictive condition becomes meeting from user and hand over Mutually.In some embodiments, when Playback controls are placed in frozen state, the playback of media is also stopped.In some realities It applies in scheme, certain period of time (for example, 5 second, 10 second, 20 second) of the media control after frozen is reset to it and defaults shape State (for example, indicating that no media are just played by media playback application program, indicates no media streams etc.).

In some embodiments, prevent it is the multiple show can indicate to control in associated with the first application program media The playback of appearance include (1382): after the first period of time, by it is the multiple show can indicate to enter default shape from inactive state State (1386) (for example, by media control button back to media control button do not indicate any media be played and because This does not control the default conditions of the playback of media), such as in Figure 12 BB.Therefore, in some embodiments, in default conditions In, media control button no longer indicates the identity (such as title) etc. of the current playback status of media, media.In some embodiment party In case, this period is there remains before the operating limit of application-specific associated with media control button is reset Time.In some embodiments, although can indicate to be reset as default conditions, electronics for controlling showing for media content Media associated with any application program that restrictive condition is satisfied are presented in apparatus for blocking.In some embodiments, electronics Equipment stops showing media controlling interface after the first period of time, rather than media control button is entered default conditions In.The mode for the media control button associated application that inhibition restrictive condition described above is satisfied sets user- Standby interface is more effective (for example, user need not monitor it for application program and media control button associated with application program The equipment of oneself uses, therefore reduces the input (for example, for monitoring that the input used is reduced) that user provides equipment), This allows electronic equipment to efficiently reduce the overall of electronic equipment to use, and turn, this reduces power consumption and improves the electricity of equipment The pond service life.

It should be appreciated that the particular order that the operation in Figure 13 A to Figure 13 H is described is only exemplary, not It is intended to show that described sequence is the unique order that these operations can be performed.Those skilled in the art will recognize that a variety of Mode resequences to operations described herein.Moreover, it is noted that herein in conjunction with its other party as described herein The details of other processes described in method (for example, method 700,900,1100 and 1500) is equally suitable for above in a similar way The method 1300 in conjunction with described in Figure 13 A to Figure 13 H.For example, using pole above with reference on electronic equipment described in method 1100 Limit is limited use pattern, miscellaneous function, is optionally had herein by reference to other methods as described herein using limitation setting etc. Operating limit, limitation use pattern, auxiliary function on electronic equipment described in (for example, method 700,900,1100 and 1500) Can, it use one or more of feature of limitation setting etc..For brevity, these details are not repeated herein.

Operation in above- mentioned information processing method is optionally by one or more functions in operation information processing unit Module realizes that the information processing unit such as general processor is (for example, as combined Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 3, Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H It is described) or specific to application chip.In addition, the operation above with reference to described in Figure 13 A to Figure 13 H is optionally by Figure 1A to Figure 1B In discribed component implement.For example, detection operation 1302, inhibition operation 1306 and execution operation 1308 are optionally by event Classifier 170, event recognizer 180 and button.onrelease 190 are implemented.Event monitor 171 in event classifier 170 The contact on touch screen 504 is detected, and event information is transmitted to application program 136-1 by event dispatcher module 174.It answers Event information is defined 186 with corresponding event with the corresponding event identifier 180 of program 136-1 to be compared, and determines touching Touch the first contact whether corresponding with predefined event or subevent, predefined event or the subevent shielded at upper first position All selections for example to the object in user interface.When detecting corresponding predefined event or subevent, event recognition Device 180 activates button.onrelease 190 associated with the detection to the event or subevent.Button.onrelease 190 is optional Ground using or call data renovator 176 or object renovator 177 come more new application internal state 192.In some implementations In example, button.onrelease 190 accesses corresponding GUI renovator 178 and carrys out content shown by more new application.Similarly, originally The those of ordinary skill in field, which can know clearly, how other processes is realized based on the component that Figure 1A describes into Figure 1B.

Limit the long-range management of setting

User interacts with electronic equipment in a number of different manners, including the use of application program addressable in equipment. In some cases, administrator (for example, parent) remotely manages the limit at constrained devices (for example, electronic equipment of its children) It sets up and sets.Embodiment described below provide electronic equipment enable constrained devices user at constrained devices with password or Person is requested at the equipment authorized or other remote administrators for the one or more using limitation of change constrained devices The mode of administrator's license of setting.The administrator authentication for the use limitation setting at change constrained devices is requested to allow for Electronic equipment provides the effective means for promoting such change when another party (for example, parent) requires and authenticate.This promotes enhancing The operability of equipment and make user-equipment interface it is more effective (for example, by allow user with less input with set Standby interaction), this just more rapidly can be efficiently used equipment by using family and reduce power and use and improve equipment Battery life.It should be appreciated that people use equipment.When people uses equipment, this people is optionally referred to as the user of equipment.

Figure 14 A to Figure 14 T is shown according to the electronic equipment of some embodiments of the disclosure optionally by another electricity What sub- equipment provided permits to manage the exemplary approach of limitation setting.Embodiment in these attached drawings is hereafter retouched for showing The process stated, the process including reference Figure 15 A to Figure 15 G description.

Figure 14 A shows the example devices 500 with touch screen 504, referring to described in Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H.Institute in Figure 14 A The electronic equipment 500 shown is associated with limited account, such as with one group of user account (including one or more in one family Children's user account and one or more parent's user accounts) associated children account.In some embodiments, administrator or There are parent's user account one or more limitations of change children's electronic equipment 500 to be arranged (for example, extremely above by reference to Figure 10 A One or more described in Figure 13 H limitation setting) license.Touch screen 504 optionally show including one of various contents or Multiple user interfaces.In example shown in figure 14 A, the display of touch screen 504 is arranged about initial limitation not to be set before When (for example, by parent's equipment) for electronic equipment setting instruction 1498-26.Instruction 1498-26 includes limiting about which It sets up and sets the information being set and its details (for example, " equipment downtime of Monday to Thursday 6am-10pm " " operating limit: news application, game classification and social media classification ").Therefore, in some embodiments, equipment 500 exists Parent's equipment is that equipment 500 shows notice 1498-26 when being set using limitation setting for the first time.

Figure 14 B show shown in children's equipment 500 limitation setting user interface, such as with reference to Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 C, Described in Fig. 8 O to Fig. 8 Q and Figure 10 A to Figure 10 AA.Limitation setting user interface includes instruction 1402 that equipment uses and about screen The instruction 1408 of curtain time data one or more parent's collaborative shares associated with children's equipment and for repairing Change electronic equipment various limitations setting it is multiple show can indicate 1404a-e (for example, " equipment downtime " 1404a, " application It the limit " 1404b, " always allow " 1404c, " content and privacy " 1404d and " is looked into parent's equipment including full web site See data " 1404e).Equipment downtime 1404a is more fully described above with reference to Figure 10 A to Figure 11 I.Limits of application 1404b is more fully described above with reference to Fig. 8 A to Fig. 9 K.Allow 1404c more detailed above with reference to Fig. 6 A to Figure 13 H always Carefully describe.Open in parent's equipment include full web site check data 1404e optionally and allow the presentation of parent's equipment about Children's equipment 500 accesses the information of which website with web browsing application program.When this feature is closed, parent's equipment is appointed The use information accessed about which website by children's equipment 500 is not presented for selection of land.However, accessing and being mounted on children's equipment The associated website of application program on 500 be optionally counted as accessing using electronic equipment the application program (for example, access with The associated website the time it takes of application program is included in the application program or the other operating limit of application class, and by Including in the use data of the application program and/or classification).It should be appreciated that when sharing screen with parent or manager device Between data (for example, as instruction 1402 indicated by) further include sharing other using data and limiting permission, such as setting equipment is stopped The ability of machine time, the application program being allowed to always and function, the license of shared and privacy, content purchase setting, age limit Content consumption setting etc., and such setting is optionally also subjected to the long-range Managed Solution of the disclosure.

As shown in Figure 14B, the age of user account children associated with equipment 500 is lower than threshold age, in the threshold It is worth the age, it is optional for sharing screen time data with the parent of children.Therefore, electronic equipment 500 is presented about screen time The instruction 1408 that the parent of data and children share, without presenting for no longer sharing screen time data with the parent of children Setting.

In Figure 14 C, the detection of electronic equipment 500 is for changing showing and capable of indicating for one or more equipment downtime settings Contact 1403 at 1404a.In response to the request for changing the setting, electronic equipment 500 is presented and is authorized shown in Figure 14 D User interface.As shown in fig. 14d, authorized user interface includes carrying out Self management account for remote request (for example, from parent's account Family or parent's equipment) for change setting license show can indicate 1406 and for input be used for change be arranged password Keypad 1482.In some embodiments, it is different from for changing the password of limitation setting for unlocking electronic equipment 500 Password so that administrator or parent are known that the password, and non-administrator or children do not know the password.

In Figure 14 E, the detection of electronic equipment 500 can table for the showing of parent license of the remote request to change limitation setting Show the contact 1403 at 1406.In response to the request for requesting the license for change limitation setting, electronic equipment 500 will be believed Number it is transferred to another electronic equipment (for example, electronic equipment associated with the user account of the user account of administrator or parent) To request the license for change limitation setting.

Figure 14 F shows electronic equipment 500 associated with the user account of parent.Electronic equipment 500 is presented about son The instruction 1489-20 of the license of limitation setting at electronic equipment of female's request for changing children.As shown in fig. 14f, one In a little embodiments, instruction 1489-20 includes just attempting which limitation setting (for example, equipment downtime) changed about children Information.Parent (can select to indicate " permission " in 1498-20) approval or (for example, by selecting to indicate for example, passing through " refusal " in 1498-20) access of the refusal children to the limitation setting at sub- woman's electronic equipment.If parent refuses children For the request of change limitation setting, then children's equipment cannot change limitation setting.If parent ratifies children for access The request of limitation setting at woman's electronic equipment, then user circle for changing limitation setting is presented in the electronic equipment of children Face.In some embodiments, when parent ratifies the change to limitation setting, the visit to limitation setting is awarded in children's equipment Ask persistently predetermined period, lasting individual session (for example, until children exit limitation setting user interface), Zhi Daoyi A or multiple limitation setting changes are more than predetermined time quantum until children leave setting user interface.

Figure 14 G shows electronic equipment 500 associated with children's user account.Electronic equipment 500 such as in response to In Figure 14 F parent select instruction 1498-20 in " permissions " or in response to being successfully entered for password in Figure 14 D and be in it is current In the user interface 1410 for changing one or more settings (1411-1417) associated with equipment downtime.Such as Figure 14 G institute Show, electronic equipment 500 detect contact 1403 and optionally detect for by the equipment downtime time started from 10pm It is changed to the further user input of 11pm.Parent's authorization as described previously for the one or more limitation settings of change is appointed Selection of land is effective for limited time quantum.Therefore, the presentation of electronic equipment 500 may be used also about to the change that equipment downtime is arranged Carry out instruction 1450 in three minutes.As described above, other authorization time frames and standard are possible.It is modified in setting Afterwards, limitation setting user interface is updated to reflect that the setting after change, as shown in fig. 14h (for example, " equipment downtime 1404a " is arranged to 11pm to 5am for Monday to Thursday, is set to Monday before to Thursday 10pm To 5am, as shown in Figure 14 B to Figure 14 C).

When children are modified limitation setting, the finger which change description has carried out optionally is presented in parent's equipment Show.Figure 14 I shows electronic equipment 500 associated with parent's account.As shown in Figure 14 I, electronic equipment 500 is presented about son By equipment downtime, from Monday to Thursday, 10pm to 5am is changed to Monday to Thursday 11pm to 5am's to female's equipment Indicate 1498-22.Indicate that 1498-22 includes for refusing or allowing showing and capable of indicating for change.Therefore, parent's equipment optionally can Enough it is overwritten in the setting change carried out at children's equipment.If parent's equipment ratifies the change that children's equipment carries out setting, Children's equipment is operated according to those changes.For example, 11pm to 5am is changed to from 10pm to 5am by approval device downtime, Children's equipment operates in normal unrestricted mode until 11pm, rather than starts to work from 10pm in limited use pattern In.

If parent refuses the setting change that children's equipment carries out, children's equipment, which is optionally presented, changes quilt about setting The instruction of refusal.Figure 14 J shows electronic equipment 500 associated with children's user account.Electronic equipment 500 is presented about right The instruction 1498-24 (for example, " father refuses equipment downtime setting change ") that the change of limitation setting is refused by parent.This Outside, when the setting change that parent's refusal carries out at children's equipment, children's equipment continues to be operated according to the setting before change. That is, children's equipment will optionally continue to be started to change to from 10pm in limited use pattern.

The equipment that Figure 14 K shows the children presented at electronic equipment 500 associated with parent's user account uses Use control panel.Children's equipment includes the instruction 1416 totally used of equipment of children, the equipment of children using control panel Use with equipment it is average using compared to instruction how 1428, show detailed device using measure Figure 142 4, work as emperor Instruction 1436 that equipment during the instruction 1434 of longest session in woman's equipment, equipment downtime uses, operating limit The application program that other instruction 1422a-b, the operating limit used of the application program and application class being set is not set The instruction 1442 used and the associated limitation of application program and classification for changing with being presented in control panel user interface Be arranged it is multiple show can indicate 1440a-c, such as referring to described in Fig. 6 L to Fig. 6 U.

As shown in Figure 14 K, control panel user interface includes being used for access browser application about the electronic equipment of children Program instruction how long 1442, but do not include accessed about which website and be accessed how long detailed Information.However, using browser application access website associated with the application program and classification that are presented using measurement The time it takes, which optionally be can be regarded as, accesses associated application program (for example, access and news application phase using electronic equipment Associated one or more website is optionally counted into news application and uses measurement and operating limit 1422a).

Figure 14 L shows the limitation setting user interface that electronic equipment 500 associated with children's user account is presented. As shown in Figure 14 L, setting " including that full web site checks data in parent's equipment " 1404e is activated.When the setting is activated When, administrator or parent's electronic equipment are presented which website accessed about children's equipment optionally in control panel user interface Information, as shown in Figure 14 M.In Figure 14 M, in addition to children's electronic equipment uses the instruction of the overall amount of time of browser application Except 1442a, control panel user interface further includes the instruction that children's electronic equipment accesses the time quantum of website A and website B respectively 1442b and 1442c.

Figure 14 N shows the children that electronic equipment 500 associated with parent's user account is presented and limits setting user Interface.Limitation setting user interface includes the instruction of children's equipment used and the limitation setting for changing children's equipment It is multiple show can indicate 1404a-f, such as referring to described in Fig. 8 LLL to Fig. 8 NNN and Figure 10 Y to Figure 10 AA.If the age of children Greater than threshold age (for example, 13 years old), then parent, which optionally has, can indicate 1404f removal and/or change pair by selecting to show The screen time password required for carrying out the limitation setting to children's electronic equipment at children's electronic equipment and being modified Option.As shown in Figure 14 O, when group woman's age is less than threshold age, parent's equipment, which has, to be shown by selection and can indicate 1404g Change the ability of screen time password, but screen time password cannot be removed.

When parent changes the limitation setting of children's equipment, which children's equipment is optionally presented and the finger being modified is arranged Show.Figure 14 P shows the instruction of the limitation setting change presented at electronic equipment 500 associated with children's user account 1498-28.Indicate 1498-28 include about which setting has been modified and information that how it has been modified (for example, " operating limit that father has been added to a hour to browser application ").

As described herein, parent's equipment is optionally able to access that the screen time data of children's equipment and to children's equipment One or more limitation settings be modified.It should be appreciated that shared screen time data are total with parent or manager device One example of a plurality of types of information and license enjoyed.Herein and throughout the specification, screen time data quilt is shared It is interpreted as optionally including one or more of following: check above with reference in the measurement of use described in Fig. 6 A to Fig. 6 UU The ability of any measurement (for example, screen time, notify, pick up equipment etc.), setting and update one or more limitation setting (examples Such as, equipment downtime and/or operating limit) ability, one or more contents are set and privacy settings, content purchase are set It sets, the ability etc. of age limit content consumption setting.

Once the age of children is more than predetermined threshold value (for example, 18 years old), then children's equipment can optionally stop Screen time data are shared with the parent of children and/or take over the control to being arranged in children's equipment using limitation from parent's equipment System.Figure 14 Q show at children's equipment 500 present about children's equipment can stop and the parent of children share screen time The instruction 1498-26 of data.When group woman's age is more than predetermined threshold value (for example, 18 years old), instruction is optionally shown 1498-26.When group woman's age is more than this threshold value, the limitation setting user interface of children's equipment is optionally updated to wrap Include the setting for stopping sharing screen time data with the parent of children.Figure 14 R shows group woman's age more than threshold value When the limitation that is presented at children's equipment 500 user interface is set, at the threshold value, share screen time number with the parent of children According to being optional.As shown in Figure 14 R, setting user interface, which is updated to include, to be shown and can indicate that 1404h (" it is total to close screen time Enjoy ").In some embodiments, when the group woman age is less than predetermined threshold value (for example, 18 years old), children's equipment 500 On setting user interface do not include showing to indicate 1404h.Figure 14 S, which shows children's equipment 500 and detects, to be shown and can indicate 1404h The contact at place.

In some embodiments, in response to this for stopping sharing asking for screen time data with the parent of children It asks, license for stop shared screen time data of children's device request from parent's equipment, this optionally includes display User interface is authenticated shown in Figure 14 D.Parent optionally can be by providing password or certification at children's equipment or leading to It crosses and authenticates the request at parent's equipment to ratify the request for stopping shared screen time data for children's equipment, such as join above It examines described in Figure 14 F.If necessary to the license for stopping shared screen time data, then screen time data optionally continues and Parent's collaborative share, until parent's approval is changed for stopping the setting of shared screen time data.In some embodiments, When group woman's age is more than age threshold (for example, 18 years old), permit without need for the parent for stopping shared screen time data Perhaps.

As shown in Figure 14 T, when children's equipment 500 is no longer shared with the parent of children using data, limitation setting user Interface is updated according to the change.In Figure 14 T, instruction 1408 that the parent about screen time data and children shares And it can indicate that 1404h is no longer present in limitation setting user interface for closing shared the showing of screen time.Optionally, It include that full web site checks that the setting 1404e of data also stops showing for switching in parent's equipment.In some embodiments In, stop in children's equipment with after parent's collaborative share screen time data, the user of children's equipment can freely change son Use limitation setting in female's equipment is (for example, equipment downtime, operating limit, application in addition/removal children's equipment Ability, checks age limit content, privacy settings etc. at the setting of change content purchase), without authorizing input (for example, coming from father The password of female equipment or approval).

Figure 15 A to Figure 15 G is shown according to some embodiments of the disclosure optionally by another electronic equipment Offer is permitted to manage the flow chart of the method 1500 of limitation setting.Method 1500 is optionally in electronic equipment (such as equipment 100, equipment 300 or equipment 500) on execute, such as extremely above in association with Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 1 to Fig. 3, Fig. 4 A to Fig. 4 B and Fig. 5 A Described in Fig. 5 H.Some operations in method 1500 are optionally combined and/or the sequence of some operations is optionally changed Become.

As described below, method 1500 is provided for utilizing another electronic equipment (such as authorisation device) or user account Permit to update the mode of one or more limitation settings associated with electronic equipment 500 (such as constrained devices).This method Reduce cognitive load of the user when the device user interface with the disclosure interacts, thus one more effective people of creation Machine interface.For battery-driven electronic equipment, the efficiency for improving user and user interface interaction saves electric power and increases Time between battery charging.

In some embodiments, defeated with display equipment (for example, display, touch screen, television set) and one or more Enter first electronic equipment 500 of equipment (for example, touch screen, touch sensitive surface, remote controler etc.) communication (for example, smart phone, intelligence Wrist-watch, tablet computer, computer, set-top box etc.) limit the first electronic equipment use use limitation setting first electricity (1502) are (for example, limitation one or more application program, the other use of application class, overall device when effective at sub- equipment The operating limit used etc., it is effective on the first electronic equipment described in such as reference method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300 It is limited use pattern, described in such as reference method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300, etc..In some embodiments, first Electronic equipment is constrained devices (for example, with the son in one group of related account including one or more parents or Admin Account Female or the associated equipment of limitation account), described in such as reference method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300, set using limitation Set by authorisation device (for example, with include one or more children or limitation account one group of related account in parent account or The associated equipment of Admin Account) it controls, described in such as reference method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300)), via described It is corresponding with the request that the use limitation at the first electronic equipment of change is arranged that one or more input equipments receive (1504) One or more inputs sequence (for example, at constrained devices for change on constrained devices effective operating limit, by The input of use pattern setting etc. is limited, wherein such be arranged or by authorisation device control by authorisation device using limitation setting System, such as in Figure 14 C.In some embodiments, the input of this use for being used to change on constrained devices limitation setting It is that shown display on constrained devices is effectively limited using the use of the information of limitation setting about on constrained devices It is arranged at user interface and is detected).

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the sequences of one or more inputs, according to determine one or The sequence of multiple inputs include with input corresponding for the request permitted to the second electronic equipment requests, such as scheming In 14D to Figure 14 E (or requested to Admin Account associated with the second electronic equipment.In some embodiments, for being permitted Can request be sent to multiple accounts (for example, multiple parents in family) with supervisor privilege), set with the first electronics It is standby different, for change using limitation setting (1506) (for example, user interface shown by constrained devices provide it is a variety of change by Limit the mode of the use limitation setting at equipment, comprising: the password for changing setting, such as reference are provided at constrained devices Described in method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300, or to authorisation device request for using limitation setting to be modified License, or request to permit to Admin Account associated with authorisation device.In some embodiments, constrained devices detect Input to authorisation device for the input to the license for using limitation setting to be modified), the first electronic equipment is electric to second Sub- equipment transmission (1508) is such as scheming the request of the license for the use limitation setting at the first electronic equipment of change In 14D to Figure 14 F, (for example, cause notice or other message be displayed at authorisation device instruction have detected that for change by Limit the request of the trial of the use limitation setting in equipment.In some embodiments, this notice mark in authorisation device Constrained devices are attempt to the specifically used limitation setting of change and/or make including being attempt to how to change about constrained devices With the information (for example, new value of the use limitation setting detected at constrained devices) of limitation setting.In some embodiments In, in response to the input to change authorization detected at authorisation device, authorisation device will be changed authorized transmissions and be set to limited It is standby, and constrained devices are allowed to the use limitation setting on change constrained devices.In some embodiments, in response to awarding The input of the refusal change detected at power equipment, constrained devices are not allowed to the use limitation setting on change constrained devices, And using limitation setting remain detect for change using limitation setting before like that).

In some embodiments, the second electricity will be transferred to for the request for the license being arranged for change using limitation After sub- equipment (1510), such as in Figure 14 D to Figure 14 F, according to determine from the second electronic equipment receive authorization response (for example, The user of authorisation device selects " permission " shown in the received notice in authorisation device place to show and can indicate), the first electronics Equipment is allowed to (1512) change using limitation setting, such as in Figure 14 G to Figure 14 H；And according to determining from the second electronics Equipment, which receives, to be refused to respond (for example, the user of authorisation device selects shown in the received notice in authorisation device place " refuse Showing absolutely " can indicate), the first electronic equipment is rejected (1514) change using limitation setting, such as in Figure 14 I.In some realities It applies in scheme, the user of constrained devices can input password at constrained devices on the contrary to allow constrained devices change use to set It sets, even if not receiving any response from authorisation device.

Electronics is allowed to set using the mode of the change of limitation setting in slave authorisation device Control constraints equipment described above It is standby that the effective means for promoting such change is provided when such change requires the authorization from another party, which enhance equipment can Operability and keep user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this is again logical It crosses and allows users to that equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, allow the change of the first electronic equipment to be included in using limitation setting and detect permission first Electronic equipment change uses the termination condition of limitation setting to allow the change of the first electronic equipment that (1516) are arranged using limitation before, (for example, constrained devices are allowed to after receiving approval from authorisation device in the predetermined period such as in Figure 14 G Change is using limitation setting in (for example, 30 seconds, 2 minutes, 5 minutes), constrained devices be allowed to constrained devices leave it is such more It changes into before the setting user interface wherein to be carried out to change and limited (and is optionally leaving setting user interface using setting It is allowed to request to permit again before change is arranged using limitation later), constrained devices are arranged more in constrained devices confirmation Change and (show the selection that can be indicated for example, passing through and executing " preservation " or " good " or " return " that setting is changed in setting user interface) it Before be allowed to change limited using setting, constrained devices leave setting user interface exceeding predetermined time amount (example in constrained devices Such as, 30 seconds, 2 minutes, 5 minutes) be allowed to change limited use setting before).

The above-described constrained devices of limitation in various ways are according to approval and to the energy for using limitation setting to be modified Power allow for electronic device management it is such approval so that its be not it is unconfined, which enhance the operability of equipment and make User-equipment interface is more effective (for example, the use on constrained devices is arranged more by allowing authorisation device effectively to manage Change), this reduces the battery that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Service life.

In some embodiments, after allowing the first electronic equipment to change using limitation setting, the first electronic equipment Change changes the operation (1518) of the first electronic equipment using limitation setting and according to the change for using limitation to be arranged, and such as exists It (is used for example, changing effective application program or application program on constrained devices according to the change of setting is used in Figure 14 H The limit, according to using the change of setting to change equipment downtime on constrained devices etc., such as method 700,900, Described in 1100 and/or 1300).

Described above allows electronic equipment to mention according to updated be arranged using limitation to operate the mode of constrained devices For implementing the effective means of such update, which enhance the operability of equipment and make the more effective (example of user-equipment interface Such as, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this further through allowing users to more rapidly to be efficiently used equipment and Reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, response receives the sequence of one or more inputs, one or more according to determining The sequence of input includes and authorizes the corresponding input (1520) of the input of authority, such as at least shown in Figure 14 D (for example, such as existing for changing password, biometric feature or other authorized certificates using limitation setting at keypad 1482 Described in method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300), it is authenticated successfully according to the authorized certificate (for example, the user of constrained devices Input is for changing using the correct authority for limiting setting), the first electronic equipment is allowed to (1522) change and is arranged using limitation, Such as in Figure 14 G to Figure 14 H；And it is not authenticated successfully according to authorization authority (for example, user's input of constrained devices is used for Change uses the incorrect authority of limitation setting), the first electronic equipment, which abandons (1524), allows the first electronic equipment to change use Limitation setting, such as in Figure 14 J.Therefore, in some embodiments, constrained devices are in response to authorization authority in constrained devices Place is entered (rather than receiving the authorization from authorisation device) and is allowed to change and uses limitation setting.In some embodiments In, when authorizing authority to be entered at constrained devices, the request for license is not transmitted to authorisation device.

Described above provide at constrained devices inputs for change the password or other authorizations using limitation setting Mode allows electronic equipment to provide the effective means (such as locally) for allowing such update, and which enhance the operability of equipment And keep user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with alternative input with equipment), this is further through using Family more rapidly can be efficiently used equipment and reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, the first electronic equipment receives (1526) via one or more of input equipments and is used for Allow or one or more websites for not allowing to have checked on the first electronic equipment with the shared mark of the second electronic equipment the Website on one electronic equipment checks movable input (for example, the user for allowing or authorisation device not being allowed to check constrained devices (compared with the time is checked in total website, authorisation device can optionally check total website to the name/identity for each website checked The time is checked, regardless of still not allow shared individual Web site to check shared for constrained devices permission), this be with above with reference to figure Dialogue 1489-20 similar mode described in 14F.In some embodiments, the user of constrained devices can only be in constrained devices Account user be greater than predetermined age (for example, 10 years old, 13 years old, 18 years old) in the case where control this website and check number According to it is shared, otherwise not can control this data sharing).It is total with the second electronic equipment for allowing or not allowing in response to receiving Enjoy website and check movable input (1528), with do not allow above with reference to permission described in Figure 14 F or similar mode, according to It is one or more of to determine that the input allows to have checked on the first electronic equipment with the shared mark of the second electronic equipment Activity is checked in the website of website, what the first electronic equipment and the shared mark of the second electronic equipment had been checked on the first electronic equipment Activity is checked in the website of one or more of websites, (for example, authorisation device can check constrained devices such as in Figure 14 M The information (for example, network address, title/title etc.) of each website checked of user and/or check that each website institute The time of cost)；And do not allowed with the shared mark of the second electronic equipment on the first electronic equipment according to the determination input Activity is checked in the website for the one or more of websites checked, the first electronic equipment abandons (1532) and the second electronic equipment Activity is checked in the website for one or more of websites that shared mark has been checked on the first electronic equipment, such as in Figure 14 K In (for example, authorisation device cannot check the information for each website that the user of constrained devices is checked (for example, network address, mark Topic/title etc.) and/or check that each website the time it takes).

The shared mode of control individuation website use information described above allows electronic equipment offer to set limited Standby place is kept privacy, still promotes to implement which enhance the operability of equipment and to be made using the effective means of limitation simultaneously User-equipment interface is more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this is further through allowing users to Equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, being activated in setting does not allow to set with the shared mark of the second electronic equipment in the first electronics When activity is checked in the website of the standby upper one or more of websites checked, the first electronic equipment and the second electronic equipment are shared (1534) activity is checked in the website for not identifying the one or more of websites checked on the first electronic equipment, is such as scheming (for example, although authorisation device cannot check that the individual website from constrained devices checks that information, authorisation device can in 14K It checks the information used about general networking on constrained devices, the overall amount of time spent on website is such as checked in constrained devices, And cannot check which website is checked, website is each session for being checked what period in one day, being checked website Duration, and/or the specific webpage or subdomain checked, and on the contrary, the time quantum that website is used makes with application program With total).

The mode that continuation described above shares general networking use information with authorisation device allows electronic equipment to provide i.e. Make also to implement the effective means using limitation when individuation website use information is not shared with authorisation device, which enhance equipment Operability and keep user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this Reduce the battery life that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used.

In some embodiments, being activated in setting does not allow to set with the shared mark of the second electronic equipment in the first electronics When activity is checked in the website of the standby upper one or more of websites checked, the first electronic equipment and the second electronic equipment are shared (1536) correspond to one or more application program or activity is checked in the website of one or more application programs categories, such as scheming In 14K (web browser access and first is used and used about the first application program for example, sharing with the second electronic equipment The aggregate statistics data of the associated website of application program and web browser is used and used about the second application program The aggregate statistics data for accessing website associated with the second application program, without shared about the execution at web browser The specifying information of network browsing activities) (for example, even if authorisation device cannot check that letter is checked in the individual website from constrained devices Breath, authorisation device can check about correspond to application program (for example, correspond to ESPN application the website ESPN check conduct The use of ESPN application is reflected in authorisation device) or application category (for example, corresponding to social media application classification Social media website checks that the use of the application as social media classification is reflected in authorisation device) website Web vector graphic Information.In addition, in some embodiments, the operating limit of those application programs or classification where applicable be still applied in by It limits in equipment, is checked at this by application program/classification effective on constrained devices so that the website on constrained devices is checked It is restricted when the limitation of the limit, as described in method 700,900,1100 and/or 1300).

Reflection described above, which corresponds to the other website of application program/application class, allows electronics using the mode of data Equipment provides the effective means implemented when individuation website use information is not shared with authorisation device using limitation, this It enhances the operability of equipment and keeps user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to input and set with less Standby interaction), this reduces power and uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Battery life.

In some embodiments, it is less than according to the age of determining user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment pre- The first determining age (for example, 10 years old, 13 years old, 15 years old) prevents the second electronic equipment from removing (for example, the second electronic equipment cannot Remove) for changing, the requirement (1538) that authorization is required at the first electronic equipment is set using limitation, such as in figure in 14O (for example, authorisation device cannot remove for change constrained devices on use limitation setting requirements provided at constrained devices it is close Code or other authorization authoritys or the requirement for acting (such as authorisation device approval).However, in some embodiments, authorisation device energy Enough changes for the use limitation setting at change constrained devices and the password required at constrained devices or other authorizations with According to), and predetermined age (example is greater than according to the age of determining user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment Such as, 10 years old, 13 years old, 15 years old), the second electronic equipment is allowed to remove, and change is arranged at the first electronic equipment using limitation It is required that the requirement (1540) of authorization, (for example, authorisation device can be removed on change constrained devices in 14N such as in figure Use limitation setting requirements password or other authorization authoritys are provided at the constrained devices or act (such as authorisation device approval) It is required that.In some embodiments, authorisation device still alternatively is able to change the use limitation at change constrained devices It is arranged and the password required at constrained devices or other authorization authoritys).

It is described above be authorisation device provide for from constrained devices remove password requirement controlled ability mode permit Perhaps electronic equipment, which is provided, implements when individuation website use information is not shared with authorisation device using the effective of limitation Mode which enhance the operability of equipment and keeps user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user with less Input is interacted with equipment), this reduces power and uses and improve further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used The battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, the requirement at the first electronic equipment using limitation setting for change is being removed After the requirement of authorization, the use limitation that the first electronic equipment and the second electronic equipment can be changed at the first electronic equipment is set It sets, including described using limitation setting (1542), such as allows the first electronic equipment to change one or more settings, such as join above Examine described in Figure 14 G (once for example, password is removed, authorisation device or both Admin Account and constrained devices can be changed On constrained devices effectively limitation and the limit).

It is described above to allow both constrained devices and authorisation device to using limitation to be arranged when password requirement is removed The mode being modified allows electronic equipment to provide the such change of promotion while authorisation device being kept to influence to make on constrained devices With the effective means of the ability of limitation setting, which enhance the operability of equipment and make the more effective (example of user-equipment interface Such as, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this further through allowing users to more rapidly to be efficiently used equipment and Reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, it is greater than according to the age of determining user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment pre- First determining age (for example, 15 years old, 18 years old), the first electronic equipment can stop using letter with the second electronic equipment shared device It ceases (1544), (for example, constrained devices can stop authorisation device or Admin Account checks pass such as in Figure 14 R to Figure 14 T In the ability of the use information of constrained devices.In some embodiments, constrained devices can be detached from authorisation device, and energy Enough use limitations closed or otherwise adjusted at constrained devices independently of any authorization from authorisation device are set Set), and according to determine age of associated with the account of the first electronic equipment user less than the predetermined age, second Electronic equipment cannot stop with the second electronic equipment shared device use information (1546), such as in fig. 14b (for example, limited Equipment cannot stop authorisation device or administrator's account checks the ability of the use information about constrained devices).

The mode when Control constraints equipment described above can stop sharing use information with authorisation device allows electricity Sub- equipment provides the effective means for controlling such ability, which enhance the operability of equipment and makes user-equipment interface more Effectively (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively make Reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment with equipment.

In some embodiments, stop needing to set from the second electronics with the second electronic equipment shared device use information The standby approval (1548) for stopping with the second electronic equipment shared device use information, this be with above with reference to Figure 14 F The similar mode is (for example, constrained devices cannot in the case where the approval not from authorisation device or Admin Account Stop sharing use information with authorisation device.In some embodiments, make when constrained devices attempt to close with authorisation device With information it is shared when, authorisation device display indicates the request and has the option for " permission " or " refusal " request Notice.If the user of authorisation device selects " permission ", constrained devices can optionally stop and the shared use of authorisation device Information.If the user of authorisation device selects " refusal ", constrained devices cannot optionally stop and the shared use of authorisation device Information).

Described above requires the mode of authorisation device approval to allow for stopping sharing with the use information of authorisation device Electronic equipment provides authorisation device to the effective means of the control of such change, and which enhance the operability of equipment and uses Family-equipment interface is more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this is further through allowing users to more Fast and effeciently reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment using equipment.

In some embodiments, stop not needed with the second electronic equipment shared device use information from the second electronics The approval (1550) for stopping and the second electronic equipment shared device use information of equipment, such as in Figure 14 T (for example, Constrained devices, which can stop sharing with authorisation device in the case where the approval not from authorisation device or Admin Account, to be made Use information.In some embodiments, the notice of this movement is sent to authorisation device, indicates that the movement is adopted by constrained devices It takes, and authorisation device has no ability to ratify or refuse the movement；And in some embodiments, the notice of this movement is not sent out Give authorisation device).

Described above allows electronic equipment to mention the mode for stopping using information sharing that authorisation device is not required to ratify For stopping such shared effective means, which enhance the operability of equipment and make the more effective (example of user-equipment interface Such as, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this further through allowing users to more rapidly to be efficiently used equipment and Reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, in response to determining that user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment has reached in advance Determining age (for example, birthday and current date/time based on user), the first electronic equipment generate (1552) notice, refer to Show the first electronic equipment can stop with the second electronic equipment shared device use information, (for example, limited such as in Figure 14 Q Equipment shows notice when the user of constrained devices, which reaches the user, to stop the age for sharing use information with authorisation device, So that user knows that they can take such movement now).

User in constrained devices described above generates when can change the information sharing with authorisation device for the user The mode of notice allows electronic equipment to provide the effective means for promoting such change, which enhance the operability of equipment and makes User-equipment interface is more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this is further through allowing users to Equipment more rapidly is efficiently used and reduces the battery life that power uses and improves equipment.

In some embodiments, it is greater than according to the age of determining user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment pre- The first determining age, for stops and the control of the second electronic equipment shared device use information on the first electronic equipment for It uses (1554), (for example, showing energy table with what the use information of authorisation device was shared for changing such as in Figure 14 R to Figure 14 S Show, button or control are shown and are enabled in the use limitation setting user interface on constrained devices), and according to determination The age of user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment is less than the predetermined age, sets for stopping with the second electronics The control of standby shared device use information on the first electronic equipment not available (1556), such as in fig. 14b (for example, For changing and showing of sharing of the use information of authorisation device can indicate, button or control are not displayed makes on constrained devices It is arranged in user interface with limitation, or in the use limitation setting user interface being displayed on constrained devices but is not enabled (for example, graying)).

The control of the information sharing for being used in change and authorisation device described above is available or not available Mode allows electronic equipment to provide the such change of promotion while having efficacious prescriptions in accordance with the limitation to the ability for carrying out such change Formula which enhance the operability of equipment and keeps user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user with less defeated Enter and interacted with equipment), this reduces power and uses and improve further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used The battery life of equipment.

In some embodiments, the age of user associated with the account of the first electronic equipment is greater than predetermined Age (1558), such as in Figure 14 R to Figure 14 S；First electronic equipment is such as via one or more of defeated in Figure 14 S Enter equipment and receives (1560) for stopping and the input of the second electronic equipment shared device use information；And it is used in response to receiving In stopping the input with the second electronic equipment shared device use information, the first electronic equipment stops (1562) and sets with the second electronics Standby shared device use information, (for example, the user of constrained devices selects using limitation setting user interface such as in Figure 14 T In for stopping button or switch key with the shared use information of authorisation device).In some embodiments, stopping and second After electronic equipment shared device use information, the use limitation that the first electronic equipment can be changed on the first electronic equipment is set It sets, and the second electronic equipment cannot be to make with changing on the first electronic equipment above with reference to mode similar described in Figure 14 G With limitation setting (1564) (for example, once being shared with authorisation device or the use information of Admin Account and/or using limitation altogether Enjoy disabled, previously limited equipment can modify the use limitation setting in previously limited equipment, but authorisation device Or Admin Account is no longer able to such setting in the previously limited equipment of modification.In fact, constrained devices are optionally no longer It is limited by authorisation device/Admin Account).

The equipment for allowing previously to be limited described above is modified the use limitation setting in the equipment but does not allow The mode that authorisation device is done so allows electronic equipment to operate in terms of using limitation independently of authorisation device, and which enhance equipment Operability and keep user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this Reduce the battery life that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used.

In some embodiments, when the first electronic equipment is allowed to change using limitation setting (1566), such as exist In Figure 14 G, the first electronic equipment via one or more of input equipments receive (1568) for change the first electronic equipment On one or more one or more inputs using limitation setting sequences (for example, receiving pair from authorisation device After the approval of the use limitation setting on change constrained devices, the user of constrained devices is provided to constrained devices for more Change to use to limit to be arranged and (such as changes effective one or more operating limits on constrained devices, changes on constrained devices Effective equipment downtime setting etc.) input)；And it is one on the first electronic equipment for changing in response to receiving Or the sequences of multiple one or more inputs using limitation setting, the first electronic equipment is to the second electronic equipment (1570) about the information to the changes using limitation setting one or more of on the first electronic equipment, such as in Figure 14 I In (for example, constrained devices to authorisation device or Admin Account transmission about constrained devices have attempted to carry out to use limitation (for example, the information about all changes attempted at constrained devices, such as specific operating limit is more for the information of the change of setting Change, particular device downtime change etc.).In some embodiments, constrained devices are carried out to the limited change using setting, And the information about change is transferred to authorisation device in conjunction with the change is carried out, authorisation device optionally shows the logical of change Know, so that the user of authorisation device is it can be seen that the change carried out on constrained devices；In such embodiment, the notice Optionally the user without authorisation device is can cancel, refuse or the mechanism of change that invalid constrained devices are carried out. On the contrary, in such embodiment, authorisation device optionally must the use limitation setting manually to constrained devices carry out more Change, with any change for reversing constrained devices to be carried out.On the contrary, in some embodiments, constrained devices are without to limited The information about the change attempted is transferred to authorisation device using the change of setting, and first, authorisation device is optionally The notice of attempted change is shown, so that the user of authorisation device on constrained devices it can be seen that intend the change carried out； In such embodiment, the notice optionally user with authorisation device is can cancel/refuse/invalid or approval Constrained devices attempt the mechanism (for example, selectable show and can indicate) of the change carried out).

Described above allows electronic equipment to have the mode for being transferred to authorisation device about the information for using limitation to change Effect ground sends such change to authorisation device, which enhance the operability of equipment and keeps user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing equipment to operate with less input from the user), this is further through allowing users to more rapidly effectively Reduce the battery life that power uses and improves equipment using equipment.

In some embodiments, one or more remote using limitation setting at the first electronic equipment according to determining Cheng Genggai is (for example, limit what setting was modified by the second electronic equipment or with the use to the first electronic equipment is allowed to The associated another electronic equipment of user, such as Admin Account), the first electronic equipment display the second electronic equipment of instruction is to the The notice (1572) of one or more of changes using limitation setting at one the electronic equipment, (example such as in Figure 14 P Such as, constrained devices receive the update carried out to the use limitation setting on constrained devices about authorisation device from authorisation device Information, and in response, constrained devices shown on constrained devices with change details (for example, to the change of operating limit, Equipment downtime etc.) notice so that the user of constrained devices is it can be seen that the change that authorisation device is carried out).

The side of the notice of the use that there is authorisation device to be carried out for display at constrained devices limitation change described above Formula allows electronic equipment to provide the user that the information of such change is supplied to constrained devices by effective means, and which enhance equipment Operability and keep user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to interact with less input with equipment), this Reduce the battery life that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used.

In some embodiments, one or more of at the first electronic equipment are using limitation setting by remotely more Changing initially makes including defining at the first electronic equipment when not using limitation setting effective at the first electronic equipment before With limitation be arranged (1574), such as in Figure 14 A (for example, constrained devices authorisation device make initially using limitation come into force when from Authorisation device or Admin Account receive those of comes into force the information of limitation, and conduct about authorisation device on constrained devices Response, constrained devices are in the details that there are those initially to limit for display on constrained devices (for example, when operating limit, equipment downtime Between etc.) notice so that the user of constrained devices it can be seen that now constrained devices effectively using limitation.In some implementations In scheme, the notice include about now on constrained devices the effective conditional information of institute (for example, each use pole Limit, each characteristic of equipment downtime etc.).In some embodiments, the notice includes now in constrained devices on the contrary The general introduction of upper effective critical limitation, total pole of total limit (rather than limit of each game) of such as game, screen time Limit (rather than each limit of screen time), equipment downtime start and stop time (rather than further include authorization set The standby exception limited for equipment downtime) etc.).

The display at constrained devices described above has the initial notice using limitation setting that authorisation device is carried out Mode allow electronic equipment to provide effective means the information of such setting is supplied to the users of constrained devices, which enhance The operability of equipment and keep user-equipment interface more effective (for example, by allowing user to hand over less input with equipment Mutually), this reduces the battery that power uses and improve equipment further through allowing users to equipment more rapidly is efficiently used Service life.

It should be appreciated that the particular order that the operation in Figure 15 A to Figure 15 G is described is only exemplary, not It is intended to show that described sequence is the unique order that these operations can be performed.Those skilled in the art will recognize that a variety of Mode resequences to operations described herein.Moreover, it is noted that herein in relation to it is as described herein other The details of other processes described in method (for example, method 700,900,1100 and 1300) is also suitable for above in a similar way The method 1500 with reference to described in Figure 15 A to Figure 15 G.For example, above with reference to method 1500, using limitation setting etc. described in another The license of one electronic equipment or user account optionally has herein come the method for updating the limitation setting at an electronic equipment Control panel user circle is measured in the use referring to described in other methods as described herein (for example, method 700,900,1100 and 1300) Face is measured using measurement, notice, picks up equipment measurement, using one or more of characteristic of limitation setting etc..For simplicity For the sake of, these details are not repeated herein.

Operation in above- mentioned information processing method is optionally by one or more functions in operation information processing unit Module realizes that the information processing unit such as general processor is (for example, as combined Figure 1A to Figure 1B, Fig. 3, Fig. 5 A to Fig. 5 H It is described) or specific to application chip.In addition, the operation above with reference to described in Figure 15 A to Figure 15 G is optionally by Figure 1A to Figure 1B In discribed component implement.For example, display operation 1572 and receive operation 1504,1526,1560 and 1568 optionally by Event classifier 170, event recognizer 180 and button.onrelease 190 are implemented.Event monitor in event classifier 170 Device 171 detects the contact on touch screen 504, and event information is transmitted to application program by event dispatcher module 174 136-1.Event information is defined 186 with corresponding event and is compared by the corresponding event identifier 180 of application program 136-1, and And determine the first whether corresponding with predefined event or subevent, predefined event of contact on touch screen at first position Or all selections for example to the object in user interface in subevent.When detecting corresponding predefined event or subevent, Event recognizer 180 activates button.onrelease 190 associated with the detection to the event or subevent.Button.onrelease 190 optionally with or call data renovator 176 or object renovator 177 to carry out more new application internal state 192.One In a little embodiments, button.onrelease 190 accesses corresponding GUI renovator 178 and carrys out content shown by more new application.It is similar Ground, those skilled in the art, which can know clearly, how based on the component that Figure 1A describes into Figure 1B to realize other Process.

As described above, the one aspect of disclosed technique is to acquire and be controlled using the data for deriving from various sources And/or display device use information is to user.The disclosure is expected, and in some instances, these data collected may include only One ground identifies or can be used for contacting or positioning the personal information data of specific people.Such personal information data may include population system It counts, location-based data, telephone number, e-mail address, twitter ID, home address, the health with user The relevant data of body-building grade or record (for example, life signal measurement, drug information, exercise information), the date of birth or times What other identifier or personal information.

It is benefited the present disclosure recognize that may be used in family using such personal information data in the technology of the present invention.For example, Personal information data can be used for being presented or being controlled equipment use in the mode significant to user.Therefore, such personal information The use of data allows users to provide such service more personalizedly.In addition, the disclosure is it is also contemplated that personal information data are beneficial In other purposes of user.For example, health and workout data can be used for providing opinion, Huo Zheke to the general health of user As the personal positive feedback for pursuing health objectives using technology.

Disclosure imagination is responsible for acquisition, analyzes, open, transmission, stores or other use the reality of such personal information data Body will comply with set privacy policy and/or privacy practice.Specifically, such entity should be carried out and adhere to using being acknowledged as It is met or exceeded by the privacy policy and practice to the privacy of maintenance personal information data and the industry of safety or administration request. Such strategy should be able to easily be accessed by user, and should be updated with the acquisition of data and/or using variation.It comes from The personal information of user should be collected for the legal and reasonable purposes of entity, and altogether not except these legal uses It enjoys or sells.In addition, after receiving user's informed consent, such acquisition/shared should be carried out.In addition, such entity is considered as adopting Any steps necessary, the access of defendance and guarantee to such personal information data are taken, and ensures other Internet access personal information The people of data abides by its privacy policy and process.In addition, this entity can make itself to be subjected to third party's assessment to prove that it is abided by Keep the privacy policy and practice accepted extensively.In addition, policy and practice should be adjusted, so as to the specific type for acquiring and/or accessing Personal information data, and be suitable for including compass of competency the applicable law specifically considered and standard.For example, in the U.S., it is right The collection or acquisition of certain health datas may be by federal and/or state law administrations, such as health insurance transfer and responsibility method Case (HIPAA)；And the health data of other countries may by other regulations and policy constraint and answer respective handling.Therefore, Should be different personal data types in each country keeps different privacies to practice.

Regardless of afore-mentioned, the disclosure is it is also contemplated that user selectively prevents to use or access personal information data Embodiment.That is disclosure expection can provide hardware element and/or software element, to prevent or prevent to such personal information number According to access.For example, disclosed technique can be configured to that user is allowed to register for the information used about equipment is presented Viability participates in the collection to personal information data in any time selection " addition " or " exiting " later.For another example, User may be selected not providing based on user's or use data based on equipment are for determining that equipment uses and/or control such make With.Other than offer " selection is added " and " selection is exited " option, the disclosure, which is imagined, to be provided and accesses or use personal information phase The notice of pass.For example, can inform the user its personal information data when downloading application will be accessed, then just in personal information Data are reminded user again before application access.

In addition, the purpose of the disclosure is that should manage and handle personal information data to minimize unintentionally or unauthorized access Or the risk used.Once no longer needing data, risk can be minimized by the acquisition of limitation data and deletion data.In addition, simultaneously And as applicable, it is included in certain healthy related applications, data go to identify the privacy that can be used for protecting user.It can be suitable At that time by removal unique identifier (for example, date of birth etc.), the amount of control institute's storing data or specificity (for example, in city City's rank rather than address rank collect position data), control data how to be stored (for example, the aggregation number on user According to), and/or other methods promote to identify.

Therefore, although the disclosure, which is widely covered using personal information data, realizes that one or more is various disclosed Embodiment, but the disclosure it is also contemplated that various embodiments can also without access such personal information data in the case where quilt It realizes.That is, the various embodiments of the technology of the present invention will not due to lack such personal information data all or part of and It can not be normally carried out.For example, can by the personal information measured based on non-personal information data or absolute minimum (such as, with The requested content of the associated equipment of user, other non-personal information available to equipment can disclose the information obtained) it pushes away Disconnected equipment is using determining device using information.

For illustrative purposes, the description of front is described by reference to specific embodiment.However, example above The property shown discussion is not intended to exhausted or limits the invention to disclosed precise forms.According to above teaching content, very More modifications and variations are all possible.Selection and description embodiment are to most preferably illustrate the principle of the present invention And its practical application, so as to so that others skilled in the art most preferably can be suitable for being conceived using having The described embodiment of the invention and various of the various modifications of special-purpose.

Claims (20)

1. a kind of method, comprising:

At the electronic equipment communicated with display and one or more input equipments:

First for receiving setting via one or more of input equipments and being able to access that on the electronic equipment applies journey The sequence of one or more inputs of the associated operating limit of sequence classification；

When the operating limit associated with first application category is effective:

Receive the request for starting other first application program of the first application class；

It has been satisfied, has limited to first application program for the other restrictive condition of the first application class according to determining The access of first application program of classification, wherein the restrictive condition includes in order to which the restrictive condition is satisfied, it is desirable that It has been reached for the other operating limit of first application class；

It is not satisfied also according to the determination restrictive condition, provides other to first application class described first using journey The access of sequence；

The access on the electronic equipment to the second application program is added from application program source, wherein the application program source is by institute State the second application program and corresponding application programs category associations；

It is first application category according to the determination corresponding application programs classification, applies journey according to for described first The restrictive condition of sequence classification controls the access to second application program；And

It is not first application category according to the determination corresponding application programs classification, abandons according to for described first Application class other restrictive condition controls the access to second application program.

2. according to the method described in claim 1, wherein the restrictive condition further includes requiring first application program discontented The one or more limitation exceptional conditions of foot.

3. according to the method described in claim 2, further include:

It is not satisfied also according to determining for the other restrictive condition of first application class, it is aobvious with First look characteristic Show the expression of first application program；And

It has been satisfied according to determining for the other restrictive condition of first application class, with special with the First look Property different the second visual characteristic show that described the first of first application program indicates.

4. according to the method described in claim 3, wherein showing the institute of first application program with second visual characteristic Stating the first expression includes indicating that display is limited using reference symbol described first, it is described it is limited the use of reference symbol includes about to described The instruction that the access of first application program is restricted.

5. according to the method described in claim 4, wherein:

Show described the first of first application program indicates to include that display has notice reference symbol with the First look characteristic It is described first indicate, it is described notice reference symbol include the notice received at first application program instruction；And

Show described the first of first application program indicates to include the display notice reference symbol with second visual characteristic By limited first expression substituted using reference symbol.

6. the method according to any one of claim 2 to 5, further includes:

One or more of limitation exceptional conditions are unsatisfactory for according to determination first application program, and are answered described first When being being used with program:

The use of first application program is included in associated with first application category described using pole Limit；And

Meet one or more of limitation exceptional conditions according to determination first application program, and in first application When program is being used:

Abandon for the use of first application program being included in described make associated with first application category Use the limit.

7. method according to any one of claim 1 to 6, wherein the operating limit is real in one or more first Apply the first operating limit associated with first application category in the period, and the method also includes:

It receives and is arranged in the second implementation periods of one or more and described first via one or more of input equipments The sequence that the one or more second of associated second operating limit of application category inputs；

Implemented in the periods according to determining current time one or more of first, implements first operating limit；With And

Implemented in the period according to the determination current time one or more of second, implements described second and use pole Limit.

8. method according to any one of claim 1 to 7, further includes:

Via one or more of input equipments receive with for by other second application program of first application class The corresponding input of request excluded from for the other operating limit of first application class；And

It is receiving and the input corresponding for the request for excluding second application program from the operating limit Afterwards and when being satisfied for the other restrictive condition of first application class:

Receive the request for starting second application program；And

In response to receiving the request for starting second application program, the visit to second application program is provided It asks.

9. method according to any one of claim 1 to 8, wherein the operating limit is also and on the electronic equipment The second application category being able to access that is associated, and second application category includes and first application class The different application program of other application program.

10. method according to any one of claim 1 to 9, wherein first application category be included in it is described All application programs being able to access that on electronic equipment.

11. method according to any one of claim 1 to 10, wherein associated with first application category First operating limit title of the operating limit with classification standard based on one or more, and the method also includes:

Receive the sequence for inputting the one or more second of the operating limit title renamed as the second operating limit title； And

In response to the sequence of the second input of one or more, described in the operating limit title renamed as second is used Limit title.

12. method according to any one of claim 1 to 11, wherein first application program while and the following terms It is associated:

The operating limit associated with first application category, and

Second operating limit.

13. method according to any one of claim 1 to 12, further includes:

When being satisfied for the other restrictive condition of first application class:

Event corresponding with the activation of miscellaneous function of first application program is detected,

Wherein the miscellaneous function of first application program is for being performed, without showing first application program The function of main user interface；And

In response to detecting the event corresponding with the activation of the miscellaneous function of first application program, described in inhibition Miscellaneous function.

14. method according to any one of claim 1 to 13, wherein one associated with limited use pattern or more A time window is defined on the electronic equipment, during the limited use pattern, to one on the electronic equipment The access of a or multiple application programs is restricted, the method also includes:

It is associated with the limited use pattern according to the request for determining the first application program described for starting When one or more of time windows are defined and associated one or more of with the limited use pattern It is received during time window, limits the access to first application program, but regardless of for first application class Whether other restrictive condition has been satisfied.

15. according to claim 1 to method described in any one of 14, wherein limiting the access packet to first application program It includes:

The instruction that instruction is restricted the access of first application program is presented, wherein the instruction includes that may be selected to mention For the access to first application program without requiring showing for authority of certification that can indicate.

16. according to claim 1 to method described in any one of 15, wherein limiting the access packet to first application program It includes:

The instruction that instruction is restricted the access of first application program is presented, wherein the instruction includes that may be selected to mention For the access to first application program while requiring showing for authority of certification that can indicate.

17. according to claim 1 to method described in any one of 16, further includes:

Receive one or more inputs for changing one or more operating limit settings associated with the operating limit； And

In response to receiving one or more of inputs for changing one or more of operating limit settings:

It is via described according to determining one or more of inputs for changing one or more of operating limits settings One or more of input equipments of electronic equipment are received and the electronic equipment is sub- equipment, one executing Or it requires to authorize before the change of multiple operating limit settings；And

It is via parent according to determining one or more of inputs for changing one or more of operating limits settings Equipment is received except the electronic equipment, executes the change of one or more of operating limit settings.

18. according to the method for claim 17, further includes:

In response to executing the change of received one or more of operating limit settings except the electronic equipment, presents and close In the instruction of the change of one or more of operating limits setting.

19. a kind of electronic equipment, comprising:

One or more processors；

Memory；And

One or more programs, wherein one or more of programs are stored in the memory and are configured as by described One or more processors execute, and one or more of programs include instructions for performing the following operations:

The first application class for receiving setting via one or more input equipments and being able to access that on the electronic equipment The sequence of one or more inputs of not associated operating limit；

When the operating limit associated with first application category is effective:

Receive the request for starting other first application program of the first application class；

It has been satisfied, has limited to first application program for the other restrictive condition of the first application class according to determining The access of first application program of classification, wherein the restrictive condition includes in order to which the restrictive condition is satisfied, it is desirable that It has been reached for the other operating limit of first application class；

It is not satisfied also according to the determination restrictive condition, provides other to first application class described first using journey The access of sequence；

The access on the electronic equipment to the second application program is added from application program source, wherein the application program source is by institute State the second application program and corresponding application programs category associations；

It is first application category according to the determination corresponding application programs classification, applies journey according to for described first The restrictive condition of sequence classification controls the access to second application program；And

It is not first application category according to the determination corresponding application programs classification, abandons according to for described first Application class other restrictive condition controls the access to second application program.

20. a kind of non-transient computer readable storage medium for storing one or more programs, one or more of program bags Instruction is included, described instruction is in the one or more processors execution by electronic equipment, so that electronic equipment execution is following Operation:

The first application class for receiving setting via one or more input equipments and being able to access that on the electronic equipment The sequence of one or more inputs of not associated operating limit；

When the operating limit associated with first application category is effective:

Receive the request for starting other first application program of the first application class；

It has been satisfied, has limited to first application program for the other restrictive condition of the first application class according to determining The access of first application program of classification, wherein the restrictive condition includes in order to which the restrictive condition is satisfied, it is desirable that It has been reached for the other operating limit of first application class；

It is not satisfied also according to the determination restrictive condition, provides other to first application class described first using journey The access of sequence；

The access on the electronic equipment to the second application program is added from application program source, wherein the application program source is by institute State the second application program and corresponding application programs category associations；

It is first application category according to the determination corresponding application programs classification, applies journey according to for described first The restrictive condition of sequence classification controls the access to second application program；And

It is not first application category according to the determination corresponding application programs classification, abandons according to for described first Application class other restrictive condition controls the access to second application program.